Project Manual And

Technical Specifications For:

Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority tNJƻŎdzNJŜƳŜƴǘ Department

435 Nebraska Avenue Toledo, OH 43697

Pre-Bid Meeting

Due Date

For Questions Regarding This Project Contact ↓

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

00 01 00 - 1 of 2

Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements

Section Description Page(s) 00 00 00 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION

00 01 00 Table of Contents 1 to 2

00 02 00 List of Drawing Sheets 1 to 1 00 10 00 SOLICITATION

00 11 00 Invitation for Bids 1 to 1 00 20 00 INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROCUREMENT

00 21 10 Instructions for Bidders (HUD-5369) 1 to 4

00 22 13 Supplementary Instructions for Bidders 1 to 2 00 30 00 AVAILABLE INFORMATION

00 31 13 MBE / WBE List 1 to 4

00 33 10 U.S. DOL General Wage Decision (Prevailing Wage Rate Schedule) 1 to 10 00 40 00 PROCUREMENT FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS (for submission with Bid)

00 41 10 Bid Form 1 to н

00 42 13 Bid Submittal Schedule 1 to 1 00 42 26 Bid Bond 1 to 1 00 42 33 Bid Breakdown Sheet 1 to 1 00 42 46 Subcontractor Listing & Notice 1 to 1

00 43 13 Representations, Certifications, & Other Statements of Bidders (HUD-5369-A) 1 to 4 00 43 19 Contractor/Vendor Qualification Statement (update annually) 1 to 5 00 43 20 Section 3 Solicitation Instructions 1 to 1 00 43 21 Section 3 Business Concern Preference Option (FORM-1008) 1 to 1 00 43 23 Non-Section 3 Business Concerns Compliance Option (FORM-1009) 1 to 1 00 43 26 Non-Trigger Section 3 Regulation Affidavit (FORM-1010) 1 to 1 00 43 36 Contractor's Certification Concerning EEO 1 to 2 00 43 46 Non-Collusive Affidavit 1 to 1 00 43 56 Starting/Completion Information 1 to 1

00 50 00 CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS

00 53 23 Subcontractors Submittal 1 to 1

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

00 01 00 - 2 of 2

Section Description Page(s) 00 60 00 PROJECT FORMS

00 64 13 Final Wage Payment & Affidavit 1 to 1 00 64 26 Contractors Release & Certification 1 to 2

00 70 00 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

00 71 10 General Contract Conditions for Construction/Development Contracts (HUD-5370) 1 to 7

00 72 10 Supplementary Conditions (to HUD-5370) 1 to 2

00 73 10 Supplementary Conditions Exhibit ‘A’ - Change Order Price Guide 1 to 1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AS INCLUDED

My signature acknowledges that I have received all the items listed in this Table of Contents.

Name (printed): Business Name:

Signature: Date:

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 02 00 ‐ 1 of 1  

PROJECT DRAWING LIST

1.1  DRAWINGS  

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 11 00 - 1 of 1

INVITATION FOR BIDS

The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority is seeking bids from qualified contractors to furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for the following project(s):

Project

Pre-Bid Meeting

Request for Interpretations Deadline

Bid Due Date

The Pre-Bid Meeting shall be held at the project location unless otherwise stated.

Bids shall be received at the LMHA Central Office, 435 Nebraska Avenue, Toledo Ohio, a public bid opening shall be held immediately thereafter at the McClinton Nunn Community Room, 425 Nebraska Avenue, Toledo Ohio 43697. Any Requests for Interpretations must be submitted to the Project Coordinator in writing by the deadline shown above.

These documents are available at the following web address: www.lucasmha.org.

The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to waive any informality in the bidding. No bids shall be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the opening of the bids.

All bidders shall be required to meet the Affirmative Action requirements and Equal Employment Opportunity requirements as described in Executive Order #11246. Each bidder must insure that all employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, disability, handicap, age, ancestry, creed, or military status.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

MODERNIZATION DEPARTMENT ##

Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002)

Instructions to Bidders for ContractsPublic and Indian Housing Programs

U.S. Department of Housing andUrban DevelopmentOffice of Public and Indian Housing

Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002)

Instructions to Bidders for ContractsPublic and Indian Housing ProgramsTable of ContentsClause Page1. Bid Preparation and Submission 12. Explanations and Interpretations to Prospective Bidders 13. Amendments to Invitations for Bids 14. Responsibility of Prospective Contractor 15. Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids 16. Bid Opening 27. Service of Protest 28. Contract Award 29. Bid Guarantee 310. Assurance of Completion 311. Preconstruction Conference 312. Indian Preference Requirements 3

1. Bid Preparation and Submission(a) Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, drawings,all instructions, and, if applicable, the construction site (see also thecontract clause entitled Site Investigation and Conditions Affect-ing the Work of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construc-tion). Failure to do so will be at the bidders’ risk.

(b) All bids must be submitted on the forms provided by the PublicHousing Agency/Indian Housing Authority (PHA/IHA). Bidders shallfurnish all the information required by the solicitation. Bids must besigned and the bidder’s name typed or printed on the bid sheet andeach continuation sheet which requires the entry of information bythe bidder. Erasures or other changes must be initialed by the personsigning the bid. Bids signed by an agent shall be accompanied byevidence of that agent’s authority. (Bidders should retain a copy oftheir bid for their records.)

(c) Bidders must submit as part of their bid a completed form HUD-5369-A, “Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements ofBidders.”

(d) All bid documents shall be sealed in an envelope which shall beclearly marked with the words “Bid Documents,” the Invitation forBids (IFB) number, any project or other identifying number, thebidder’s name, and the date and time for receipt of bids.

(e) If this solicitation requires bidding on all items, failure to do so willdisqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, biddersshould insert the words “No Bid” in the space provided for any itemon which no price is submitted.

(f) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation, alter-nate bids will not be considered.

(g) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation, bidssubmitted by telegraph or facsimile (fax) machines will not beconsidered.

(h) If the proposed contract is for a Mutual Help project (as de-scribed in 24 CFR Part 905, Subpart E) that involves Mutual Helpcontributions of work, material, or equipment, supplemental informa-tion regarding the bid advertisement is provided as an attachment tothis solicitation.

2. Explanations and Interpretations to ProspectiveBidders

(a) Any prospective bidder desiring an explanation or interpretationof the solicitation, specifications, drawings, etc., must request it atleast 7 days before the scheduled time for bid opening. Requestsmay be oral or written. Oral requests must be confirmed in writing.The only oral clarifications that will be provided will be those clearlyrelated to solicitation procedures, i.e., not substantive technicalinformation. No other oral explanation or interpretation will beprovided. Any information given a prospective bidder concerningthis solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospectivebidders as a written amendment to the solicitation, if that informationis necessary in submitting bids, or if the lack of it would be prejudicialto other prospective bidders.

(b) Any information obtained by, or provided to, a bidder other thanby formal amendment to the solicitation shall not constitute a changeto the solicitation.

3. Amendments to Invitations for Bids(a) If this solicitation is amended, then all terms and conditionswhich are not modified remain unchanged.

(b) Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of any amendment to thissolicitation (1) by signing and returning the amendment, (2) byidentifying the amendment number and date on the bid form, or (3)by letter, telegram, or facsimile, if those methods are authorized inthe solicitation. The PHA/IHA must receive acknowledgement by thetime and at the place specified for receipt of bids. Bids which fail toacknowledge the bidder’s receipt of any amendment will result in therejection of the bid if the amendment(s) contained information whichsubstantively changed the PHA’s/IHA’s requirements.

(c) Amendments will be on file in the offices of the PHA/IHA and theArchitect at least 7 days before bid opening.

4. Responsibility of Prospective Contractor(a) The PHA/IHA will award contracts only to responsible prospec-tive contractors who have the ability to perform successfully underthe terms and conditions of the proposed contract. In determiningthe responsibility of a bidder, the PHA/IHA will consider such mattersas the bidder’s:

(1) Integrity;(2) Compliance with public policy;(3) Record of past performance; and(4) Financial and technical resources (including construction

and technical equipment).

(b) Before a bid is considered for award, the bidder may be re-quested by the PHA/IHA to submit a statement or other documenta-tion regarding any of the items in paragraph (a) above. Failure by thebidder to provide such additional information shall render the biddernonresponsible and ineligible for award.

Page 1 of 4

Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002)

5. Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids(a) Any bid received at the place designated in the solicitation afterthe exact time specified for receipt will not be considered unless it isreceived before award is made and it:

(1) Was sent by registered or certified mail not later than thefifth calendar day before the date specified for receipt of offers (e.g.,an offer submitted in response to a solicitation requiring receipt ofoffers by the 20th of the month must have been mailed by the 15th);

(2) Was sent by mail, or if authorized by the solicitation, wassent by telegram or via facsimile, and it is determined by the PHA/IHAthat the late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the PHA/IHAafter receipt at the PHA/IHA; or

(3) Was sent by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail Next DayService - Post Office to Addressee, not later than 5:00 p.m. at theplace of mailing two working days prior to the date specified forreceipt of proposals. The term “working days” excludes weekendsand observed holidays.

(b) Any modification or withdrawal of a bid is subject to the sameconditions as in paragraph (a) of this provision.

(c) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing ofa late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent either by registered orcertified mail is the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service postmark bothon the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S.or Canadian Postal Service. Both postmarks must show a legibledate or the bid, modification, or withdrawal shall be processed as ifmailed late. “Postmark” means a printed, stamped, or otherwiseplaced impression (exclusive of a postage meter machine impres-sion) that is readily identifiable without further action as having beensupplied and affixed by employees of the U.S. or Canadian PostalService on the date of mailing. Therefore, bidders should request thepostal clerk to place a hand cancellation bull’s-eye postmark on boththe receipt and the envelope or wrapper.

(d) The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at thePHA/IHA is the time/date stamp of PHA/IHA on the proposal wrapper orother documentary evidence of receipt maintained by the PHA/IHA.

(e) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing ofa late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent by Express Mail Next DayService-Post Office to Addressee is the date entered by the postoffice receiving clerk on the “Express Mail Next Day Service-PostOffice to Addressee” label and the postmark on both the envelope orwrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. Postal Service.“Postmark” has the same meaning as defined in paragraph (c) of thisprovision, excluding postmarks of the Canadian Postal Service.Therefore, bidders should request the postal clerk to place a legiblehand cancellation bull’s eye postmark on both the receipt and Failureby a bidder to acknowledge receipt of the envelope or wrapper.

(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this provision, a late modifica-tion of an otherwise successful bid that makes its terms morefavorable to the PHA/IHA will be considered at any time it is receivedand may be accepted.

(g) Bids may be withdrawn by written notice, or if authorized by thissolicitation, by telegram (including mailgram) or facsimile machinetransmission received at any time before the exact time set foropening of bids; provided that written confirmation of telegraphic orfacsimile withdrawals over the signature of the bidder is mailed andpostmarked prior to the specified bid opening time. A bid may bewithdrawn in person by a bidder or its authorized representative if,before the exact time set for opening of bids, the identity of the personrequesting withdrawal is established and the person signs a receiptfor the bid.

6. Bid OpeningAll bids received by the date and time of receipt specified in thesolicitation will be publicly opened and read. The time and place ofopening will be as specified in the solicitation. Bidders and otherinterested persons may be present.

7. Service of Protest(a) Definitions. As used in this provision:

“Interested party” means an actual or prospective bidder whosedirect economic interest would be affected by the award of thecontract.

“Protest” means a written objection by an interested party to thissolicitation or to a proposed or actual award of a contract pursuantto this solicitation.

(b) Protests shall be served on the Contracting Officer by obtainingwritten and dated acknowledgement from —

[Contracting Officer designate the official or location where a protestmay be served on the Contracting Officer]

(c) All protests shall be resolved in accordance with the PHA’s/IHA’s protest policy and procedures, copies of which are maintainedat the PHA/IHA.

8. Contract Award(a) The PHA/IHA will evaluate bids in response to this solicitationwithout discussions and will award a contract to the responsiblebidder whose bid, conforming to the solicitation, will be most advan-tageous to the PHA/IHA considering only price and any price-relatedfactors specified in the solicitation.

(b) If the apparent low bid received in response to this solicitationexceeds the PHA’s/IHA’s available funding for the proposed contractwork, the PHA/IHA may either accept separately priced items (see8(e) below) or use the following procedure to determine contractaward. The PHA/IHA shall apply in turn to each bid (proceeding inorder from the apparent low bid to the high bid) each of the separatelypriced bid deductible items, if any, in their priority order set forth inthis solicitation. If upon the application of the first deductible item toall initial bids, a new low bid is within the PHA’s/IHA’s availablefunding, then award shall be made to that bidder. If no bid is withinthe available funding amount, then the PHA/IHA shall apply thesecond deductible item. The PHA/IHA shall continue this processuntil an evaluated low bid, if any, is within the PHA’s/IHA’s availablefunding. If upon the application of all deductibles, no bid is within thePHA’s/IHA’s available funding, or if the solicitation does not requestseparately priced deductibles, the PHA/IHA shall follow its writtenpolicy and procedures in making any award under this solicitation.

(c) In the case of tie low bids, award shall be made in accordancewith the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.

(d) The PHA/IHA may reject any and all bids, accept other than thelowest bid (e.g., the apparent low bid is unreasonably low), and waiveinformalities or minor irregularities in bids received, in accordancewith the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.

Page 2 of 4

Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002)

(e) Unless precluded elsewhere in the solicitation, the PHA/IHAmay accept any item or combination of items bid.

(f) The PHA/IHA may reject any bid as nonresponsive if it ismaterially unbalanced as to the prices for the various items of workto be performed. A bid is materially unbalanced when it is based onprices significantly less than cost for some work and prices which aresignificantly overstated for other work.

(g) A written award shall be furnished to the successful bidder withinthe period for acceptance specified in the bid and shall result in abinding contract without further action by either party.

9. Bid Guarantee (applicable to construction and equip-ment contracts exceeding $25,000)

All bids must be accompanied by a negotiable bid guarantee whichshall not be less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. Thebid guarantee may be a certified check, bank draft, U.S. GovernmentBonds at par value, or a bid bond secured by a surety companyacceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business inthe state where the work is to be performed. In the case where thework under the contract will be performed on an Indian reservationarea, the bid guarantee may also be an irrevocable Letter of Credit(see provision 10, Assurance of Completion, below). Certifiedchecks and bank drafts must be made payable to the order of thePHA/IHA. The bid guarantee shall insure the execution of thecontract and the furnishing of a method of assurance of completionby the successful bidder as required by the solicitation. Failure tosubmit a bid guarantee with the bid shall result in the rejection of thebid. Bid guarantees submitted by unsuccessful bidders will bereturned as soon as practicable after bid opening.

10. Assurance of Completion(a) Unless otherwise provided in State law, the successful biddershall furnish an assurance of completion prior to the execution of anycontract under this solicitation. This assurance may be [ContractingOfficer check applicable items] —

[x ] (1) a performance and payment bond in a penal sum of 100percent of the contract price; or, as may be required or permitted byState law;

[ ] (2) separate performance and payment bonds, each for 50percent or more of the contract price;

[x] (3) a 20 percent cash escrow;

[x] (4) a 25 percent irrevocable letter of credit; or,

[ ] (5) an irrevocable letter of credit for 10 percent of the totalcontract price with a monitoring and disbursements agreement withthe IHA (applicable only to contracts awarded by an IHA under theIndian Housing Program).

(b) Bonds must be obtained from guarantee or surety companiesacceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business inthe state where the work is to be performed. Individual sureties willnot be considered. U.S. Treasury Circular Number 570, publishedannually in the Federal Register, lists companies approved to act assureties on bonds securing Government contracts, the maximumunderwriting limits on each contract bonded, and the States in whichthe company is licensed to do business. Use of companies listed inthis circular is mandatory. Copies of the circular may be downloadedon the U.S. Department of Treasury website http://www.fms.treas.gov/c570/index.html, or ordered for a minimum feeby contacting the Government Printing Office at (202) 512-2168.

(c) Each bond shall clearly state the rate of premium and the totalamount of premium charged. The current power of attorney for theperson who signs for the surety company must be attached to thebond. The effective date of the power of attorney shall not precedethe date of the bond. The effective date of the bond shall be on or afterthe execution date of the contract.

(d) Failure by the successful bidder to obtain the required assur-ance of completion within the time specified, or within such extendedperiod as the PHA/IHA may grant based upon reasons determinedadequate by the PHA/IHA, shall render the bidder ineligible foraward. The PHA/IHA may then either award the contract to the nextlowest responsible bidder or solicit new bids. The PHA/IHA mayretain the ineligible bidder’s bid guarantee.

11. Preconstruction Conference (applicable to constructioncontracts)

After award of a contract under this solicitation and prior to the startof work, the successful bidder will be required to attend apreconstruction conference with representatives of the PHA/IHA andits architect/engineer, and other interested parties convened by thePHA/IHA. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants withthe general plan of the construction operation and all other require-ments of the contract (e.g., Equal Employment Opportunity, LaborStandards). The PHA/IHA will provide the successful bidder with thedate, time, and place of the conference.

12. Indian Preference Requirements (applicable only ifthis solicitation is for a contract to be performed on aproject for an Indian Housing Authority)

(a) HUD has determined that the contract awarded under thissolicitation is subject to the requirements of section 7(b) of the IndianSelf-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e(b)).Section 7(b) requires that any contract or subcontract entered into forthe benefit of Indians shall require that, to the greatest extent feasible

(1) Preferences and opportunities for training and employment(other than core crew positions; see paragraph (h) below) in connec-tion with the administration of such contracts or subcontracts begiven to qualified “Indians.” The Act defines “Indians” to meanpersons who are members of an Indian tribe and defines “Indiantribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organizedgroup or community, including any Alaska Native village or regionalor village corporation as defined in or established pursuant to theAlaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is recognized as eligiblefor the special programs and services provided by the United Statesto Indians because of their status as Indians; and,

(2) Preference in the award of contracts or subcontracts inconnection with the administration of contracts be given to Indianorganizations and to Indian-owned economic enterprises, as de-fined in section 3 of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C.1452). That Act defines “economic enterprise” to mean any Indian-owned commercial, industrial, or business activity established ororganized for the purpose of profit, except that the Indian ownershipmust constitute not less than 51 percent of the enterprise; “Indianorganization” to mean the governing body of any Indian tribe or entityestablished or recognized by such governing body; “Indian” to meanany person who is a member of any tribe, band, group, pueblo, orcommunity which is recognized by the Federal Government aseligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs and any“Native” as defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act; andIndian “tribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, orcommunity including Native villages and Native groups (including

Page 3 of 4

Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002)

corporations organized by Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) asdefined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is recog-nized by the Federal Government as eligible for services from theBureau of Indian Affairs.

(b) (1) The successful Contractor under this solicitation shall com-ply with the requirements of this provision in awarding all subcon-tracts under the contract and in providing training and employmentopportunities.

(2) A finding by the IHA that the contractor, either (i) awardeda subcontract without using the procedure required by the IHA, (ii)falsely represented that subcontracts would be awarded to Indianenterprises or organizations; or, (iii) failed to comply with thecontractor’s employment and training preference bid statement shallbe grounds for termination of the contract or for the assessment ofpenalties or other remedies.

(c) If specified elsewhere in this solicitation, the IHA may restrict thesolicitation to qualified Indian-owned enterprises and Indian organi-zations. If two or more (or a greater number as specified elsewherein the solicitation) qualified Indian-owned enterprises or organiza-tions submit responsive bids, award shall be made to the qualifiedenterprise or organization with the lowest responsive bid. If fewerthan the minimum required number of qualified Indian-owned enter-prises or organizations submit responsive bids, the IHA shall rejectall bids and readvertise the solicitation in accordance with paragraph(d) below.

(d) If the IHA prefers not to restrict the solicitation as described inparagraph (c) above, or if after having restricted a solicitation aninsufficient number of qualified Indian enterprises or organizationssubmit bids, the IHA may advertise for bids from non-Indian as wellas Indian-owned enterprises and Indian organizations. Award shallbe made to the qualified Indian enterprise or organization with thelowest responsive bid if that bid is -

(1) Within the maximum HUD-approved budget amount estab-lished for the specific project or activity for which bids are beingsolicited; and

(2) No more than the percentage specified in 24 CFR 905.175(c)higher than the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid from anyqualified bidder. If no responsive bid by a qualified Indian-ownedeconomic enterprise or organization is within the stated range of thetotal bid price of the lowest responsive bid from any qualifiedenterprise, award shall be made to the bidder with the lowest bid.

(e) Bidders seeking to qualify for preference in contracting orsubcontracting shall submit proof of Indian ownership with their bids.Proof of Indian ownership shall include but not be limited to:

(1) Certification by a tribe or other evidence that the bidder isan Indian. The IHA shall accept the certification of a tribe that anindividual is a member.

(2) Evidence such as stock ownership, structure, manage-ment, control, financing and salary or profit sharing arrangements ofthe enterprise.

(f) (1) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement describ-ing how they will provide Indian preference in the award of subcon-tracts. The specific requirements of that statement and the factorsto used by the IHA in determining the statement’s adequacy areincluded as an attachment to this solicitation. Any bid that fails toinclude the required statement shall be rejected as nonresponsive.The IHA may require that comparable statements be provided bysubcontractors to the successful Contractor, and may require theContractor to reject any bid or proposal by a subcontractor that failsto include the statement.

(2) Bidders and prospective subcontractors shall submit acertification (supported by credible evidence) to the IHA in anyinstance where the bidder or subcontractor believes it is infeasible toprovide Indian preference in subcontracting. The acceptance orrejection by the IHA of the certification shall be final. Rejection shalldisqualify the bid from further consideration.

(g) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement detailing theiremployment and training opportunities and their plans to providepreference to Indians in implementing the contract; and the numberor percentage of Indians anticipated to be employed and trained.Comparable statements from all proposed subcontractors must besubmitted. The criteria to be used by the IHA in determining thestatement(s)’s adequacy are included as an attachment to thissolicitation. Any bid that fails to include the required statement(s), orthat includes a statement that does not meet minimum standardsrequired by the IHA shall be rejected as nonresponsive.

(h) Core crew employees. A core crew employee is an individualwho is a bona fide employee of the contractor at the time the bid issubmitted; or an individual who was not employed by the bidder at thetime the bid was submitted, but who is regularly employed by thebidder in a supervisory or other key skilled position when work isavailable. Bidders shall submit with their bids a list of all core crewemployees.

(i) Preference in contracting, subcontracting, employment, andtraining shall apply not only on-site, on the reservation, or within theIHA’s jurisdiction, but also to contracts with firms that operate outsidethese areas (e.g., employment in modular or manufactured housingconstruction facilities).

(j) Bidders should contact the IHA to determine if any additionallocal preference requirements are applicable to this solicitation.

(k) The IHA [ ] does [x] does not [Contracting Officer checkapplicable box] maintain lists of Indian-owned economic enterprisesand Indian organizations by specialty (e.g., plumbing, electrical,foundations), which are available to bidders to assist them in meetingtheir responsibility to provide preference in connection with theadministration of contracts and subcontracts.

Page 4 of 4

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 22 13 - 1 of 2

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS

The following supplements and modifies the “Instructions to Bidders”, form HUD-5369. Where a portion of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or deleted by these supplementary instructions, the unaltered portions of Instructions to Bidders remain in effect, as though set forth in full.

Add the following Clauses (13-18) to the “Instructions to Bidders”, form HUD-5369.

13. MBE/WBE Participation

(a) Bidders are advised the goal for MBE/WBE participation on this project is a minimum of 35% of the overall contract cost.

14. Notice of Requirement For Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246)

(a) Bidder’s attention is called to the “Equal Opportunity Clause” and the “Standard Federal Equal Employment Construction Contract Specifications”.

(b) Goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:

TIMETABLES

GOALS FOR MINORITY PARTICIPATION FOR

EACH TRADE

8.8

GOALS FOR FEMALE PARTICIPATION IN

EACH TRADE

6.9

These goals are applicable to all Contractors’ construction work (whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted) or performed in the covered area. (please see item 13 for specific LMHA goals)

(c) The Contractor’s compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific Affirmative Action obligation required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3 (a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the contractor’s goal shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.

(d) The contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed.

(e) As used in this notice, and in the contract resulting from this notification, the “Covered Area” is Lucas County, Ohio.

(f) Payment for labor as it applies to this project shall not be less than the amount established by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. Each bidder must insure that all employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, disability, handicap, age, or ancestry.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 22 13 - 2 of 2

(g) The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority is committed to insuring that minority individuals are sufficiently represented. Please reference the City of Toledo’s Minority and Women owned business list included in these documents.

15. 504 Non-Discrimination Notice

(a) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority hereby notifies the general public that:

(1) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, solely on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any Federally assisted program or activity administered by the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority; (2) The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority will provide employment opportunities, benefits, access to housing and directly or through contractual or other arrangements, subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination solely on the basis of handicap; and, (3) The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority will not participate in any contractual or other relationship that has the effect of subjecting qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination solely on the basis of handicap.

(b) It is the intention of the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority to take reasonable, affirmative steps to increase access and opportunities for handicapped individuals in all programs, services, and administrative operations. The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority has designated the Director of Modernization to serve as the 504 Coordinator.

IF YOU HAVE A VISUAL IMPAIRMENT, HEARING, OR PHYSICAL IMPAIRMENT THAT DOES NOT PERMIT YOU TO READ THIS NOTICE, THE LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY WILL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE ASSISTANCE.

IF YOU HAVE A HEARING IMPAIRMENT, OUR TTY NUMBER IS 259-9529, SAME HOURS. ASSISTANCE TO INSURE EQUAL ACCESS TO THIS NOTICE WILL BE PROVIDED IN A CONFIDENTIAL MANNER AND SETTING.

16. Wage Notice

Notice of pre-emption of Certain State Determined Prevailing Wage Rated Applicable to public housing projects. Contracts led by HUD assisted public housing agencies are subject to the prevailing wage rate schedule (as amended) enclosed herein. In addition, public housing agencies shall not be required to pay State determined wage rates, should they exceed the Federally determined prevailing wage rates as set forth herein. Effective Date: October, 1998

ALL CONTRACTORS: All employees on this project must be paid according to the Prevailing Wage Rate Schedule enclosed herein.

17. Taxes:

All materials and labor that ultimately become a part of the completed structure or improvement that constitutes the Project will be exempt from State Sales Tax as provided in Section 5739.02, ORC, and State Use Tax as provided in Section 5741.01, ORC. The purchase, lease or rental of material, equipment, parts or expendable items such as form lumber, tools, oils, greases and fuels, which are used in connection with the Work, are subject to the application of State Sales Tax and State Use Tax.

18. Lead Based Paint Policy

Contractors shall comply with the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Act (42 U.S.C. et seq.), and HUD implementing regulations (24 CFR 968.4(h) and (i), 968.5(g) and (h) and 968.9 (e).

DW = doors/w/cabinets J = janitorial P = painting/drywallA & A Polishing Co., Inc. Ary Smith 3505 Victory Avenue Toledo OH 43607 419-536-5672 419-536-5672 smithary@accesstoledo.com Y

J A R Management, LLC Anthony Rice, Jr. 19146 Midway Avenue Southfield MI 48075 (313) 505-0700 (248) 351-7989 aricejr1@msn.com YGC-P A+ Building Maint. & Janitorial Nick Carpenter 20 Bronson Place Toledo OH 43608 419-478-1542 419-478-1633 Y

R A-1 Gutter Cleaning Ann Moore 38 E. Woodside Terrace Holland OH 43528 419-865-1941 419-865-1941 YMISC AABA Trucking & Hauling, LLC Barbara Thompson 26 W. Weber Street Toledo OH 43604 (419) 241-2753 (419) 241-2753 bjthompson@buckeye-express.com Y

ABData Anthony S. Bates 3324 Jeanette Avenue Toledo OH 43608 (419) 303-1811 (419) 754-7501 anthonybates@anercomp.biz YGC Adohr Corporation Roda Taylor 5040 Eber Road Monclova OH 43542 419-877-5312 419-877-5337 adohrcorp@yahoo.com Y

ADP Consulting Inc. Anne D. Parker 6657 Margate, Unit 14 Sylvania OH 43560 419-517-4566 419-517-4566 anne@adpconsultinginc.com YFC Advanced Carpet Care Service Mathew Windless P. O. Box 140364 Toledo OH 43614 (419) 867-8288 (419) 867-8288 advancedcarpetcaremw@yahoo.com YJ Alexander, R.C. Co. Robin Alexander P.O. Box 2679 Toledo OH 43606 419-917-2687 419-255-2919 Y Y

FC Alfonozo"s Unique Flooring Alfonzo Carpenter 349 W. Manhattan Toledo OH 43608 419-870-5373 419-930-8323 YTR All Aspects, LLC Victor Lopez 1234 Broadway Street, Suite A Toledo OH 43609 (419) 360-0866 (419) 754-3682 allaspects-cl@yahoo.com Y

MISC All Pro Elevator, Inc. Penny Kurtz 350 Crocker Lane, P.O. Box 304 Fostoria OH 44830 419-436-2262 419-435-4555 YAllen, Vernon Allen, Vernon 5874 Marin Drive Toledo OH 43613 419-472-4889 Y

S Alpha G-3 Security Inc. James Grace 915 Keil Toledo OH 43607 (419) 537-0437 (419) 535-1242 JGrace9547@aol.com YFC American Flooring Installers, LLC Garrick Johnson 305 Morris Toledo OH 43604 (419) 842-0444 (419) 842-1555 garyjohnson@installfloors.net YTR American Landscape Construction Glenn Goldston 817 Brookley Boulevard Toledo OH 43607 (734) 709-9859 landscapehelptoday@yahoo.com Y

AMI William Goings 5973 Telegraph Road, P. O. Box 6457 Toledo OH 43612 (419) 476-6535 (419) 476-6177 ami5973@sgcglobal.net YAnar Accounting Services, LLC Rana Daniels 2927 Lagrange Street Toledo OH 43608 419-727-1501 888-796-1690 rdaniels@anaracct.com Y

J Andre's Cleaning Service Andre Tucker 2856 Chestnut Toledo OH 43608 419-277-2659 Y

Andy's Excavating & Sewer Company Andy Vargas 220 N. King Road Holland OH 43528 (419) 866-5472 (419) 866-5495 andysexcavatingsewerco@hotmail.com YJ Armstrong Renovation & Cleaning Earl Armstrong P.O. Box 73 Toledo OH 43697 419-574-3505 Y

B & E Jackson & Associates Inc. Birdel F. Jackson 230 Peachtree Street, N.W., Suite 200 Atlanta GA 30303-1511 (404) 577-4419 (404) 577-4419 bjackson@bejackson YTR Barron's Lawn Service, LLC Thomas Curdes 3545 Silica Road, Unit F Sylvania OH 43560-9889 419-841-4705 419-843-3163 YJ Bebley Enterprises Inc. Thomas Bebley P. O. Box 2847 Toledo OH 43606 (419) 389-9424 (419) 389-9417 gwhite@bebleyenterprises.com Y

Belmont Labs Samuel Elam 25 Holiday Drive Englewood OH 45322 (800) 723-5227 (937) 832-2868 same@bpel.com YTR Better Care Lawn Services, LLC Harold P. Collins P. O. Box 351744 Toledo OH 43615 419-917-6440 419-754-3953 haroldp1113@yahoo.com Y Y

Bewer Inc. Ben Williams 1108 North Reynolds Toledo OH 43615 (419) 376-8882 (419) 351-9995 YJ Black Rock Enterprises, LLC Delbra Blackshear 6591 W. Central Avenue, Ste. 204 Toledo OH 43617 419-508-2067 Y Y

MISC Blaster Clean (The Palin Group) Linda Eversole 26958 Glenwood Drive Perrysburg OH 43551 419-356-6025 419-874-2252 YE Bob Welch Electric Barbara J. Welch 20990 State Route 163 Genoa OH 43430 419-244-0618 419-244-0680 welchbarbara@verizon.net Y

Bolinds Solutions Services Inc. Linda Williams 161 East Aurora Road Northfield OH 44067 (330) 468-1554 (330) 468-7939 chuck@bolinds.com YBrothers I.C. Glass Block Inc. Patrick Parish 3032 South Avenue, Suite 18A Toledo OH 43609 (419) 478-2565 (419) 380-9268 lparish@brothersglassblock.com Y

E Bryson-Tucker Electric Andrew Bryson 50 Elmdale Road Toledo OH 43607 419-536-2293 419-536-2799 m@brysontucker.com YBuckeye Probe Ltd. Marcia Hanes-Sampson 3352 Pendleton Street Cuyahoga Falls OH 44221 330-920-8118 330-929-6614 msampson2@neo.rr.com Y

MISC C & M Medical Supply Creston Tarrant 8600 S. Wilkinson Way Perrysburg OH 43551 (419) 861-0234 (419) 861-0213 ctarrantgcmmedical/supply.com YAE CAD Concepts Joyce Johnson 2323 West 5th Avenue, Suite 120 Columbus OH 43204 614-485-0670 614-485-0677 support@cadconceptsinc.cc Y

Campbell Durocher Group Carne Campbell 6339 S. Telegraph Road Erie MI 48183 734-242-5216 734-850-8006 campbell.durocher@tm.net YFC Carpets by Otto Dee Weik 6430 Hamilton Drive East Holland OH 43528 419-868-8188 419-868-8809 YJ Chem Sales Inc. Amos Clay, Sr. 3860 Dorr Street Toledo OH 43607 (419) 531-4292 (419) 531-9565 chemsalesinc@sbcglobal.net Y

AE Coleman Systems Inc. Lonzo Coleman 1500 N. Superior, Suite 301 Toledo OH 43604 (419) 724-0899 (419) 725-1351 lcoleman@colemanspohn.com YMISC Coleman Trucking Verner Coleman 3715 Willow Drive Toledo OH 43607 (419) 535-1566 Y

Comfort Inn Toledo North Ignatious Netto 445 East Alexis Road Toledo OH 43612 (419) 476-0170 (510) 754-3675 inetto1@yahoo.com YSpecialty Company Name Contact Person Address City State, ZIP Phone Fax Email MBE WBE

J Concierge Cleaning & Svcs. Patricia Snelling P.O. Box 352046 Toledo OH 43635 419-867-7955 419-867-8334 snellingllc@aol.com Y YAE CTI and Associates Inc. Morgan Subbarayan 51331 W. Pontiac Tr. Wixom MI 48393 (248) 486-5100 (248) 486-5050 msubbarayan@cticompanies.com Y

D & H Men's Wear Dannie Hughes P. O. Box 351053 Toledo OH 43635 (419) 973-6171 mtjag@att.net YJ D & J Creative Concepts Jennifer Andrews 712 Palmwood Delta OH 43515 419-908-7687 Y

GC D C Byers Company Loretta Orsette 5715 Rivard Street Detroit MI 48211 313-875-0545 313-875-6579 YJ D J's Janitorial Services David A. Jacobs 2025 Scottwood, Suite #3 Toledo OH 43620 419-699-4921 419-243-6626 Y

AE Dantin Consulting LLC Debbie M. Dantin 506 Frank Shaw Road Tallahassee FL 32312 850-544-3062 850-893-9549 debbie@dantinconsultingllc.dom YDemiTemps, Shen Service Group Ken Shubick 1017 N. Summit Street Toledo OH 43604 (419) 243-0200 (419) 243-0257 Kshubick@shenservicegroup.com YDetroit Electrical Services, LLC Brian Rhodes 1551 Rosa Parks Boulevard Detroit MI 48216 (313) 223-2800 (313) 223-2801 grhodes@detroitelectrical.com Y

J Diversified Services Group, Inc.Karen Pilatowski and Kristi Hines 11958 Secor Road Petersburg MI 49270 419-243-2777 734-854-3636

karen@divservgroup.com kristi@divservgroup.com Y

Dixon Incorporated Elmer H. Dixon 15319 Dale Street Detroit MI 48223 (313) 535-6534 (313) 535-6850 elmer@dixon99.com YAE DLZ Ohio Inc. Ram Rajadhyaksha 6121 Huntley Road Columbus OH 43229 (614) 888-0040 (614) 431-3854 hrdept@dlz.com YAE Dmytryka Jacobs Engineers Inc. David Dmytryka 1101 Research Drive Toledo OH 43614 (419) 380-4900 (419) 380-4907 ddmytryka@djeinc.com YJ Dust Busters Cleaning Service Frances Miller 2258 Whitney Avenue Toledo OH 43606 (419) 329-0515 (419) 720-1150 franbclean@greenbaynet.com YE Dynamic Currents Corp. David Coronado 6705 Providence Street, P.O. Box 2881 Whitehouse OH 43571 (419) 877-9060 (419) 877-9061 lorisiler@dynamiccurrents.com Y

CONTRACTOR / VENDOR INFORMATION (MBE/WBE)

GC E & H Taylor Construction Bobby Howard 1001 Nebraska Avenue Toledo OH 43607 (419) 242-4526 (419) 242-4701 YEbony Construction Co. Amy Hall 3510 Centennial Road Sylvania OH 43560 (419) 841-3455 (419) 841-7845 amyl@ebonyco.com YECT.CON Inc. Terri Baranek 3531 Fox Chase Drive Imperial PA 15126 724-695-8042 724-695-2698 ectconinc@comcast.net Y

J Ellis Cleaning Services Arnetta Ellis 128 Melody Lane Toledo OH 43615 419-215-7855 Y YEM Services, LLC Song Soo Anderson 4500 Empire Way, #1 Lansing MI 48917 (517) 322-4175 (517) 322-9366 sanderson@emservicellc.com Y

AEESA Engineers, Surveyors & Associates Pamela Ulrich 5353 Secor Road Toledo OH 43623 419-475-9445 419-475-9473 pulrich@esaassociates.com Y

JExtreme Detail Cleaning & Construction Services LLC Julie Lake P. O. Box 140743 Toledo OH 43614 419-392-3243 419-475-1211 exdtailjulie@aol.com YForevergreen Landscaping Claude Sutherland 726 Green St. Toledo OH 43609 419-917-6967 forevergreenlandscapingl.l.c@gmail.com YFort Industry Development, LLC Shayla N. Bell 103 Avondale Toledo OH 43604 (419) 241-3151 (419) 241-3122 Y

TR Fresh Cut Lawn Care Services E. Sanford Crooks 107 N. Hawley Street Toledo OH 43607 (419) 242-9255 (419) 242-9255 mresc58@sbcglobal.net YHV Frische-Mullin Inc. Raj Thapar 5132 Enterprise Boulevard Toledo OH 43612 (419) 726-4900 (419) 726-4114 rrthapard42@hotmail.com Y

G. Stephens, Inc. Glen Stephens 133 N. Summit Street Akron OH 44304 (330) 762-1386 (330) 762-0044 gstephens@gstephensinc.com YE Gabe's Electric, Inc. Suzanne Somogyi 28510 Lemoyne Road Millbury OH 43447 419-666-1981 419-666-4856 Y

G-J Gaines Home Repair & Lawn Care Mel Gaines 4102 Garrison Toledo OH 43613-3704 419-474-5646 419-474-5569 YGarcia Surveyors Inc. Anthony Garcia 6655 Providence Street, P. O. Box 2628 (419) 877-0400 (419) 877-1140 tony@garciasurveyors.com Y

GC Glass City Construction, Inc. Rick Morris P. O. Box 8176 Toledo OH 43605 419-514-8282 419-691-7334 YGC Glory Management, LLC Sandra River-Gill 116 Chorus Lane Toledo OH 43615 419-343-1726 glorymgmt@gmail.com Y YJ Gonzalez Property, LLC Ezekiel Gonzalez 5261 Tractor Road Toledo OH 43612 419-478-9122 419-478-1845 zeke@gonzalesproperty.net Y

Gross Electric Inc. Laurie Gross 2807 N. Reynolds Road Toledo OH 43615 419-537-1818 419-537-6627 YMISC H. T. Griffin Excavating Inc. Henry Griffin 3950 S. Berkey-Southern Swanton OH 43558 (419) 826-0230 (419) 865-1088 Y

R Harrison Contracting Dante Harrison 409 Boston Place Toledo OH 43610 419-255-2553 419-243-4817 YGC HGI Inc. Sarah Myers 931 Galena Street Toledo OH 43611 419-729-3955 Ext. 217 877-329-4447 smyers@HGIsteel.com Y

HMH Restoration Michelle Harrington 4408 St. Clair Avenue Cleveland OH 44103 216-881-4142 216-881-6557 YSCRAP Houston, Charles Charles Houston 5836 Southwyck Blvd. #616 Toledo OH 43614 419-708-8944 Y

P Hud's Home Improvement Service Willie Hudson 1548 Clay Street Toledo OH 43608 419-726-3546 - YICNS Diana O. Fretwell 125 Pelret Parkway Berea OH 44017 440-891-0465 440-891-0478 dfretwell@icnsinc.com YIndependent Properties Handy-Man Services Inc. Eric L. Hughes, Sr. 1738 Woodhurst Drive Toledo OH 43614 (419) 480-7096 (419) 480-7096 mr.bowlegs222@aol.com Y

MISC Inkjet Express 1-Hour Refill Walter Crockrel, Jr. 4895 Monroe Street Toledo OH 43623 419-475-4651 419-475-4677 inkjetexpress@sbcglobal.net YInnovative Construction Services, Inc. Debra Imderwppd 988 N. Bluff Road Greenwood IN 46142 317-859-8865 317-882-3395 YIntegrity Wall & Ceiling Inc. Mario Dominguez 5242 Angola Road, #180 Toledo OH 43615 (419) 381-1855 (419) 381-1855 generalbox@jwctoledo.com YISC Solutions Charles Motley 1600 E. Grand Boulevard Detroit MI 48211 (313) 347-8762 (313) 347-8766 cmotley@lscsupplysolutions.com YIvy Development Agency LLC Erik C. Johnson P. O. Box 80274 Toledo OH 43608 (419) 466-0337 (419) 729-5466 erik@idallc.net Y

GC J.C. Sharp Corporation Mary H. Sharp P. O. Box 38070, 27249 Bagley Road Olmstead Falls OH 44138 440-235-4264 440-235-4031 sallies@sallieswholesale.com YTR-P Jackson Industries, Inc. Thomas J. Jackson 1489 Milburn Avenue Toledo OH 43606 419-215-6292 jacksonindustrys@aol.com YMISC Jackson Trucking Eugene Jackson 3503 N. Erie Toledo OH 43611 419-340-7045 419-729-4856 ejacksontrucking@yahoo.com Y

JCI Group Lynn Jacobson 1900 Indian Wood Circle, Suite 200 Maumee OH 43537 419-885-0082 419-794-1495 jacobsonl@jcigroup.com YJeri Wendt & Associates, Inc. Jeri Wendt 13636 Otusso Drive Perrysburg OH 43551 419-874-8850 419-874-0993 YJonathan's Administrative Services LLP Arron Woods 817 Searles Road Toledo OH 43607 (419) 870-7079 (419) 536-4561 jasllpohio@aol.com Y

R Joseph's Roofing Company Joe Garza 29118 Millbury Road Millbury OH 43447 (419) 836-3070 (419) 836-3070 YSCRAP Just Take It, LLC Anton Williams 2303 Maplewood Avenue Toledo OH 43614 419-481-1770 419-536-0008 YMISC Kamia Enterprise Melvin Reddick 1432 Goodale Toledo OH 43606 (419) 810-6917 Y

KenMours Marketing & Recruiting Kenneth Cunningham 5956 Forest Hills Court Maumee OH 43537 (419) 537-9195 (419) 537-9284 kkenham@aol.com YKey Cable & Supply Andera Supplee 4037 Genoa Road Perrysburg OH 43551 419-837-6181 419-837-6185 asupplee@keycableandsupply.com Y

AE Khafra Engineering Consultants Inc. Valentino Bates 230 Peachtree Street N.W. Suite 200 Atlanta GA 30303-1511 (404) 525-2120 (404) 525-3611 smason@khafra.com YKPGL Global Energy Resource Group Inc. Gwen Roberts 200 W. Scott Park Drive MS 410 Toledo OH 43604 (419) 724-5746 (419) 724-5746 innovation@kpglglobal.com Y

TR Landscape By Michael Fred Michael 1908 Calumet Avenue Toledo OH 43607 (419) 450-1673 (419) 829-9901 YLawhon & Associates Inc. Deborah Gray 975 Eastwind Drive Suite 190 Westerville OH 43081 614-818-5200 614-818-5219 dgray@lawhon-assoc.com Y

AE Lee Testing & Engineering Inc. Verna Lee 3530 Parkway Lane Hilliard OH 43026 614-777-6013 614-777-6160 verna@it-e.net YGC LJD Properties, Inc. John Escobar 28991 Belmont Farm Perrysburg OH 43551 419-261-5646 419-931-9012 Y

Logan Painting and Decorating Nathan Logan 3710 Millers Pond Way Snellville GA 30039 (770) 982-2496 (770) 982-2497 logannl61@aol.com YLymco Fire Protection Inc. Leo Mack 4840 W. Bancroft Toledo OH 43615 (419) 537-0439 (419) 537-0974 lymcofirepro@aol.com YLynn James Contracting Inc. Sherri Thrailkill-Gillen 12490 County Road 5 Delta OH 43515 (419) 467-4505 (419) 826-0168 Y

J M & J Cleaning Service, Inc. Mae Blair 702 Evesham Avenue Toledo OH 43607 419-535-3018 419-535-3018 YHV M & R Enterprises Inc. Ralph Jones 1588 East 40th Street, Suite 1-E Cleveland OH 44103 (216) 881-0223 (216) 881-0572 mrenterprises111@aol.com Y

MISC Mail-It Corporation of Toledo Karen Smith 380 S. Erie Street Toledo OH 43604 419-249-4848 419-248-4847 YHV Mandell-Vasquez Inc. Herman Vasquez 300 Morris Street Toledo OH 43604 (419) 255-6666 (419) 255-6446 manvas@aol.com Y

Margie's Cleaning Service Margie Ann Burley 1368 Matzinger Road Toledo OH 43612 419-729-3331 419-729-3331 margie@mandmestatesales.com YMISC Marsha's Buckeyes, LLC Marsha Smith 25631 Fort Meigs Road, Suite H Perrysburg OH 43551 419-872-7666 419-872-7667 marshasbuckeyes@att.net Y

MFSS Contracting, Inc. Terrell Daniels 20 Stevens Street SE Grand Rapids MI 49507 (616) 243-9771 (616) 293-1034 tdaniels@mfsscontracting.com Y

TR Michael's Landscaping Fred Michael 1908 Calumet Avenue Toledo OH 43607 419-467-9787 419-829-9901 landscapemichael@aol.com YGC Midwest Inspections Kay Ravenscraft 15 Azusa Street St. Peters MO 63376 636-477-0004 636-922-4212 YGC Moawad Construction Sam Moawod 1410 East Broadway, P. O. Box 8339 Toledo OH 43605 419-467-0077 888-241-6713 YHV Mondo Mechanical Juan Hinojosa 705 Burbank Drive Toledo OH 43607 419-531-7303 419-531-7351 mondomechanical@sbcglobal.net YAE Moody-Nolan Inc. Curtis Moody 300 Spruce Street, Suite 300 Columbus OH 43215 614-461-4664 614-280-8881 kzook@moodynolan.com Y

MISC Mouse's Trucking, LTD Nick Mousoulias 5925 Angloa Road Toledo OH 43615 (419) 861-0151 (419) 861-0217 mmousoulias1@Bex.net Y

TR MP & Son Landscaping & Lawn Care Roland Richardson 2444 Parkwood Avenue, Lower Toledo OH 43620 (419) 867-1779 rlnrichardson@yahoo.com YGC MW Maitenance Co. Mike Williams 926 Wall St Toledo OH 43610 419-386-8222 YJ My Custodial Staff Carl Alexander P.O. Box 2679 Toledo OH 43606 419-917-2687 419-754-4872 Y

New Era Builders Joseph Lopez 36445 Biltmore Place, Suite A Willoughby OH 44110 (216) 486-5520 (216) 486-2440 Joelopez@nsI.net YNew Visions Group, LLC Derrick R. Clay 33 N. Third Street, Suite 400 Columbus OH 43215 (614) 280-1299 (614) 280-1266 dclay@newvisionsgroup.com Y

MISC Nikita Trucking Inc. Shirley Powell-Brown 406 Heathshire Drive Toledo OH 43607 (419) 343-9496 (419) 754-4922 spowellbrown@aol.com YGC North Regional Builders Jackie L. Ruffin 2915 Collingwood Blvd. Toledo OH 43610 419-250-7592 lenruf2@aol.com Y

Northstar Contracting Inc. Stephen L. Coleman 31363 Lorain Road North Olmsted OH 44070 (440) 250-8606 (440) 250-8607 ohionorthstar@yahoo.com YAE Northwest Consultants Inc. Ernest Ch'ang 3220 Central Park West Toledo OH 43617 (419) 841-4704 (419) 841-2979 echang@nci-eng.com Y

N-Sync, LLC Deborah Barnett 8042 Joshua Lane, North Maumee OH 43537 (419) 297-4232 (419) 297-4232 drrhbarnett@aol.com YMISC Odella's Wash Land Inger Murdock 3224 Craigmoor Avenue Toledo OH 43614 (419) 243-9549 (419) 243-9549 Odellas539@aol.com Y

Ohio Transitional Machine & Tool, Inc. Marten Whalen 3940 Castener Street Toledo OH 43612 (419) 476-0820 (419) 476-1621 ohiotransitional@hotmail.com YP.V.F. Equipment & Supply, LLC Juan Hinojosa 705 Burbank Drive, Suite B Toledo OH 43607 (419) 531-7303 (419) 531-7351 sfhinojosa@sbcglobal.net Y

E Parker Enterprises, LLC Karl Parker P. O. Box 356 Toledo OH 43697 419-508-5981 419-386-5056 karl.parker@parkerenterprisesllc.com YDEM Paxton Demolition Inc. Jamie Paxton 6225 Benore Road Toledo OH 43612 419-779-0342 734-848-3753 jamie@paxtondemolitioninc.com Y

PCI, LLC Barry & Ivy Clay 1927 Rosa Parks Detroit MI 48216 (313) 961-0829 (313) 961-0970 lchue@pci-detroit.com YE Peak Electric Inc. Milton McIntyre, Jr. 5005 N. Summit Street Toledo OH 43611 (419) 726-4848 (419) 726-6206 peak@buckeye-express.com YP Pettaway Painting Huston Pettaway 4246 Bowen Road Toledo OH 43613 (419) 262-4777 (419) 475-3636 hpettaway@sbcglobal.net YE Phase I Electric, LLC Derrall Turner 559 S. King Road Holland OH 43528 419-514-6818 419-865-5261 Y

Phoenix Business Consulting Hanif Sarangi 9889 Cypresswood Drive, 3201 Houston TX 77070 (512) 557-4731 (817) 549-0261 Hsarangi@hotmail.com YGC Phoenix Custom Builders, Inc. Cletus Phoenix 5122 Heatherdowns, Suite 104 Toledo OH 43614 419-469-8902 419-469-8893 phoenixbuilder@yahoo.com YHV Pipe Solutions, LTD Ricardo Hinojoso 417 Superior Street Rossford OH 43460 (419) 725-4745 (419) 349-5835 Y

AC/TR Plug Enterprises Darell Mays 4308 Eastway Toledo OH 43612 419-917-8801 may73bball@yahoo.com YAE Polytech Inc. Norman Bliss 55 Public Square, Suite 510 Cleveland OH 44113 (216) 694-5800 (216) 694-5890 nbliss@polytechengineers.com Y

MISC Powell's Trucking Group Inc. Frederick Powell 2363 Karendale Drive Toledo OH 43614 (419) 787-4502 (419) 754-9373 powellpwll52@aol.com YPrecision Industrial Services Darrel W. Francis 2445 Parliament Toledo OH 43617 (419) 843-2530 (419) 843-2530 darrel@precision-serv.com Y

Premium Technical Services Inc. Lee Cage 4670 Country Lane, #7Warrensville

Heights OH 44122 (216) 765-8178 (440) 519-9778 l.d.cage@aol.com YGC Price Builders & Developers Inc. David W. Price 5055 Corbin Drive, Building A Cleveland OH 44087 216-475-8112 216-475-8113 YP Pride Painting and More Inc. Larry Parker, Jr. 2453 Warren Street Toledo OH 43620 (419) 461-4372 (419) 254-0478 PridePaintingToledo@gmail.com Y

Proudfoot Associates Inc. Paul Proudfoot 5360 Heartherdowns Boulevard Toledo OH 43614 (419) 865-7195 (419) 865-8009 info@proudfootassociates.com YQuality Building Supplies for Industry Edward Haynes 17485 Saylor Lane Road, P. O. #10 Grand Rapids OH 43522 (419) 832-2202 (419) 832-8106 qualitybldginc@aol.com Y

R Quality Roofing Inc. Keisia Connelly 6201 Earhart Road Ann Arbor MI 48105 734-213-3535 734-213-3544 YGC R. Gant, LLC Roosevelt Gant 111 Wamba Avenue Toledo OH 43607 (419) 327-4382 (419) 535-7914 rooseveltgant@bex.net Y

R. L. Williams Concrete, LLCCharles Williams & Linda Williams 1235 N. Huron Street Toledo OH 43604 (419) 467-1702 (567) 225-3135 chas617@gmail.com Y

AE Ralph Tyler Companies Ralph Tyler 1120 Chester Avenue, Suite 200 Cleveland OH 44114 (216) 623-0808 (216) 623-0979 Ralph.Tyler@RalphTyler.com YE Ransey Electrical Supplies, LLC Marvin Ransey 6919 W. Central Avenue Toledo OH 43617 (419) 843-3029 (419) 843-3029 ranseyelectrical@gmail.com Y

Rath Builders Supply Inc. Barbara Rath 07482 SR 66 N., P. O. Box 811 Defiance OH 43512 (419) 782-7284 (419) 782-3698 rathbldr@defnet.com YREDOT, LLC Charles Dotson P. O. Box 19545 Detroit MI 48219 (313) 541-5775 (313) 477-5151 ceddot86@yahoo.com YRegulatory Compliance Consultants Inc. Sharon Roman 6011 Renaissance Place, Suite 1 Toledo OH 43623 419-882-9224 419-882-9226 sroman@rcconline.us YREH Systems Solutions, LLC Roy Hodge 8762 Orchard Lake Road Holland OH 43528 (419) 514-1600 (419) 385-9258 rhodge@rehsystems.com Y

MISC Rescue Towing Services Solomon Cunningham 1024 N. Holland-Sylvania Toledo OH 43615 (419) 865-2055 (419) 537-1870 example6676@sbcglobal.net YRG Dezigns Robert Gutierrez 1571 Park Forest Toledo OH 43614 (419) 409-1776 info@rgdezigns.com Y

AE Rhodes & Associates Inc. Gloria Rhodes 142 23rd Street, Suite 208 Toledo OH 43604 (419) 243-6753 (419) 243-6754 brhodes@rhodeseng.com YGC Runge, R. J. Company Richard Runge 1546 NW Catawba Road, Unit A Port Clinton OH 43452 419-740-5779 419-797-9379 Y

Sallie's Wholesale & Construction Inc. Sallie Sylvester 728 Park Avenue East Mansfield OH 44905 (419) 524-7974 (419) 524-7974 sallies@sallieswholesale.com YAC Scott's Quality Concrete Inc. Melissa J. Scott P. O. Box 357 Sylvania OH 43560 419-885-8871 734-888-1280 Y

Shelmon Concrete Co. Theodis Shelmon 2647 Glenwood Ave. Toledo OH 43620 419-349-5677 shelmonconcrete@aol.com YAE Sigma Associates Inc. Elham Shayota 1900 St. Antoine Street, Suite 500 Detroit MI 48226 313-963-7626 313-963-7626 eshayota@sigmaassociates.com Y

Sigmart & Associates, LLC Martilda Dabiri 5660 Southwyck Boulevard, Suite 140 Toledo OH 43614 (419) 725-2530 (419) 537-9095 sales@sigmart.com YSilva Surveying, LLC Thomas E. Silva 527 Darby Lane Maumee OH 43537 (419) 705-6819 (419) 491-0588 tomsilva@silvasurveying.com YSophisticated Systems Inc. Dwight Smith 2191 Citygate Drive Columbus OH 43219 (614) 418-4600 (614) 418-4640 cboyd@ssicom.com Y

FC/J St. Lawrence Carpet Cleaning Inc. Marcia Russell 302 Warrington Toledo OH 43612 419-478-4551 419-478-6894 stlawrencecci@aol.com Y

MISC Step Up Toledo Inc. Mildred E. Clark 11 S. Centennial Road Holland OH 43528 (419) 868-8396 (419) 867-9366 stepuptoledo@sbcglobal.net YStephen Scarvelis Builder, LLC Raquel Bravo 5136 Corey Road Toledo OH 43623 (419) 297-7398 (419) 517-3428 raquelbravo728@aol.com YStubblefield Group, Inc. (The) Edith Washington 4415 North Terrace View Toledo OH 43607 (419) 320-7940 (419) 245-0883 edithw@TheStubblefieldGroup.com Y

AE Summit Engineering Design Inc. Melvin Holliman 20122 Livernois Detroit MI 48221 (313) 964-5365 (313) 964-5396 mjholliman26@sbcglobal.net Y

MISCSuperior Industrial Supply & Services Inc. Stan McCormick 1690 Woodland Drive Maumee OH 43537 (419) 697-3700 (419) 867-2009 stanmccormick@ssiss.cc Y

GC Surface Enterprises, Inc. Susan Kroma 1465 W. Alexis Road Toledo OH 43613 419-476-5670 419-476-4456 billk@surfaceenterprises.com YR T J Roofing & Sheet Metal Mark Johnson 150 Reed Drive Temperance MI 48182 734-847-0661 734-847-1957 Y Y

T. Parker & Company LLC Terri Parker 6800 W. Central Avenue Toledo OH 43617 (419) 481-1154 parkernco@aol.com YTAS Inc. Sandra Susor 433 Dearborn Avenue Toledo OH 43605 419-693-3353 419-693-3563 afrank@bex.net YThompson Construction & Concrete Anthony Thompson 1300 Campbell Street Toledo OH 43607 (419) 344-3868 (419) 344-3868 thompson50@yahoo.com Y

GC TJRS, LLC Delance Sims 5551 Ryewick, Suite D Toledo OH 43614 (419) 973-9375 pipeology@hotmail.com YGC TN'T Anchor Down Luther Terry 101 N. Main Street, Suite A Toledo OH 43605 419-698-3787 419-698-3787 luterry@bex.net Y

Toledo Tin Knockers Randall Hueston 39 Vance Toledo OH 43604 419-243-7396 419-243-8076 Y

JToney's Painting & Complete Janitorial (Henry McCray) Toney Armstrong 968 Gordon Street Toledo OH 43609 419-213-0071 Y

J Toni's Construction Cleaning Inc. Toni Ervin 4770 County Road 1-2, P. O. Box 314 Swanton OH 43558 419-392-6443 419-402-4155 toniervin@tonisconstructionci.com YMISC Total Maintenance Derrick Murphy 136 Arklow Road Toledo OH 43615 419-531-2461 419-531-1737 murphytoledo@bex.net YMISC Traffic Management Inc. Greg Gundry 2435 Lemon Avenue Signal Hill CA 90755 (800) 763-3999 (562) 424-0266 ggundry@trafficmanagement.com YGC Trilby Remodelers, Inc. Rosemarie Morris 6652 Echo Valley Maumee OH 43537 419-471-9716 Y

Trinity Stained Glass Julie Carrie 2857 Airport Highway, Suite K Toledo OH 43609 419-385-4527 419-385-4533 trinityglassohio@aol.com Y YGC True Perfection Construction, LLC Erie Renfroe 5132 Macklyn Drive Toledo OH 43615 419-973-6262 YGC U. S. General, Inc. Patricia Jones 410 Ryder Road, Suite 100 Toledo OH 43607 419-531-0856 419-531-0945 patjones@usgeneralinc.com Y Y

Unicon International Inc. Pei-Chen Jane Lee 241 Outerbelt Street Columbus OH 43213 (614) 861-7070 (614) 861-7096 accounting@unicon-intl.com YMISC United Mobile Power Wash Bridget Mahrle 3250 Coolidge Hwy. Berkley MI 48072 248-336-9616 248-336-9619 Y

E Universal Electric LLC Brady Jackson 1231 Albon Road Holland OH 43528 419-410-0558 419-866-1487 YUniversal Property Preservation Candy Genot 6800 W. Central, Building C-4 Toledo OH 43617 419-517-7750 419-517-7752 candy@universalpropertypreservation.com YUniversal System Technologies Inc. Sanjay Prasad 1307 S. International Parkway, #1051 Lake Mary FL 32746 (407) 688-0065 (407) 688-0064 Sanjay@ust.net Y

MISC Urban Images Markieth Johnson 404 Sandusky Street Toledo OH 43611 (419) 870-6783 (419) 754-4245 terajohnson@msn.com YGC Utopia Construction Pradeep Vij 1961 Ottawa Lane Perrysburg OH 43551 419-872-0241 419-872-0423 YE V & K Electric Nearl Venn 1462 Bensch Drive Toledo OH 43614 (419) 381-0735 (419) 215-5382 nvenn@bex.net YG Valdez Enterprises, Inc. Joseph Valdez 5465 Enterprise Blvd. Toledo OH 43612 419-472-9400 419-243-3716 YE Veco Electric Co. Vince Hester P.O. Box 352317 Toledo OH 43635-2317 419-865-0122 419-865-2011 YJ Virginia's Cleaning Services G. Virginia Rodriguez 1114 Wyandot Place West Perrysburg OH 43551 (419) 262-6045 Y

AE Vision Mechanical Inc. Ray Miller 3450 West Central, Suite 330 Toledo OH 43606 (419) 536-0757 (419) 536-9447 rmiller@visionmechanicalinc.com Y

DEMWes Boykin Trucking, Excavation & Demolition Wesley Boykin 1031 Wamba Toledo OH 43607 (419) 537-9969 (419) 535-6603 YWilkinson Fund Raising & Imprinted Sportswear Inc. Patricia Wilkinson 3655 Centennial Sylvania OH 43560 (419) 841-2222 (419) 842-0148 wilkisport@aol.com YWise Men Consultants Rosa Delgado 1500 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 285 Houston TX 77077 (281) 679-6740 (832) 201-7834 rosa.batchan@wisemen.net Y

TR Woodland Acres, Inc. Stephanie Rosengarden 8115 Road 13 Ottawa OH 45875 419-523-4399 419-523-9509 woodlandacres@bright.net Y

Business Specialty Listing - (if applicable)AC = asphalt/concrete GC = general const. M = maintenanceAE = eng'g./consulting HV = HVAC/plumbing MISC = miscellaneousE = electrical K = keys/locksmiths R = roof/siding/guttersFC - floor care/carpet L = lead/asbestos/environ. TR = landscaping/trees/fenceS = Security DEM = Demolition BS=bldg. supplies/equip.

General Decision Number: OH120028 09/28/2012 OH28 Superseded General Decision Number: OH20100028 State: Ohio Construction Type: Building County: Lucas County in Ohio. Building and Residential Construction Projects Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2012 1 01/13/2012 2 01/27/2012 3 02/03/2012 4 02/10/2012 5 03/16/2012 6 03/23/2012 7 04/13/2012 8 04/20/2012 9 05/04/2012 10 05/11/2012 11 05/18/2012 12 06/01/2012 13 06/22/2012 14 07/06/2012 15 07/13/2012 16 07/27/2012 17 08/24/2012 18 09/21/2012 19 09/28/2012 * ASBE0045-002 07/01/2012 Rates Fringes Asbestos Workers/Insulator (Includes application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings & finishings to all types of mechanical systems).....$ 29.01 22.09 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ASBE0207-007 08/01/2009 Rates Fringes HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER (Includes preparation, wetting, stripping, removal, scrapping, vacuuming, bagging & disposing of all insulation materials, whether they contain asbestos or not, from mechanical systems)..............$ 25.20 10.30 ---------------------------------------------------------------- BOIL0085-002 01/01/2012

Page 1 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$ 31.01 22.84 ---------------------------------------------------------------- BROH0003-003 07/01/2011 Rates Fringes Bricklayer, Stonemason...........$ 28.38 15.78 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0248-006 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes Carpenter/Lather.................$ 27.27 14.58 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0248-007 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes FLOOR LAYER: Carpet.............$ 26.35 14.78 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP1365-002 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes Carpenter & Soft Floor Layer.....$ 21.10 8.45 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP1393-005 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes Millwright/Piledriverman.........$ 27.30 16.05 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELEC0008-005 05/28/2012 Rates Fringes Cable Splicer All Other Work..............$ 36.30 18.17 ELECTRICIAN All Other Work..............$ 35.09 18.19 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0245-002 01/02/2012 Rates Fringes Line Construction Cable Splicer...............$ 35.77 24%+$5.00+a Groundman/Truck Driver......$ 22.22 24%+$5.00+a Heli-arc Welding............$ 31.47 20.25%+4.80+a Lineman.....................$ 34.18 24%+$5.00+a Operator - Class 1..........$ 27.27 24%+$5.00+a Operator - Class 2..........$ 22.09 24%+$5.00+a Traffic Signal & Lighting Technician..................$ 34.18 24%+$5.00+a FOOTNOTE: a. 6 Observed Holidays: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; & Christmas Day. Employees who work on a holiday shall be

Page 2 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

paid at a rate of double their applicable classified straight-time rates for the work performed on such holiday. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0044-003 01/01/2012 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 43.06 23.535+a+b PAID HOLIDAYS: a. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Vetern's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. b. Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate to vacation pay credit for employee who has worked in business more than 5 years; 6% for less than 5 years' service. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0018-008 05/01/2012 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Power Equipment GROUP 1.....................$ 31.54 13.01 GROUP 2.....................$ 31.42 13.01 GROUP 3.....................$ 30.38 13.01 GROUP 4.....................$ 29.20 13.01 GROUP 5.....................$ 23.74 13.01 GROUP 6.....................$ 31.79 13.01 GROUP 7.....................$ 32.04 13.01 GROUP 8.....................$ 32.54 13.01 GROUP 9.....................$ 22.44 12.25 OPERATING ENGINEER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - Boom & Jib 250' & Over GROUP 2 - Boom & Jib Over 180' through 249' GROUP 3 - Boom & Jib 150' through 180' GROUP 4 - Master Mechanic GROUP 5 - Barrier Moving Machine; Boiler or Compressor Mounted on Crane (Piggy-Back Operation); Boom Truck (all types); Cableway; Cherry Picker; Combination Concrete Mixer & Tower; Concrete Pump with Booms; Crane (all types); Crane-Compact, Track or Rubber over 4,000 lbs. Capacity; Crane-Self Erecting, Stationary, Track or Truck (all configurations); Derrick (all types); Dragline; Dredge (Dipper, Clam or Suction) 3 Man Crew; Elevating Grader or Euclid Loader; Floating Equipment; Forklift (rough terrain with winch/hoist) Gradall; Helicopter Operator, Hoisting Building Materials; Hoes (all types); Hoists (with two or more drums in use); Horizontal Directional Drill; Hydraulic Gantry (lift system); Laser Finishing Machine; Laser Screed and Like Equipment; Lift Slab or Panel Jack; Locomotive (all types); Maintenance Engineer (Mechanic and/or welder); Mixer Paving (Multiple Drum); Mobile Concrete Pump (With

Page 3 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

Boom); Panelboard (all types on site); Pile Driver; Power Shovel; Prentice Loader; Rail Tamper (with automatic lifting & aligning device0; Rotary Drill (all) used on Caissons for Foundations & Substructure work; Side Boom; Slip Form Paver; Straddle Carrier (building construction on site); Trench Machine (Over 24" Wide); & Tug Boat GROUP 6 - Asphalt Paver; Bobcat-type and/or Skid Steer Loader with Hoe Attachment greater than 7,000 lbs.; Bulldozer; C.M.I. Type Equipment; Endloader; Hydro Milling Machine; Kolman Type Loader (Dirt Loading); Lead Greaseman; Mucking Machine; Pettibone-Rail Equipment; Power Grader; Power Scoop; Power Scraper; Push Cat; Rotomill (all), Grinders and Planers of All Types; & Vermeer Type Concrete Saw GROUP 7 - A-Frame; Air Compressor, Pressurizing Shafts or Tunnels; Asphalt Roller (all); Bobcat-type and/or Skid Steer Loader with or without Attachments; Boiler (15 lbs. pressure and over); All concrete Pumps (without booms with 5" system); Fork Lifts (except masonry); Highway Drills-all types (with Integral Power); Hoist (One Drum); House Elevator (except those automatic call button controlled); Man Lift; Material Hoist/Elevator; Mud Jack; Pressure Grouting; Pump (Installing or Operating Well Points or other Type of Dewatering Systems); Pump (4" and over Discharge); Railroad Tie Inserter/Remover; Rotovator (lime soil stabilizer); Submersible Pump (4" and over Discharge); Switch & Tie Tamper w/o lifting & aligning device; Trench Machine (24" & under); & Utility GROUP 8 - Ballast Relocator; Backfillers & Tampers; Batch Plant; Bar & Joint Installing Machines; Bull Floats; Burlap & Curing Machines; Clefplanes; Compressor on building construction; Concrete Mixer, Capacity more than one bag; Concrete Mixer, one bag capacity, (side loader); All Concrete Pumps without Booms and with 4" System or Smaller; Concrete Spreader; Conveyor, used for handling building material; Crusher; Deckhands; Drum firemen (in asphalt plants); Farm Type Tractor, pulling attachments; Finishing Machine; Form Trencher; Generator; Gunite Machine; Hydro-seeder; Pavement Breaker (Hydraulic or Cable); Post Driver; Post Hole Digger; Pressure Pump (over 1/2" discharge); Road Widening Trencher; Roller (except Asphalt); Self-propelled Power Spreader; Self-propelled Sub-Grader; Shotcrete Machine; Tire Repairman; Tractor, Pulling Sheep Foot Roller or Grader; VAC/ALL; & Vibratory Compactor, with Integral Power GROUP 9 - Allen Screed Paver(concrete); Boiler (Less than 15 lbs. pressure); Crane-Compact, Track or Rubber under 4,000 lbs. Cpacity; Directional Drill "Locator"; Inboard & Outboard Motor Boat Launch; Light Plant; Masonry Fork Lift; Oiler; Power Driven Heater (Oil Fired); Power Scrubber; Power Sweeper; Pump (Under 4" discharge); Signal Person; & Submersible Pump (Under 4" discharge) ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0055-002 07/01/2012 Rates Fringes

Page 4 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

IRONWORKER Fence Erector...............$ 19.40 17.92 Furnaces & Kilns (Temperature units over 125 degrees Fahrenheit).....$ 29.00 18.00 Pre-Engineered Metal Building....................$ 23.59 18.95 All Other Work..............$ 28.32 18.95 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0500-002 07/01/2010 Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 23.32 10.64 GROUP 2.....................$ 23.52 10.64 GROUP 3.....................$ 23.72 10.64 GROUP 4.....................$ 23.82 10.64 GROUP 5.....................$ 13.80 10.64 GROUP 6.....................$ 16.82 10.64 LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - Building & Construction Laborer; Signalperson; Flagperson; Carpenter Tender; Utility Construction; Guard Rail Erector; Deep Cleaning; Hazardous Waste (Level A) GROUP 2 - Finisher Tender; Concrete Handler; Bottom Man; Scaffold Builder; Tunnel Laborer; Pipelayer; Air & Power Driven Tools; Burner on Demolition Work; Swinging Scaffold; Mucker; Caisson Worker; Cofferdam Worker; Powder Man & Dynamite Blaster; Creosote Worker; Mortar Mixer; Form Setter; Mason Tender; Plasterer Tender; Hod Carrier; Laser Beam Set Up Man; Stonemason Tender; Hazardous Waste (Level B) GROUP 3 - Gunite Operator; Hazardous Waste (Level C) GROUP 4 - Hazardous Waste (Level D) GROUP 5 - Parking & Landscaping GROUP 6 - Installation of Fencing FIREBRICK WORK OVER 50 FEET, EXPEDITERS, HOT PAY, BOTTOM MAN & TOP MAN SHALL BE PAID $.75 PER HOUR OVER GROUP 1. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0007-003 07/01/2012 Rates Fringes PAINTER NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING WORK GROUP 1....................$ 23.42 14.46 GROUP 2....................$ 23.67 14.46 GROUP 3....................$ 23.92 14.46 GROUP 4....................$ 24.02 14.46 GROUP 5....................$ 24.12 14.46 GROUP 6....................$ 24.17 14.46

Page 5 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

GROUP 7....................$ 24.42 14.46 GROUP 8....................$ 25.17 14.46 REPAINT IS 90% OF JR PAINTER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - Brush; Paperhanger; Drywall Taper & Finisher; Spray & Sandblasting Pot Tender GROUP 2 - All Surfaces 30 ft. or over where material is applied to or labor performed on above ground level (exterior), floor level (interior) GROUP 3 - Swing Stage & Chair GROUP 4 - Lead Paint Abatement GROUP 5 - All Methods of Spray GROUP 6 - Epoxy (excluding water based) for Solvent Based, Catalyzed Materials of Two or More Component Materials, to Include Solvent Based Conversion Varnish GROUP 7 - Spray Solvent Based Material; Sand & Abrasive Blasting GROUP 8 - Epoxy Spray (excluding water based) ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0639-001 05/01/2011 Rates Fringes Sign Painter & Erector...........$ 20.61 3.50+a+b+c FOOTNOTES: a. 7 Paid Holidays: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; July 4th; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day & 1 Floating Day b. Vacation Pay: After 1 year's service - 5 days' paid vacation; After 2, but less than 10 years' service - 10 days' paid vacation; After 10, but less than 20 years' service - 15 days' paid vacation; After 20 years' service - 20 days' paid vacation c. Funeral leave up to 3 days maximum paid leave for death of mother, father, brother, sister, spouse, child, mother-in-law, father-in-law, grandparent and inlaw provided employee attends funeral ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0948-002 08/01/2012 Rates Fringes GLAZIER..........................$ 26.58 12.94 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0886-002 08/01/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 27.47 13.70 ----------------------------------------------------------------

Page 6 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

PLAS0886-005 08/01/2011 Rates Fringes Drywall..........................$ 25.46 13.70 PLASTERER........................$ 27.47 13.70 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0050-003 07/02/2012 Rates Fringes Plumber/Pipefitter/Steamfitter...$ 35.50 22.59 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0134-003 07/01/2011 Rates Fringes ROOFER...........................$ 23.85 15.78 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SFOH0669-002 04/01/2012 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER.................$ 31.88 18.94 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0033-012 07/01/2012 Rates Fringes Sheet metal worker...............$ 30.97 22.89 ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0020-002 05/01/2008 Rates Fringes TRUCK DRIVER GROUP 1.....................$ 24.69 10.01 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.33 10.01 GROUP 1 - Pickup; Straight; Single Axle; Tandem Axle GROUP 2 - Heavy Duty; Five Axle or Over; Winch; Carry-Alls; Low Boy; Articulating Dump ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ----------------------------------------------------------------

Page 7 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non-union. Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rate. 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January. Non-Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on

Page 8 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION

Page 9 of 9

10/2/2012http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/OH28.dvb?v=19

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 41 10 - 1 of 2

BID FORM

1. The undersigned, having familiarized _______________ with the local conditions affecting the cost of the work, and with the Specifications (including, but not limited to, the Table of Contents, Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions for Bidders, this Bid Form, the form of Bid Bond, the Representations and Certifications, the form of Non-Collusive Affidavit, the form of Contract, and the form of Performance and Payment Bond or Bonds, the General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions, the General Scope of Work, and the Technical Specifications), the Drawings, and all Addenda (No’s.___________________), if any thereto, as prepared by and on file in the Modernization Department of the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority, 201 Belmont, Toledo, Ohio 43604, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services, and complete all work required for .

($ )

2. In submitting this bid, it is understood that the right is reserved by the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority to reject any and all bids. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, faxed, or delivered to the undersigned within sixty 60 days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver a contract in the prescribed form and furnish the required bond within ten (10) days after the contract is presented to him for signature.

3. Attached hereto is an affidavit in proof that the undersigned has not entered into any collusion with any person in respect to this proposal, or any other proposal, or the submitting of proposals for the contract for which this proposal is submitted.

4. The bidder represents that he [ ] has, [ ] has not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, or 11246 or the Secretary of Labor; that the [ ] has, [ ] has not, filed all required compliance reports, and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained prior to subcontract awards. (The above representation need not be submitted in connection with contracts or subcontracts which are exempt from the clause.)

5. Certification of non-segregated facilities. By signing this bid, the bidder certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any locations, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term “segregated facilities” means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or, are in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. He further agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provision of the Equal Opportunity clause); he will retain such certifications in his files, and that he will forward a notice to his proposed subcontractors as provided in the instruction to bidders.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 41 10 - 2 of 2

6. Davis –Bacon Acknowledgement. By signing this bid, the bidder acknowledges that this bid proposal is subject to the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act, requiring payment of prevailing wages per the General Conditions (HUD-5370 or HUD-5370-EZ) to all laborers and mechanics who perform construction work on the project.

7. Section 3 Compliance. By signing this bid, the bidder acknowledges his understanding that the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority’s Section 3 policy requires that when the Section 3 regulation is triggered by a need for new hires (whether individual employees, contractors or sub-contractors), every effort within the contractor’s disposal must be made to the greatest extent feasible to offer all available employment and contracting opportunities to its residents based on resident categories. Only when the regulation is triggered by a contractor and they are unable to offer employment or contracting, the contractor may offer employment related training to the Authority residents. The bidder represents that he [ ] does, [ ] does not, anticipate triggering the Section 3 regulation.

8. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Participation. By signing this bid, the bidder acknowledges his understanding that under Executive Order 11625, firms submitting bids for this solicitation are encouraged to include MBE participation to the maximum extent possible. LMHA is committed to a goal of thirty-five percent of all contract funds being awarded to Minority Business Enterprises (MBE).

NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is described in 18 U.S.C. 1001.

Date , 20 Name of Bidder

Official Address:

By:

Title:

Signature:

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 42 13 - 1 of 1

BID SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

1.1 CONTRACT AWARD PROCEDURE

A. The following Documents, included in this bid package, must be completed and submitted with the Bid Form: 1. Table of Contents - signed at bottom to verify your receipt of ALL forms listed here; 2. Bid Bond – Required for all bids over $25,000.00, as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders; 3. Bid Breakdown Sheet By Division form; 4. Subcontractor List – Must be included if applicable; 5. Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Bidders (HUD-5369-A); 6. Contractor/Vendor Qualification Statement – (Completed annually); 7. Section 3 Solicitation Instructions

a. Section 3 Business Concern Preference Option (FORM-1008) b. Non-Section 3 Business Concerns Compliance Option (FORM-1009) c. Non-Trigger Section 3 Regulation Affidavit (FORM-1010)

8. Contractor's Certification Concerning EEO 9. Non-Collusive Affidavit; 10. Starting/Completion Information.

B. Following the opening of the bids, the apparent low bidder will be identified. The bids will be analyzed and submitted to the LMHA Board of Directors for authorization to award the contract.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 42 26 - 1 of 2

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we the undersigned, __________________________________ as PRINCIPAL, and ____________________________________ , as SURETY are held and firmly bound unto Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority hereinafter called the “LMHA”, in the penal sum of _________________________________ Dollars, lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid, dated ____________, 20___, for _____________________________________________($_______________).

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within sixty (60) days after the said opening, and shall within the period specified therefre, or, if no period be specified within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the LMHA in accordance with the bid as accepted, and give bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract; or in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within the period specified, or the failure to enter into such contract and give such bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the LMHA the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the LMHA may procure the required work or supplies or both, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this ____ day of _____________, 20___, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 42 26 - 2 of 2

In presence of:

(CORPORATE SEAL) Corporate Principal (Name of Bidder)

Business address

Attest:

By (Signature)

Title

(CORPORATE SEAL) Corporate Surety

Business address

Attest:

By (Signature)

Title

(Power-of-attorney for person signing for Surety Company must be attached to bond)

CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

I, ________________________________ , certify that I am the ________________________________ Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that ________________________________ , who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then ________________________________ of said corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested to for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.

(CORPORATE SEAL) By (Signature)

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 42 33 - 1 of 1

BID BREAKDOWN SHEET BY DIVISION

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS $

SITE WORK $

CONCRETE $

MASONARY $

WOOD AND PLASTICS $

THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION $

DOORS AND WINDOWS $

FINISHES $

MECHANICAL $

ELECTRICAL $

PLUMBING $

OH&P $

TOTAL BID $

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 42 46 ‐ 1 of 1  

CONTR

ACT AMOUNT

MINORITY *

TRADE

PHONE

ADDRESS

NAME & FED

ERAL  ID

. NO.

*DESIGNATE M

INORITY GROUP HER

E:  BLACK, H

ISPANIC, A

SIAN, A

MER

ICAN IN

DIAN, W

OMEN

‐OWNED

.  TH

E GOAL OF TH

E LM

HA FOR

  MINORITY SU

BCONTR

ACTO

R PARTICIPATION IS 35%.

Project Nam

e: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SUBCONTR

ACTO

R LISTING

Project Nam

e: ______________________________________________________________________Date______________________________

 

form HUD-5369-A (11/92)Previous edition is obsolete

Representations, Certifications,and Other Statements of Bidders

Public and Indian Housing Programs

U.S. Department of Housingand Urban DevelopmentOffice of Public and Indian Housing

form HUD-5369-A (11/92)Previous edition is obsolete

Representations, Certifications,and Other Statements of BiddersPublic and Indian Housing Programs

Table of Contents

Clause Page1. Certificate of Independent Price Determination 12. Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement 13. Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments

to Influence Certain Federal Transactions 14. Organizational Conflicts of Interest Certification 25. Bidder's Certification of Eligibility 26. Minimum Bid Acceptance Period 27. Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Concern

Representation 28. Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and Indian

Organization Representation 29. Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act 310. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities 311. Clean Air and Water Certification 312. Previous Participation Certificate 313. Bidder's Signature 3

1. Certificate of Independent Price Determination(a) The bidder certifies that--

(1) The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently,without, for the purpose of restricting competition, any consultation,communication, or agreement with any other bidder or competitorrelating to (i) those prices, (ii) the intention to submit a bid, or (iii) themethods or factors used to calculate the prices offered;

(2) The prices in this bid have not been and will not beknowingly disclosed by the bidder, directly or indirectly, to any otherbidder or competitor before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bidsolicitation) or contract award (in the case of a competitive proposalsolicitation) unless otherwise required by law; and

(3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder toinduce any other concern to submit or not to submit a bid for thepurpose of restricting competition.(b) Each signature on the bid is considered to be a certification bythe signatory that the signatory--

(1) Is the person in the bidder's organization responsible fordetermining the prices being offered in this bid or proposal, and thatthe signatory has not participated and will not participate in anyaction contrary to subparagraphs (a)(l) through (a)(3) above; or

(2) (i) Has been authorized, in writing, to act as agent for thefollowing principals in certifying that those principals have notparticipated, and will not participate in any action contrary tosubparagraphs (a)(l) through (a)(3) above._______________________________________________ [insertfull name of person(s) in the bidder's organization responsible fordetermining the prices offered in this bid or proposal, and the title ofhis or her position in the bidder's organization];

(ii) As an authorized agent, does certify that the principalsnamed in subdivision (b)(2)(i) above have not participated, and willnot participate, in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1)through (a)(3) above; and

(iii) As an agent, has not personally participated, and willnot participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1)through (a)(3) above.(c) If the bidder deletes or modifies subparagraph (a)2 above, thebidder must furnish with its bid a signed statement setting forth indetail the circumstances of the disclosure.[X] [Contracting Officer check if following paragraph is applicable](d) Non-collusive affidavit. (applicable to contracts for constructionand equipment exceeding $50,000)

(1) Each bidder shall execute, in the form provided by the PHA/IHA, an affidavit to the effect that he/she has not colluded with anyother person, firm or corporation in regard to any bid submitted inresponse to this solicitation. If the successful bidder did not submitthe affidavit with his/her bid, he/she must submit it within three (3)working days of bid opening. Failure to submit the affidavit by thatdate may render the bid nonresponsive. No contract award will bemade without a properly executed affidavit.

(2) A fully executed "Non-collusive Affidavit" [ ] is, [ ] is notincluded with the bid.

2. Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement(a) Definitions. As used in this provision:

"Bona fide employee" means a person, employed by a bidderand subject to the bidder's supervision and control as to time, place,and manner of performance, who neither exerts, nor proposes toexert improper influence to solicit or obtain contracts nor holds outas being able to obtain any contract(s) through improper influence.

"Improper influence" means any influence that induces or tendsto induce a PHA/IHA employee or officer to give consideration or toact regarding a PHA/IHA contract on any basis other than the meritsof the matter.(b) The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid that, exceptfor full-time bona fide employees working solely for the bidder, thebidder:

(1) [ ] has, [ ] has not employed or retained any person orcompany to solicit or obtain this contract; and

(2) [ ] has, [ ] has not paid or agreed to pay to any person orcompany employed or retained to solicit or obtain this contract anycommission, percentage, brokerage, or other fee contingent upon orresulting from the award of this contract.(c) If the answer to either (a)(1) or (a)(2) above is affirmative, thebidder shall make an immediate and full written disclosure to thePHA/IHA Contracting Officer.(d) Any misrepresentation by the bidder shall give the PHA/IHA theright to (1) terminate the contract; (2) at its discretion, deduct fromcontract payments the amount of any commission, percentage,brokerage, or other contingent fee; or (3) take other remedypursuant to the contract.

3. Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments toInfluence Certain Federal Transactions (applicable tocontracts exceeding $100,000)

(a) The definitions and prohibitions contained in Section 1352 oftitle 31, United States Code, are hereby incorporated by referencein paragraph (b) of this certification.

Page1 of 3

form HUD-5369-A (11/92)Previous edition is obsolete

6. Minimum Bid Acceptance Period(a) "Acceptance period," as used in this provision, means thenumber of calendar days available to the PHA/IHA for awarding acontract from the date specified in this solicitation for receipt of bids.(b) This provision supersedes any language pertaining to theacceptance period that may appear elsewhere in this solicitation.(c) The PHA/IHA requires a minimum acceptance period of 90 calendar days.(d) In the space provided immediately below, bidders may specifya longer acceptance period than the PHA's/IHA's minimum require-ment. The bidder allows the following acceptance period:calendar days.(e) A bid allowing less than the PHA's/IHA's minimum acceptanceperiod will be rejected.(f) The bidder agrees to execute all that it has undertaken to do, incompliance with its bid, if that bid is accepted in writing within (1) theacceptance period stated in paragraph (c) above or (2) any longeracceptance period stated in paragraph (d) above.

7. Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business ConcernRepresentation

The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid/ offer that it --(a) [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern. "Small businessconcern," as used in this provision, means a concern, including itsaffiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominantin the field of operation in which it is bidding, and qualified as a smallbusiness under the criteria and size standards in 13 CFR 121.(b) [ ] is, [ ] is not a women-owned business enterprise. "Women-owned business enterprise," as used in this provision, means abusiness that is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or womenwho are U.S. citizens and who also control and operate the business.(c) [ ] is, [ ] is not a minority business enterprise. "Minoritybusiness enterprise," as used in this provision, means a businesswhich is at least 51 percent owned or controlled by one or moreminority group members or, in the case of a publicly owned business,at least 51 percent of its voting stock is owned by one or moreminority group members, and whose management and daily opera-tions are controlled by one or more such individuals. For the purposeof this definition, minority group members are:(Check the block applicable to you)[ ] Black Americans [ ] Asian Pacific Americans[ ] Hispanic Americans [ ] Asian Indian Americans[ ] Native Americans [ ] Hasidic Jewish Americans

8. Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and IndianOrganization Representation (applicable only if thissolicitation is for a contract to be performed on a project for anIndian Housing Authority)

The bidder represents and certifies that it:(a) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian-owned economic enterprise."Economic enterprise," as used in this provision, means any com-mercial, industrial, or business activity established or organized forthe purpose of profit, which is at least 51 percent Indian owned."Indian," as used in this provision, means any person who is amember of any tribe, band, group, pueblo, or community which isrecognized by the Federal Government as eligible for services fromthe Bureau of Indian Affairs and any "Native" as defined in the AlaskaNative Claims Settlement Act.(b) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian organization. "Indian organization,"as used in this provision, means the governing body of any Indiantribe or entity established or recognized by such governing body.Indian "tribe" means any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, or

(b) The bidder, by signing its bid, hereby certifies to the best of hisor her knowledge and belief as of December 23, 1989 that:

(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will bepaid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence anofficer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officeror employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congresson his or her behalf in connection with the awarding of a contractresulting from this solicitation;

(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds (includ-ing profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) havebeen paid, or will be paid, to any person for influencing or attemptingto influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member ofCongress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of aMember of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with thissolicitation, the bidder shall complete and submit, with its bid, OMBstandard form LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities;" and

(3) He or she will include the language of this certification in allsubcontracts at any tier and require that all recipients of subcontractawards in excess of $100,000 shall certify and disclose accordingly.(c) Submission of this certification and disclosure is a prerequisitefor making or entering into this contract imposed by section 1352,title 31, United States Code. Any person who makes an expenditureprohibited under this provision or who fails to file or amend thedisclosure form to be filed or amended by this provision, shall besubject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000, and not more than$100,000, for each such failure.(d) Indian tribes (except those chartered by States) and Indianorganizations as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determina-tion and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450B) are exemptfrom the requirements of this provision.

4. Organizational Conflicts of Interest CertificationThe bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief andexcept as otherwise disclosed, he or she does not have anyorganizational conflict of interest which is defined as a situation inwhich the nature of work to be performed under this proposedcontract and the bidder's organizational, financial, contractual, orother interests may, without some restriction on future activities:(a) Result in an unfair competitive advantage to the bidder; or,(b) Impair the bidder's objectivity in performing the contract work.[ ] In the absence of any actual or apparent conflict, I hereby certifythat to the best of my knowledge and belief, no actual or apparentconflict of interest exists with regard to my possible performance ofthis procurement.

5. Bidder's Certification of Eligibility(a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that to the bestof its knowledge and belief, neither it, nor any person or firm whichhas an interest in the bidder's firm, nor any of the bidder's subcon-tractors, is ineligible to:

(1) Be awarded contracts by any agency of the United StatesGovernment, HUD, or the State in which this contract is to beperformed; or,

(2) Participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24.(b) The certification in paragraph (a) above is a material represen-tation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making award.If it is later determined that the bidder knowingly rendered anerroneous certification, the contract may be terminated for default,and the bidder may be debarred or suspended from participation inHUD programs and other Federal contract programs.

Page 2 of 3

form HUD-5369-A (11/92)Previous edition is obsolete

community including Native villages and Native groups (includingcorporations organized by Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) asdefined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which isrecognized by the Federal Government as eligible for services fromthe Bureau of Indian Affairs.

9. Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-BaconAct (applicable to construction contracts exceeding $2,000)

(a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that neither itnor any person or firm who has an interest in the bidder's firm is aperson or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United StatesGovernment by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29CFR 5.12(a)(1).(b) No part of the contract resulting from this solicitation shall besubcontracted to any person or firm ineligible to be awardedcontracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).(c) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

10. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities (applicableto contracts exceeding $10,000)

(a) The bidder's attention is called to the clause entitled EqualEmployment Opportunity of the General Conditions of the Con-tract for Construction.(b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this provision, means anywaiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurantsand other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storageor dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation orentertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities providedfor employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in factsegregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national originbecause of habit, local custom, or otherwise.(c) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that it does notand will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregatedfacilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will notpermit its employees to perform their services at any location underits control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidderagrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EqualEmployment Opportunity clause in the contract.(d) The bidder further agrees that (except where it has obtainedidentical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specifictime periods) prior to entering into subcontracts which exceed$10,000 and are not exempt from the requirements of the EqualEmployment Opportunity clause, it will:

(1) Obtain identical certifications from the proposed subcon-tractors;

(2) Retain the certifications in its files; and(3) Forward the following notice to the proposed subcontrac-

tors (except if the proposed subcontractors have submitted identicalcertifications for specific time periods):

Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement forCertifications of Nonsegregated FacilitiesA Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted beforethe award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exemptfrom the provisions of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause ofthe prime contract. The certification may be submitted either foreach subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e.,quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

Note: The penalty for making false statements in bids is prescribedin 18 U.S.C. 1001.

11. Clean Air and Water Certification (applicable to con-tracts exceeding $100,000)

The bidder certifies that:(a) Any facility to be used in the performance of this contract [ ]is, [ ] is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency List ofViolating Facilities:(b) The bidder will immediately notify the PHA/IHA ContractingOfficer, before award, of the receipt of any communication from theAdministrator, or a designee, of the Environmental ProtectionAgency, indicating that any facility that the bidder proposes to usefor the performance of the contract is under consideration to belisted on the EPA List of Violating Facilities; and,(c) The bidder will include a certification substantially the same asthis certification, including this paragraph (c), in every nonexemptsubcontract.

12. Previous Participation Certificate (applicable toconstruction and equipment contracts exceeding $50,000)

(a) The bidder shall complete and submit with his/her bid the FormHUD-2530, "Previous Participation Certificate." If the successfulbidder does not submit the certificate with his/her bid, he/she mustsubmit it within three (3) working days of bid opening. Failure tosubmit the certificate by that date may render the bid nonresponsive.No contract award will be made without a properly executed certifi-cate.(b) A fully executed "Previous Participation Certificate"[ ] is, [ ] is not included with the bid.

13. Bidder's SignatureThe bidder hereby certifies that the information contained in thesecertifications and representations is accurate, complete, andcurrent.

__________________________________________________________________(Signature and Date)

__________________________________________________________________(Typed or Printed Name)

__________________________________________________________________(Title)

__________________________________________________________________(Company Name)

(Company Address)

Page 3 of 3

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 43 19 - 1 of 5

CONTRACTOR/VENDOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

LMHA DEPARTMENT SUBMITTED TO (circle one):

Modernization Department - Maintenance - Purchasing – Accounting – Other

LMHA ADDRESS: 201 Belmont Street, Toledo, OH 43604-3213

SUBMITTED BY:

Company Name: Corporation Partnership Street Address: Individual Joint Venture City, State & Zip: Other

Business Phone:

Business Fax: E-mail address:

Tax Identification Number:

TYPE OF WORK: (File separate form for each Classification of Work):

_____ General Construction _____ HVAC _____ Other _____ Plumbing _____ Electrical _____ Painting _____ Maintenance

ORGANIZATION AND STAFF

How many employees are employed on a full-time basis:

Please identify any businesses in which any owner, officer, director or principal shareholder has an interest.

How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor/Vendor/Supplier:

How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name:

Under what other or former names has your organization operated:

If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:

Date of incorporation: State of incorporation: President’s name: Vice President’s name: Secretary’s name: Treasurer’s name:

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 43 19 - 2 of 5

If your organization is a partnership, answer the following:

Date of organization: Type of partnership (if applicable): Name(s) of general partner(s):

If your organization is individually owned, answer the following:

Date of organization: Name of owner:

Is your organization a certified minority owned or woman-owned business? yes no

If yes, municipality of certification: Type of Certification: minority woman Type of Minority: Black American Native American Hispanic American Asian/Pacific American Other

Do you own or rent your equipment? Own Rent

Please provide a statement setting forth the bidder’s facilities, equipment inventory and technical resources available for use in fulfillment of bidder’s obligations for the project or that same can be obtained. If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals:

Please provide the name and description of the management experience of each of bidder’s project managers and superintendents that bidder intends to assign to work on the project:

Please provide a copy of your Drug and Alcohol Free Work Place Policy.

LICENSING

List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable:

List jurisdictions in which your organization’s partnership or trade name is filed:

List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces:

Please provide proof of any professional or trade license required by law for any trade or specialty area in which bidder is seeking a contract award; and disclosure of any suspension or revocation within the previous five years of any professional or trade license held by the owner, or of any director, officer or manager employed by the bidder.

APPRENTICESHIP

Please provide confirmation that all apprentices, if any, to be used on the project are registered with an apprenticeship training program approved by the State of Ohio and Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.

SUBCONTRACTORS

Please provide disclosure of the name and address of each subcontractor from whom the contactor has accepted a bid and/or intends to hire on any part of the project, which the value of the work performed by the subcontractor is at least fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000.00). Please provide confirmation that the contractor will require such subcontractor to adhere to the submission requirements set forth herein as though it were bidding directly to LMHA.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 43 19 - 3 of 5

WORKERS’ COMP & LIABILITY INSURANCE

Have you attached a copy of your Workers’ Comp Certificate? yes no

Have you attached a copy of your Certificate of Liability Insurance? yes no

Have you attached a copy of your Company Vehicle Insurance? yes no

CLAIMS AND SUITS (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details)

Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers:

Are there any liens filed against you or your company:

Has your organization filed any lawsuits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years:

On a separate sheet, list any pending litigation in state or federal courts involving contractor as a party:

On a separate sheet, list any bankruptcy filings or proceedings:

On a separate sheet, list all pending matters, if any, with the National Labor Relations Board, U.S. Department of Labor, or the Wage and Hour Division of any state:

On a separate sheet, list any and all unsatisfied judgments, injunctions or liens obtained by a governmental agency against contractor:

On a separate sheet, list any determinations of violations of federal, state or local laws, including OSHA violations, prevailing wage law violations, federal or local debarments or suspensions and any denials of pre-qualifications due to a finding of non-responsibility.

EXPERIENCE

On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent completed and scheduled completion date:

State total worth of work in progress and under contract:

On a separate sheet, list the construction/vendor experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization:

On a separate sheet, list an accurate and complete record of all public work completed in the last three years by the contractor giving the names of the projects, types of work, location, contract price, bid amount, final contract amount paid and the names of the owners and the architects or engineers in charge for the owners and the names of all subcontractors use, if applicable. Also include disclosure of any labor disputes experienced, any penalties for failure to timely complete a contract and include performance evaluations in its possession, if any.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 43 19 - 4 of 5

TRADE REFERENCES

Company Name Street Address City & State & Zip Phone

BANK REFERENCES

Bank Name Street Address City & State & Zip Phone

BONDING COMPANY

Bonding Company Name Street Address City & State & Zip Phone

INSURANCE AGENT

Company Name Street Address City & State & Zip Phone

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 43 19 - 5 of 5

CERTIFICATION

I certify that the information on this application is true and accurate. I understand and agree that LMHA will use this information to pre-qualify me so that I may be considered an LMHA qualified contractor/vendor. I agree that I will pay the appropriate HUD wages or Davis-Bacon wages. I agree to abide by LMHA’s Statement of Procurement Policy and applicable HUD regulations, both of which may be amended from time to time. I understand and agree that this information is confidential and will be used for no other purpose. I understand that this application, if approved, will remain in full force and effect until the end of the calendar year. I understand and agree that I will need to qualify every January. I understand and agree that LMHA reserves the right to demand supplemental information. I agree that I will inform LMHA of any material changes within ten (10) days of occurrence. I understand that LMHA may revoke my status for false or deceptive statements or for other cause and that I may file a protest of such revocation in accordance with Section VII, Appeals and Remedies in LMHA’s Statement of Procurement. I understand that if I lose my appeal, LMHA may deny my participation in LMHA’s procurement processes for a period of six (6) months from the date of such determination. Signature Date Company Name The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority 201 Belmont Street, Toledo, OH 43604-3213 Maintenance (419) 259-9465 Purchasing (419) 259-9419 Modernization Department (419) 259-9462 Accounting Department (419) 249-9526

Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority

SECTION 3 SOLICITATION INSTRUCTIONS

00 43 20 - 1 of 1

Overview Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority’s Section 3 policy requires that when the Section 3 regulation is triggered by a need for new hires (whether individual employees, contractors or sub-contractors), every effort within the contractor’s disposal must be made to the greatest extent feasible to offer all available employment and contracting opportunities to its residents based on resident categories. Only when the regulation is triggered by a contractor and they are unable to offer employment or contracting, the contractor may offer employment related training to the Authority residents. Instructions: All general contractors, primes and subcontractors MUST complete either form 1008, 1009, or 1010. Subcontractors MUST submit their completed forms to the general contractor or prime. SECTION 3 BUSINESS CONCERNS: Section 3 Business Concerns requesting preference MUST submit the Section 3 Business Concern Preference Form (1008), with the bid, offer, or proposal. NON-SECTION 3 BUSINESS CONCERNS: Non-Section 3 Business who triggers the Section 3 Regulation by doing subcontracting or hiring MUST submit the Section 3 Business Concern Compliance Option Form (1009), with the bid, offer, or proposal. NOT TRIGGERING THE SECTION 3 REGULATION: Not triggering the Section 3 regulation means that your business does not anticipate the following:

I do not anticipate any new hires on this contract and/or

I do not anticipate any new contracting by my firm on this contract. Businesses who do not anticipate triggering the Section 3 regulation MUST submit the Section 3 Non-Triggered Option Form (1010). Any solicitation response that do not include forms 1008, 1009, or 1010 (completed, signed, and notarized) will be considered non-responsive and not eligible for award.

Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority

Section 3 Business Concern Preference Option Form

FORM 1008 00 43 21 - 1 of 1

I am certifying as a Section 3 Business Concern and requesting Preference accordingly. I have selected ONE of the following preference options that best defines my business:

I certify that the information provided is true and accurate and agree to provide upon request, documents verifying Section 3 compliance. Company Name: Company Address: Name: Title: Type of Business (Check One): Corporation Partnership Sole Proprietorship Other Location of work: Signature: Date: Notary Signature and Seal:

OPTION # OPTION DESCRIPTION INITIAL

ROB PREFERENCE

1

A business claiming status as a Section 3 Resident-Owned Business Concern (ROB) entity.

ATTACH COPY OF ROB CERTIFICATION LETTER ISSUED BY LMHA.

30% + WORKFORCE PREFERENCE

2

A business claiming Section 3 status, because at least 30% of the existing or newly hired workforce for this specific contract will be Section 3 residents throughout the entire contract period. If a Prime or General Contractor is electing this option, the 30% employment requirement will be for the entire project including all the sub-contractors employees:

Check all methods you will employ to secure Section 3 Residents/Persons

Distribute Flyers door-to-door to ALL local public housing authorities Run multiple advertisements in the local paper announcing the hiring opportunities Post signs at the entrance to the job site that it is a Section 3 covered project Notify residents and local community organizations including shelters and churches Defer to any list of Employment Readiness trained residents provided by the Authority Other: _________________________________________________________________

I anticipate my total number of employees for this contract to be ____ and _____ will be qualified Section 3.

25% SUBCONTRACTING

PREFERENCE 3

A business claiming Section 3 status by subcontracting 25% of the dollar award to qualified Section 3 Business:

Provide a list of intended subcontract Section 3 business(es) with subcontract amount Provide certification & all supporting documentation for each planned subcontract Section 3

Business

Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority

Non-Section 3 Business Concerns

FORM 1009 00 43 23 - 1 of 1

Compliance Option Form Non-Section 3 Business Concerns are businesses who trigger the Section 3 Regulation by doing subcontracting or hiring. Non-Section 3 Business Concerns must select ONE of the following compliance options:

I certify that the information provided is true and accurate and agree to provide upon request, documents verifying Section 3 compliance. Name: Title:

Company Name:

Signature: Date:

Notary Signature and Seal:

OPTION # OPTION DESCRIPTION INITIAL

COMMITMENT TO HIRING

1

I commit to hiring and maintaining throughout the life of any contract awarded as part of this solicitation (Including and changes or modifications). Only if no Category 1 Residents can be secured, the contractor may hire from Category II or Category III in that order. Sufficient justification will be required as to why no Category I Resident(s) could be hired. ________ New Hires are required for this contract as authorized by LMHA. Check all methods you will employ to secure Section 3 Residents/Persons:

Distribute Flyers door-to-door to ALL public housing apartments Run multiple advertisements in the local paper announcing the hiring opportunities Post signs at the entrance to the job site that it is a Section 3 covered project Notify residents and local community organizations including shelters and churches Defer to any list of Employment Readiness trained residents provided by the authority Other: _________________________________________________________________

COMMITMENT TO TRAIN

2

I will commit to funding, from my contract, a qualified Section 3 training in place of Employment or Contracting in the amount of 3% or more of my total contract award as required by the authority’s policy. That training will be commenced within ten (10) days of my contract start. My training will be:

Employment Readiness Related Training - 40 hours Classroom for up to ________ residents

Employment Skills w/Readiness-Classroom Only 80 - hours Classroom for up to _____ residents

Employment Skills w/Readiness-Classroom and Job Site for a minimum of _________ residents Other:________________________________________________________________________

(Contractor understands that if Job Site training is completed by having the trainee complete work comparable to HUD defined employment categories, then the trainees must be paid Davis-Bacon wages and covered under their workers’ compensation insurance)

COMMITMENT TO EDUCATION FUND

3

I will provide a single payment to the Lucas Metro Housing Authority equal to three (3%) percent $ of my total contract award $ to assist the authority in facilitating employment related training. That payment will be payable from the first payment issued on the contract. The funds may be a part of the mobilization funding requested by me/my firm if any. I further agree that if there are any increases to the value of my contract, I will make additional payments to this fund that will maintain the listed percentage level at all times including any final incentives or additional payments. The authority will be fully responsible for soliciting, managing and paying for the selected training services under this part and I will have fully met my obligation to comply with the Section 3 regulation. If for entire Contract Value please explain.

Small contractors or service vendors receiving single payments or undeterminable payment cycles based on services on request, the LMHA will arrange for any payment into the fund based on the terms of each agreement independently.

Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority

NON-TRIGGER SECTION 3 REGULATION AFFADAVIT

FORM 1010 00 43 26 - 1 of 1

If Contractor does not anticipate triggering the Section 3 regulation, check the appropriate box according. Not triggering the Section 3 regulation means that your business does not anticipate the following:

I do not anticipate any new hires on this contract and/or

I do not anticipate any new contracting by my firm on this contract.

I certify that the information provided is true and accurate and agree to provide upon request, documents verifying Section 3 compliance.

Company Name: Company Address: Name: Title: Type of Business (Check One): Corporation Partnership Sole Proprietorship Other Location of Work Being Performed: Signature: Date: Notary Signature and Seal: Date:

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 43 36 ‐ 1 of 2 

 

CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION CONCERNING EEO 

COMPANY:        MINORITY EMPLOYEES 

 CAUCASION 

AFRICAN AMERICAN HISPANIC 

NATIVE 

AMERICAN 

ASIAN OR PACIFIC

Sub Category Total 

Employees M  F  M  F  M  F  M  F  M  F 

Officer / Supervisors                      

Technicians                      

Housing Sales/Rental Management                      

Office / Clerical                      

Service Workers                      

Other                      

TRADE:                      

Journeyman                      

Helpers                      

Apprentices                      

Other                      

TRADE:                      

Journeyman                      

Helpers                      

Apprentices                      

Other                      

TOTAL                       

TOTAL %                      

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 43 36 ‐ 2 of 2 

 

 

 

I attest that the above information is true and correct. 

 

 

           Print Name   Title  Date 

   Signature  

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF OHIO) 

   COUNTY     ) 

I,  the undersigned  authority,  a Notary Public  in  and  for  said County  and  in  said  State, hereby  certify  that, 

______________________________, whose name as _________________ of ______________________________ 

is signed to the foregoing conveyance and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day, that, being 

informed of  the contents of  the  foregoing conveyance, he/she,  in his/her capacity as _________________, and 

with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said Business entity. 

 

 

Given under my hand and official seal, this the ______ day of ________, 2010. 

   

Notary Public 

My Commission Expires 

    

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 43 46 ‐ 1 of 1  

NON‐COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT 

State of   )   )  SS>.   County of   ) 

  , being first duly sworn, deposes and says: 

That he is   , the party making the foregoing proposal or bid, that such proposal or bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidder or person, to put in a sham bid or to refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant, or of any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority or any person interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements in said proposal or bid are true. 

   

 

   

Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______ day of   , 20__.                                            Notary Public    My commission expires ______________________. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 43 56 ‐ 1 of 1  

STARTING/COMPLETION INFORMATION 

JOB NAME:     

BIDDER’S NAME:     

ESTIMATED STARTING DATE:     

ESTIMATED COMPLETION DATE:     

TOTAL CALENDAR DAYS:     

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 53 23 ‐ 1 of 1  

SUBCONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL 

PROJECT NAME:    

SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT:   ($____________) 

Prior  to  the  commencement of work,  this document  shall be  completed and  signed by an Officer of  the Prime Contracting Firm and each Sub‐Contracting Firm, participating in the project.  This document will be kept on file at the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority.  The L.M.H.A. will utilize this information to verify bona‐fide Subcontractors. 

GENERAL (PRIME) CONTRACTOR:    

BUSINESS ADDRESS:    

SUB‐CONTRACTOR:    

BUSINESS ADDRESS:    

  City:     State     Zip    

BUSINESS PHONE NO.:    

FEDERAL TAX ID. NO.:        or     SOCIAL SECURITY NO.:    

If the subcontractor possesses licenses, please list type of license and issuing authority: 

   

   

The Sub‐contracting Firm is (please circle one):       Individual      Sole      Proprietor      Partnership      Corp   

Is Sub‐contractor an M. B. E., W.B.E., or S.B.C?    Yes    No  If so, which one:   

The Sub‐contractor has read and understood the following sections of the Contract Documents, and understands that they will be required to comply with same: 

Wages Listed:    Yes    No 

EEO & AAEEO Goals:    Yes    No 

Instructions to Bidder:    Yes    No 

Scheduling Information:    Yes    No 

General Conditions:    Yes    No 

Supplementary Conditions:    Yes    No 

Lead‐Based Paint Ban:    Yes    No 

Technical Specifications:    Yes    No 

Drawings:    Yes    No 

Payroll Reporting:    Yes    No 

GENERAL (Prime)    SUB‐CONTRACTOR 

Signature:     Signature:   

Printed Name:     Printed Name:   

Title    Title   

Date    Date   

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 64 13 ‐ 1 of 1  

FINAL WAGE PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT 

  AMP No.: ____ 

_________________________________,  being  first  duly  sworn,  makes  oath  and  says  that  he/she  is _____________________________  of  ____________________________  the  contractor  herein,  and  that  the Wages  have  been  paid  in  conformance  with  the  minimum  rates  as  established  in  the  Contract  for _____________________________________. 

I further certify that no rebates of deductions for any Wages due any person have been directly or indirectly made other than those provided by law. 

       (Signed) 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this _________ day of _____________________, 20____. 

       Notary Public 

  (SEAL)  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 64 26 ‐ 1 of 2  

Contractor’s Release & Certification 

Contractor:      

     

     

Project:     

Contract Date:     Job Number:    

I,  __________________________________________________,  of  the  above‐noted  firm  hereby  certify  that  the statements listed below, in connection with the above contract are true and complete: 

1.  The  project  noted  above  has  been  completed  in  accordance  with  the  construction  Contract  Documents including any Change Orders applicable, except  items noted  in paragraph 7 below.   There was/were _____ Change Order(s). 

2.  The total amount due and owed in connection with the above stated Contract is $_____________. 

3.  The approximate total amount of unsettled claims relative to the above stated Contract is $_____________. 

4.  The Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority  is released of all claims  incidental to or as a consequence of this Contract, other than those items listed in paragraph 3 above and 7 below. 

5.  All wages paid to laborers or mechanics under this contract, were consistent with the wage rate requirements of the Contract, and there are no outstanding claims for unpaid wages by any laborers or mechanics employed under this Contract. 

6.  All  guarantees  and/or  warranties  in  connection  with  labor,  material  and  equipment  furnished  under  this Contract, have been assigned and transmitted to the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority, in accordance with paragraph 35  (Warranty of Construction) of  the General Conditions of  the Contract  for Construction – Public Housing Programs.   All warranties unless otherwise extended by equipment or material manufacturer’s,  shall remain in effect for a period of not less than one year from date of final acceptances. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 64 26 ‐ 2 of 2  

 

7.  The following items are unsettled claims incidental to the above noted contract: 

Claim Item    Amount Claimed 

    $   

    $   

    $   

    $   

    $   

       (Signed) 

       (Title) 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this _________ day of _____________________, 20____. 

       Notary Public 

  (SEAL) 

PHA Concurrence:  Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authority 

           Director of Modernization  Date  

General Conditions for Construction Contracts - Public Housing Programs

U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Office of Public and Indian Housing OMB Approval No. 2577-0157 (exp. 12/31/2011)

Applicability. This form is applicable to any construction/development contract greater than $100,000.

This form includes those clauses required by OMB's common rule on grantee procurement, implemented at HUD in 24 CFR 85.36, and those requirements set forth in Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 and its amendment by the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, implemented by HUD at 24 CFR Part 135. The form is required for construction contracts awarded by Public Housing Agencies (PHAs). The form is used by Housing Authorities in solicitations to provide necessary contract clauses. If the form were not used, HAs would be unable to enforce their contracts. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1.0 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Responses to the collection of information are required to obtain a benefit or to retain a benefit. The information requested does not lend itself to confidentiality. HUD may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB number.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 1 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

Table of Contents Clause

Page

Clause Page

1. Definitions 2 Administrative Requirements

2. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work 2 25. Contract Period 9 3. Architect’s Duties, Responsibilities and Authority 2 26. Order of Precedence 9

4. Other Contracts 3 27. Payments 9 Construction Requirements 28. Contract Modifications 10

5. Preconstruction Conference and Notice to Proceed 3 29. Changes 10 6. Construction Progress Schedule 3 30. Suspension of Work 11 7. Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work 3 31. Disputes 11 8. Differing Site Conditions 4 32. Default 11 9. Specifications and Drawings for Construction 4 33. Liquidated Damages 12 10. As-Built Drawings 5 34. Termination of Convenience 12 11. Material and Workmanship 5 35. Assignment of Contract 12 12. Permits and Codes 5 36. Insurance 12 13. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention 6 37. Subcontracts 13 14. Temporary Buildings and Transportation Materials 6 38. Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms, Women’s

Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus Area Firms 13

15. Availability and Use of Utility Services 6 39. Equal Employment Opportunity 13 16. Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures, Equipment,

Utilities, and Improvements

6 40. Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for

Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968

14

17. Temporary Buildings and Transportation Materials 7 41. Interest of Members of Congress 15 18. Clean Air and Water 7 42. Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and Former

Members, Officers, or Employees 15

19. Energy Efficiency 7 43. Limitations on Payments Made to Influence 15 20. Inspection and Acceptance of Construction 7 44. Royalties and Patents 15 21. Use and Possession Prior to Completion 8 45. Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records 15 22. Warranty of Title 8 46. Labor Standards-Davis-Bacon and Related Acts 15 23. Warranty of Construction 8 47. Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates 19 24. Prohibition Against Liens 9 48. Procurement of Recovered Materials 19

1. Definitions

(a) “Architect” means the person or other entity engaged by

the PHA to perform architectural, engineering, design, and other services related to the work as provided for in the contract. When a PHA uses an engineer to act in this capacity, the terms “architect” and “engineer” shall be synonymous. The Architect shall serve as a technical representative of the Contracting Officer. The Architect’s authority is as set forth elsewhere in this contract.

(b) “Contract” means the contract entered into between the PHA and the Contractor. It includes the forms of Bid, the Bid Bond, the Performance and Payment Bond or Bonds or other assurance of completion, the Certifications, Representations, and Other Statements of Bidders (form HUD-5370), these General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (form HUD-5370), the applicable wage rate determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor, any special conditions included elsewhere in the contract, the specifications, and drawings. It includes all formal changes to any of those documents by addendum, change order, or other modification.

(c) “Contracting Officer” means the person delegated the au-thority by the PHA to enter into, administer, and/or terminate this contract and designated as such in writing to the Contractor. The term includes any successor Contracting Officer and any duly authorized representative of the Contracting Officer also designated in writing. The Contracting Officer shall be deemed the authorized agent of the PHA in all dealings with the Contractor.

(d) “Contractor” means the person or other entity entering into the contract with the PHA to perform all of the work required under the contract.

(e) “Drawings” means the drawings enumerated in the schedule of drawings contained in the Specifications and as described in the contract clause entitled Specifications and Drawings for Construction herein.

(f) “HUD” means the United States of America acting through the Department of Housing and Urban Development including the Secretary, or any other person designated to act on its behalf. HUD has agreed, subject to the provisions of an Annual Contributions Contract (ACC), to provide financial assistance to the PHA, which includes assistance in financing the work to be performed under this contract. As defined elsewhere in these General Conditions or the contract documents, the determination of HUD may be required to authorize changes in the work or for release of funds to the PHA for payment to the Contractor. Notwithstanding HUD’s role, nothing in this contract shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between the Contractor and HUD.

(g) “Project” means the entire project, whether construction or rehabilitation, the work for which is provided for in whole or in part under this contract.

(h) “PHA” means the Public Housing Agency organized under applicable state laws which is a party to this contract.

(j) “Specifications” means the written description of the technical requirements for construction and includes the criteria and tests for determining whether the requirements are met.

(l) “Work” means materials, workmanship, and manufacture and fabrication of components.

2. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work

(a) The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor,

materials, tools, equipment, and transportation necessary for performance of the work. The Contractor shall also furnish all necessary water, heat, light, and power not made available to the Contractor by the PHA pursuant to the clause entitled Availability and Use of Utility Services herein.

(b) The Contractor shall perform on the site, and with its own organization, work equivalent to at least [ ] (12 percent unless otherwise indicated) of the total amount of work to be performed under the order. This percentage may be reduced by a supplemental agreement to this order if, during performing the work, the Contractor requests a reduction and the Contracting Officer determines that the reduction would be to the advantage of the PHA.

(c) At all times during performance of this contract and until the work is completed and accepted, the Contractor shall directly superintend the work or assign and have on the work site a competent superintendent who is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer and has authority to act for the Contractor.

(d) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to persons or property that occur as a result of the Contractor’s fault or negligence, and shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, and the property of others. The Contractor shall hold and save the PHA, its officers and agents, free and harmless from liability of any nature occasioned by the Contractor’s performance. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until completion and acceptance of the entire work, except for any completed unit of work which may have been accepted under the contract.

(e) The Contractor shall lay out the work from base lines and bench marks indicated on the drawings and be responsible for all lines, levels, and measurements of all work executed under the contract. The Contractor shall verify the figures before laying out the work and will be held responsible for any error resulting from its failure to do so.

(f) The Contractor shall confine all operations (including storage of materials) on PHA premises to areas authorized or approved by the Contracting Officer.

(g) The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area, including storage areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. After completing the work and before final inspection, the Contractor shall (1) remove from the premises all scaffolding, equipment, tools, and materials (including rejected materials) that are not the property of the PHA and all rubbish caused by its work; (2) leave the work area in a clean, neat, and orderly condition satisfactory to the Contracting Officer; (3) perform all specified tests; and, (4) deliver the installation in complete and operating condition.

(h) The Contractor’s responsibility will terminate when all work has been completed, the final inspection made, and the work accepted by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor will then be released from further obligation except as required by the warranties specified elsewhere in the contract.

3. Architect’s Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority (a) The Architect for this contract, and any successor, shall

be designated in writing by the Contracting Officer. Previous editions are obsolete Page 2 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(b) The Architect shall serve as the Contracting Officer’s technical representative with respect to architectural, engineering, and design matters related to the work performed under the contract. The Architect may provide direction on contract performance. Such direction shall be within the scope of the contract and may not be of a nature which: (1) institutes additional work outside the scope of the contract; (2) constitutes a change as defined in the Changes clause herein; (3) causes an increase or decrease in the cost of the contract; (4) alters the Construction Progress Schedule; or (5) changes any of the other express terms or conditions of the contract.

(c) The Architect’s duties and responsibilities may include but shall not be limited to:

(1) Making periodic visits to the work site, and on the basis of his/her on-site inspections, issuing written reports to the PHA which shall include all observed deficiencies. The Architect shall file a copy of the report with the Contractor’s designated representative at the site;

(2) Making modifications in drawings and technical specifications and assisting the Contracting Officer in the preparation of change orders and other contract modifications for issuance by the Contracting Officer;

(3) Reviewing and making recommendations with respect to - (i) the Contractor’s construction progress schedules; (ii) the Contractor’s shop and detailed drawings; (iii) the machinery, mechanical and other equipment and materials or other articles proposed for use by the Contractor; and, (iv) the Contractor’s price breakdown and progress payment estimates; and,

(4) Assisting in inspections, signing Certificates of Completion, and making recommendations with respect to acceptance of work completed under the contract.

4. Other Contracts

The PHA may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the site of the work under this contract. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the other contractors and with PHA employees and shall carefully adapt scheduling and performing the work under this contract to accommodate the additional work, heeding any direction that may be provided by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act that will interfere with the performance of work by any other contractor or by PHA employees

Construction Requirements 5. Pre-construction Conference and Notice to Proceed (a) Within ten calendar days of contract execution, and prior

to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall attend a preconstruction conference with representatives of the PHA, its Architect, and other interested parties convened by the PHA. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general plan of the construction operation and all other requirements of the contract. The PHA will provide the Contractor with the date, time, and place of the conference.

(b) The contractor shall begin work upon receipt of a written Notice to Proceed from the Contracting Officer or designee. The Contractor shall not begin work prior to receiving such notice.

6. Construction Progress Schedule (a) The Contractor shall, within five days after the work

commences on the contract or another period of time determined by the Contracting Officer, prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer for approval three copies of a practicable schedule showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the work, and the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting and completing the several salient features of the work (including acquiring labor, materials, and equipment). The schedule shall be in the form of a progress chart of suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of work scheduled for completion by any given date during the period. If the Contractor fails to submit a schedule within the time prescribed, the Contracting Officer may withhold approval of progress payments or take other remedies under the contract until the Contractor submits the required schedule.

(b) The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the chart as required by the Contracting Officer, and immediately deliver three copies of the annotated schedule to the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting Officer determines, upon the basis of inspection conducted pursuant to the clause entitled Inspection and Acceptance of Construction, herein that the Contractor is not meeting the approved schedule, the Contractor shall take steps necessary to improve its progress, including those that may be required by the Contracting Officer, without additional cost to the PHA. In this circumstance, the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to increase the number of shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to submit for approval any supplementary schedule or schedules in chart form as the Contracting Officer deems necessary to demonstrate how the approved rate of progress will be regained.

(c) Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the Contracting Officer under this clause shall be grounds for a determination by the Contracting Officer that the Contractor is not prosecuting the work with sufficient diligence to ensure completion within the time specified in the Contract. Upon making this determination, the Contracting Officer may terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed with the work, or any separable part of it, in accordance with the Default clause of this contract.

7. Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work (a) The Contractor acknowledges that it has taken steps

reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the work or its cost, including but not limited to, (1) conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2) the availability of labor, water, electric power, and roads;(3) uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, or similar physical conditions at the site; (4) the conformation and conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work performance. The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is

Previous editions are obsolete Page 3 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory work done by the PHA, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully perform the work without additional expense to the PHA.

(b) The PHA assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by the Contractor based on the information made available by the PHA. Nor does the PHA assume responsibility for any understanding reached or representation made concerning conditions which can affect the work by any of its officers or agents before the execution of this contract, unless that understanding or representation is expressly stated in this contract.

8. Differing Site Conditions (a) The Contractor shall promptly, and before the conditions

are disturbed, give a written notice to the Contracting Officer of (1) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site which differ materially from those indicated in this contract, or (2) unknown physical conditions at the site(s), of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in the contract.

(b) The Contracting Officer shall investigate the site conditions promptly after receiving the notice. Work shall not proceed at the affected site, except at the Contractor’s risk, until the Contracting Officer has provided written instructions to the Contractor. If the conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performing any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed as a result of the conditions, the Contractor shall file a claim in writing to the PHA within ten days after receipt of such instructions and, in any event, before proceeding with the work. An equitable adjustment in the contract price, the delivery schedule, or both shall be made under this clause and the contract modified in writing accordingly.

(c) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract under this clause shall be allowed, unless the Contractor has given the written notice required; provided, that the time prescribed in (a) above for giving written notice may be extended by the Contracting Officer.

(d) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract for differing site conditions shall be allowed if made after final payment under this contract.

9. Specifications and Drawings for Construction (a) The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the

drawings and specifications and shall at all times give the Contracting Officer access thereto. Anything mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In case of difference between drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern. In case of discrepancy in the figures, in the drawings, or in the specifications, the matter shall be

promptly submitted to the Contracting Officer, who shall promptly make a determination in writing. Any adjustment by the Contractor without such a determination shall be at its own risk and expense. The Contracting Officer shall furnish from time to time such detailed drawings and other information as considered necessary, unless otherwise provided.

(b) Wherever in the specifications or upon the drawings the words “directed”, “required”, “ordered”, “designated”, “prescribed”, or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the “direction”, “requirement”, “order”, “designation”, or “prescription”, of the Contracting Officer is intended and similarly the words “approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or words of like import shall mean “approved by”, or “acceptable to”, or “satisfactory to” the Contracting Officer, unless otherwise expressly stated.

(c) Where “as shown”, “as indicated”, “as detailed”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the reference is made to the drawings accompanying this contract unless stated otherwise. The word “provided” as used herein shall be understood to mean “provide complete in place” that is “furnished and installed”.

(d) “Shop drawings” means drawings, submitted to the PHA by the Contractor, subcontractor, or any lower tier subcontractor, showing in detail (1) the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements and (2) the installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment details) of materials of equipment. It includes drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by the Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the work required by the contract. The PHA may duplicate, use, and disclose in any manner and for any purpose shop drawings delivered under this contract.

(e) If this contract requires shop drawings, the Contractor shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with other contract requirements and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Shop drawings submitted to the Contracting Officer without evidence of the Contractor’s approval may be returned for resubmission. The Contracting Officer will indicate an approval or disapproval of the shop drawings and if not approved as submitted shall indicate the PHA’s reasons therefore. Any work done before such approval shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Approval by the Contracting Officer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any errors or omissions in such drawings, nor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this contract, except with respect to variations described and approved in accordance with (f) below.

(f) If shop drawings show variations from the contract requirements, the Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the drawings, at the time of submission. If the Architect approves any such variation and the Contracting Officer concurs, the Contracting Officer shall issue an appropriate modification to the contract, except that, if the variation is minor or does not involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification need not be issued.

(g) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make timely requests of the PHA for such large scale and full size drawings, color schemes, and other additional information, not already in his possession, which shall be

Previous editions are obsolete Page 4 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

required in the planning and production of the work. Such requests may be submitted as the need arises, but each such request shall be filed in ample time to permit appropriate action to be taken by all parties involved so as to avoid delay.

(h) The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer for approval four copies (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings as called for under the various headings of these specifications. Three sets (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings, will be retained by the PHA and one set will be returned to the Contractor. As required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor, upon completing the work under this contract, shall furnish a complete set of all shop drawings as finally approved. These drawings shall show all changes and revisions made up to the time the work is completed and accepted.

(i) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any tier. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all shop drawings prepared by subcontractors are submitted to the Contracting Officer.

10. As-Built Drawings (a) “As-built drawings,” as used in this clause, means

drawings submitted by the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier to show the construction of a particular structure or work as actually completed under the contract. “As-built drawings” shall be synonymous with “Record drawings.”

(b) As required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer accurate information to be used in the preparation of permanent as-built drawings. For this purpose, the Contractor shall record on one set of contract drawings all changes from the installations originally indicated, and record final locations of underground lines by depth from finish grade and by accurate horizontal offset distances to permanent surface improvements such as buildings, curbs, or edges of walks.

(c) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any tier. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all as-built drawings prepared by subcontractors are submitted to the Contracting Officer.

11. Material and Workmanship (a) All equipment, material, and articles furnished under this

contract shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract. References in the contract to equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may, at its option, use any equipment, material, article, or process that, in the judgment of, and as approved by the Contracting Officer, is equal to that named in the specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract.

(b) Approval of equipment and materials. (1) The Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer’s

approval of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment to be incorporated into the work. When requesting approval, the Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Officer the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other information concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the

machinery and mechanical and other equipment. When required by this contract or by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall also obtain the Contracting Officer’s approval of the material or articles which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. When requesting approval, the Contractor shall provide full information concerning the material or articles. Machinery, equipment, material, and articles that do not have the required approval shall be installed or used at the risk of subsequent rejection.

(2) When required by the specifications or the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall submit appropriately marked samples (and certificates related to them) for approval at the Contractor’s expense, with all shipping charges prepaid. The Contractor shall label, or otherwise properly mark on the container, the material or product represented, its place of origin, the name of the producer, the Contractor’s name, and the identification of the construction project for which the material or product is intended to be used.

(3) Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate, describing each sample submitted for approval and certifying that the material, equipment or accessory complies with contract requirements. The certificates shall include the name and brand of the product, name of manufacturer, and the location where produced.

(4) Approval of a sample shall not constitute a waiver of the PHA right to demand full compliance with contract requirements. Materials, equipment and accessories may be rejected for cause even though samples have been approved.

(5) Wherever materials are required to comply with recognized standards or specifications, such specifications shall be accepted as establishing the technical qualities and testing methods, but shall not govern the number of tests required to be made nor modify other contract requirements. The Contracting Officer may require laboratory test reports on items submitted for approval or may approve materials on the basis of data submitted in certificates with samples. Check tests will be made on materials delivered for use only as frequently as the Contracting Officer determines necessary to insure compliance of materials with the specifications. The Contractor will assume all costs of retesting materials which fail to meet contract requirements and/or testing materials offered in substitution for those found deficient.

(6) After approval, samples will be kept in the Project office until completion of work. They may be built into the work after a substantial quantity of the materials they represent has been built in and accepted.

(c) Requirements concerning lead-based paint. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements concerning lead-based paint contained in the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 4821-4846) as implemented by 24 CFR Part 35.

12. Permits and Codes (a) The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all

applicable laws, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations. Notwithstanding the requirement of the Contractor to comply with the drawings and specifications in the contract, all work installed shall comply with all applicable codes and regulations as amended by any

Previous editions are obsolete Page 5 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

waivers. Before installing the work, the Contractor shall examine the drawings and the specifications for compliance with applicable codes and regulations bearing on the work and shall immediately report any discrepancy it may discover to the Contracting Officer. Where the requirements of the drawings and specifications fail to comply with the applicable code or regulation, the Contracting Officer shall modify the contract by change order pursuant to the clause entitled Changes herein to conform to the code or regulation.

(b) The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work. Where the PHA can arrange for the issuance of all or part of these permits, fees and licenses, without cost to the Contractor, the contract amount shall be reduced accordingly.

13. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention (a) In performing this contract, the Contractor shall: (1) Ensure that no laborer or mechanic shall be required

to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health and/or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation;

(2) Protect the lives, health, and safety of other persons; (3) Prevent damage to property, materials, supplies, and

equipment; and, (4) Avoid work interruptions. (b) For these purposes, the Contractor shall: (1) Comply with regulations and standards issued by the

Secretary of Labor at 29 CFR Part 1926. Failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat. 96), 40 U.S.C. 3701 et seq.; and

(2) Include the terms of this clause in every subcontract so that such terms will be binding on each subcontractor.

(c) The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data on all accidents incident to work performed under this contract resulting in death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to property, materials, supplies, or equipment, and shall report this data in the manner prescribed by 29 CFR Part 1904.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with these requirements and of the corrective action required. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the Contractor’s representative at the site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient notice of the noncompliance and corrective action required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to take corrective action promptly, the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. The Contractor shall not base any claim or request for equitable adjustment for additional time or money on any stop order issued under these circumstances.

(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for its subcontractors’ compliance with the provisions of this clause. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract as the PHA, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.

14. Temporary Heating

The Contractor shall provide and pay for temporary heating, covering, and enclosures necessary to properly protect all work and materials against damage by dampness and cold, to dry out the work, and to facilitate the completion of the work. Any permanent heating equipment used shall be turned over to the PHA in the condition and at the time required by the specifications.

15. Availability and Use of Utility Services (a) The PHA shall make all reasonably required amounts of

utilities available to the Contractor from existing outlets and supplies, as specified in the contract. Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the amount of each utility service consumed shall be charged to or paid for by the Contractor at prevailing rates charged to the PHA or, where the utility is produced by the PHA, at reasonable rates determined by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall carefully conserve any utilities furnished without charge.

(b) The Contractor, at its expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer, shall install and maintain all necessary temporary connections and distribution lines, and all meters required to measure the amount of each utility used for the purpose of determining charges. Before final acceptance of the work by the PHA, the Contractor shall remove all the temporary connections, distribution lines, meters, and associated paraphernalia.

16. Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures,

Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements (a) The Contractor shall preserve and protect all structures,

equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on or adjacent to the work site, which are not to be removed under this contract, and which do not unreasonably interfere with the work required under this contract.

(b) The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation that will remain in place. If any limbs or branches of trees are broken during performance of this contract, or by the careless operation of equipment, or by workmen, the Contractor shall trim those limbs or branches with a clean cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning compound as directed by the Contracting Officer.

(c) The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements and utilities (1) at or near the work site and (2) on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by the Contractor. Prior to disturbing the ground at the construction site, the Contractor shall ensure that all underground utility lines are clearly marked.

(d) The Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin, secure, and protect as necessary all foundations and other parts of existing structures adjacent to, adjoining, and in the vicinity of the site, which may be affected by the excavations or other operations connected with the construction of the project.

(e) Any equipment temporarily removed as a result of work under this contract shall be protected, cleaned, and replaced in the same condition as at the time of award of this contract.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 6 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(f) New work which connects to existing work shall correspond in all respects with that to which it connects and/or be similar to existing work unless otherwise required by the specifications.

(g) No structural members shall be altered or in any way weakened without the written authorization of the Contracting Officer, unless such work is clearly specified in the plans or specifications.

(h) If the removal of the existing work exposes discolored or unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, such surfaces shall be refinished, or the material replaced as necessary to make the continuous work uniform and harmonious. This, however, shall not be construed to require the refinishing or reconstruction of dissimilar finishes previously exposed, or finished surfaces in good condition, but in different planes or on different levels when brought together by the removal of intervening work, unless such refinishing or reconstruction is specified in the plans or specifications.

(i) The Contractor shall give all required notices to any adjoining or adjacent property owner or other party before the commencement of any work.

(j) The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the PHA from any damages on account of settlement or the loss of lateral support of adjoining property, any damages from changes in topography affecting drainage, and from all loss or expense and all damages for which the PHA may become liable in consequence of such injury or damage to adjoining and adjacent structures and their premises.

(k) The Contractor shall repair any damage to vegetation, structures, equipment, utilities, or improvements, including those that are the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, the Contracting Officer may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor.

17. Temporary Buildings and Transportation of Materials (a) Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices,

sanitary facilities) and utilities may be erected by the Contractor only with the approval of the Contracting Officer and shall be built with labor and materials furnished by the Contractor without expense to the PHA. The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor at its expense upon completion of the work. With the written consent of the Contracting Officer, the buildings and utilities may be abandoned and need not be removed.

(b) The Contractor shall, as directed by the Contracting Officer, use only established roadways, or use temporary roadways constructed by the Contractor when and as authorized by the Contracting Officer. When materials are transported in prosecuting the work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by any federal, state, or local law or regulation. When it is necessary to cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect them from damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for the repair of any damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads.

18. Clean Air and Water

The contactor shall comply with the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 7401 et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., and standards issued pursuant thereto in the facilities in which this contract is to be performed.

19. Energy Efficiency

The Contractor shall comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub.L. 94-163) for the State in which the work under the contract is performed.

20. Inspection and Acceptance of Construction (a) Definitions. As used in this clause - (1) “Acceptance” means the act of an authorized

representative of the PHA by which the PHA approves and assumes ownership of the work performed under this contract. Acceptance may be partial or complete.

(2) “Inspection” means examining and testing the work performed under the contract (including, when appropriate, raw materials, equipment, components, and intermediate assemblies) to determine whether it conforms to contract requirements.

(3) “Testing” means that element of inspection that determines the properties or elements, including functional operation of materials, equipment, or their components, by the application of established scientific principles and procedures.

(b) The Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspections as will ensure that the work performed under the contract conforms to contract requirements. All work is subject to PHA inspection and test at all places and at all reasonable times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with the terms of the contract.

(c) PHA inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of the PHA and do not: (1) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; (2) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for loss or damage of the material before acceptance; (3) constitute or imply acceptance; or, (4) affect the continuing rights of the PHA after acceptance of the completed work under paragraph (j) below.

(d) The presence or absence of the PHA inspector does not relieve the Contractor from any contract requirement, nor is the inspector authorized to change any term or condition of the specifications without the Contracting Officer’s written authorization. All instructions and approvals with respect to the work shall be given to the Contractor by the Contracting Officer.

(e) The Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional charge, all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by the Contracting Officer. The PHA may charge to the Contractor any additional cost of inspection or test when work is not ready at the time specified by the Contractor for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes reinspection or retest necessary. The PHA shall perform all inspections and tests in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the work. Special, full size, and performance tests shall be performed as described in the contract.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 7 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(f) The PHA may conduct routine inspections of the construction site on a daily basis.

(g) The Contractor shall, without charge, replace or correct work found by the PHA not to conform to contract requirements, unless the PHA decides that it is in its interest to accept the work with an appropriate adjustment in contract price. The Contractor shall promptly segregate and remove rejected material from the premises.

(h) If the Contractor does not promptly replace or correct rejected work, the PHA may (1) by contract or otherwise, replace or correct the work and charge the cost to the Contractor, or (2) terminate for default the Contractor’s right to proceed.

(i) If any work requiring inspection is covered up without ap-proval of the PHA, it must, if requested by the Contracting Officer, be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor. If at any time before final acceptance of the entire work, the PHA considers it necessary or advisable, to examine work already completed by removing or tearing it out, the Contractor, shall on request, promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labor, and material. If such work is found to be defective or nonconforming in any material respect due to the fault of the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor shall defray all the expenses of the examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the contract, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment to cover the cost of the examination and reconstruction, including, if completion of the work was thereby delayed, an extension of time.

(j) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, as to the date when in its opinion all or a designated portion of the work will be substantially completed and ready for inspection. If the Architect determines that the state of preparedness is as represented, the PHA will promptly arrange for the inspection. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the PHA shall accept, as soon as practicable after completion and inspection, all work required by the contract or that portion of the work the Contracting Officer determines and designates can be accepted separately. Acceptance shall be final and conclusive except for latent defects, fraud, gross mistakes amounting to fraud, or the PHA’s right under any warranty or guarantee.

21. Use and Possession Prior to Completion (a) The PHA shall have the right to take possession of or use

any completed or partially completed part of the work. Before taking possession of or using any work, the Contracting Officer shall furnish the Contractor a list of items of work remaining to be performed or corrected on those portions of the work that the PHA intends to take possession of or use. However, failure of the Contracting Officer to list any item of work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the terms of the contract. The PHA’s possession or use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work under the contract.

(b) While the PHA has such possession or use, the Contractor shall be relieved of the responsibility for (1) the loss of or damage to the work resulting from the PHA’s possession or use, notwithstanding the terms of the clause entitled Permits and Codes herein; (2) all maintenance costs on the areas occupied; and, (3) furnishing heat, light, power, and water used in the areas

occupied without proper remuneration therefore. If prior possession or use by the PHA delays the progress of the work or causes additional expense to the Contractor, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract price or the time of completion, and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly.

22. Warranty of Title

The Contractor warrants good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment incorporated in the work and agrees to deliver the premises together with all improvements thereon free from any claims, liens or charges, and agrees further that neither it nor any other person, firm or corporation shall have any right to a lien upon the premises or anything appurtenant thereto.

23. Warranty of Construction (a) In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the

Contractor warrants, except as provided in paragraph (j) of this clause, that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. This warranty shall continue for a period of ________ (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the PHA takes possession of any part of the work before final acceptance, this warranty shall continue for a period of (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date that the PHA takes possession.

(b) The Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any damage to PHA-owned or controlled real or personal property when the damage is the result of—

(1) The Contractor’s failure to conform to contract require-ments; or

(2) Any defects of equipment, material, workmanship or design furnished by the Contractor.

(c) The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor’s warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of repair or replacement.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor, in writing, within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or damage.

(e) If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within a reasonable time after receipt of notice, the PHA shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor’s expense.

(f) With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and materials furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall:

(1) Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice;

(2) Require all warranties to be executed in writing, for the benefit of the PHA; and,

(3) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the PHA. (g) In the event the Contractor’s warranty under paragraph

(a) of this clause has expired, the PHA may bring suit at its own expense to enforce a subcontractor’s, manufacturer’s or supplier’s warranty.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 8 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(h) Unless a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or subcontractor or supplier at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defect of material or design furnished by the PHA nor for the repair of any damage that results from any defect in PHA furnished material or design.

(i) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, the establishment of the time periods in paragraphs (a) and (c) above relate only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the work, and have no relationship to the time within which its obligation to comply with the contract may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to its obligation other than specifically to correct the work.

(j) This warranty shall not limit the PHA’s rights under the Inspection and Acceptance of Construction clause of this contract with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes or fraud.

24. Prohibition Against Liens

The Contractor is prohibited from placing a lien on the PHA’s property. This prohibition shall apply to all subcontractors at any tier and all materials suppliers.

Administrative Requirements 25. Contract Period

The Contractor shall complete all work required under this contract within _______ calendar days of the effective date of the contract, or within the time schedule established in the notice to proceed issued by the Contracting Officer.

26. Order of Provisions

In the event of a conflict between these General Conditions and the Specifications, the General Conditions shall prevail. In the event of a conflict between the contract and any applicable state or local law or regulation, the state or local law or regulation shall prevail; provided that such state or local law or regulation does not conflict with, or is less restrictive than applicable federal law, regulation, or Executive Order. In the event of such a conflict, applicable federal law, regulation, and Executive Order shall prevail.

27. Payments (a) The PHA shall pay the Contractor the price as provided in

this contract. (b) The PHA shall make progress payments approximately

every 30 days as the work proceeds, on estimates of work accomplished which meets the standards of quality established under the contract, as approved by the Contracting Officer. The PHA may, subject to written determination and approval of the Contracting Officer, make more frequent payments to contractors which are qualified small businesses.

(c) Before the first progress payment under this contract, the Contractor shall furnish, in such detail as requested by the Contracting Officer, a breakdown of the total contract price showing the amount included therein for each principal category of the work, which shall substantiate the payment amount requested in order to provide a

basis for determining progress payments. The breakdown shall be approved by the Contracting Officer and must be acceptable to HUD. If the contract covers more than one project, the Contractor shall furnish a separate breakdown for each. The values and quantities employed in making up this breakdown are for determining the amount of progress payments and shall not be construed as a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract price. The Contractor shall prorate its overhead and profit over the construction period of the contract.

(d) The Contractor shall submit, on forms provided by the PHA, periodic estimates showing the value of the work performed during each period based upon the approved breakdown of the contract price. Such estimates shall be submitted not later than _________ days in advance of the date set for payment and are subject to correction and revision as required. The estimates must be approved by the Contracting Officer with the concurrence of the Architect prior to payment. If the contract covers more than one project, the Contractor shall furnish a separate progress payment estimate for each.

(e) Along with each request for progress payments and the required estimates, the Contractor shall furnish the following certification, or payment shall not be made: I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

(1) The amounts requested are only for performance in accordance with the specifications, terms, and conditions of the contract;

(2) Payments to subcontractors and suppliers have been made from previous payments received under the contract, and timely payments will be made from the proceeds of the payment covered by this certification, in accordance with subcontract agreements; and,

(3) This request for progress payments does not include any amounts which the prime contractor intends to withhold or retain from a subcontractor or supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subcontract.

_________________________________________ Name: _________________________________________ Title: _________________________________________ Date: (f) Except as otherwise provided in State law, the PHA shall

retain ten (10) percent of the amount of progress payments until completion and acceptance of all work under the contract; except, that if upon completion of 50 percent of the work, the Contracting Officer, after consulting with the Architect, determines that the Contractor’s performance and progress are satisfactory, the PHA may make the remaining payments in full for the work subsequently completed. If the Contracting Officer subsequently determines that the Contractor’s performance and progress are unsatisfactory, the PHA shall reinstate the ten (10) percent (or other percentage as provided in State law) retainage until such time as the Contracting Officer determines that performance and progress are satisfactory.

(g) The Contracting Officer may authorize material delivered on the site and preparatory work done to be taken into consideration when computing progress payments.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 9 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

Material delivered to the Contractor at locations other than the site may also be taken into consideration if the Contractor furnishes satisfactory evidence that (1) it has acquired title to such material; (2) the material is properly stored in a bonded warehouse, storage yard, or similar suitable place as may be approved by the Contracting Officer; (3) the material is insured to cover its full value; and (4) the material will be used to perform this contract. Before any progress payment which includes delivered material is made, the Contractor shall furnish such documentation as the Contracting Officer may require to assure the protection of the PHA’s interest in such materials. The Contractor shall remain responsible for such stored material notwithstanding the transfer of title to the PHA.

(h) All material and work covered by progress payments made shall, at the time of payment become the sole property of the PHA, but this shall not be construed as (1) relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for all material and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work; or, (2) waiving the right of the PHA to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of the contract. In the event the work of the Contractor has been damaged by other contractors or persons other than employees of the PHA in the course of their employment, the Contractor shall restore such damaged work without cost to the PHA and to seek redress for its damage only from those who directly caused it.

(i) The PHA shall make the final payment due the Contractor under this contract after (1) completion and final acceptance of all work; and (2) presentation of release of all claims against the PHA arising by virtue of this contract, other than claims, in stated amounts, that the Contractor has specifically excepted from the operation of the release. Each such exception shall embrace no more than one claim, the basis and scope of which shall be clearly defined. The amounts for such excepted claims shall not be included in the request for final payment. A release may also be required of the assignee if the Contractor’s claim to amounts payable under this contract has been assigned.

(j) Prior to making any payment, the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to furnish receipts or other evidence of payment from all persons performing work and supplying material to the Contractor, if the Contracting Officer determines such evidence is necessary to substantiate claimed costs.

(k) The PHA shall not; (1) determine or adjust any claims for payment or disputes arising there under between the Contractor and its subcontractors or material suppliers; or, (2) withhold any moneys for the protection of the subcontractors or material suppliers. The failure or refusal of the PHA to withhold moneys from the Contractor shall in nowise impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bonds furnished under this contract.

28. Contract Modifications (a) Only the Contracting Officer has authority to modify any

term or condition of this contract. Any contract modification shall be authorized in writing.

(b) The Contracting Officer may modify the contract unilaterally (1) pursuant to a specific authorization stated in a contract clause (e.g., Changes); or (2) for administrative matters which do not change the rights or

responsibilities of the parties (e.g., change in the PHA address). All other contract modifications shall be in the form of supplemental agreements signed by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer.

(c) When a proposed modification requires the approval of HUD prior to its issuance (e.g., a change order that exceeds the PHA’s approved threshold), such modification shall not be effective until the required approval is received by the PHA.

29. Changes (a) The Contracting Officer may, at any time, without notice

to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make changes in the work within the general scope of the contract including changes:

(1) In the specifications (including drawings and designs); (2) In the method or manner of performance of the work; (3) PHA-furnished facilities, equipment, materials,

services, or site; or, (4) Directing the acceleration in the performance of the

work. (b) Any other written order or oral order (which, as used in

this paragraph (b), includes direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change shall be treated as a change order under this clause; provided, that the Contractor gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (1) the date, circumstances and source of the order and (2) that the Contractor regards the order as a change order.

(c) Except as provided in this clause, no order, statement or conduct of the Contracting Officer shall be treated as a change under this clause or entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment.

(d) If any change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for the performance of any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed by any such order, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment and modify the contract in writing. However, except for a adjustment based on defective specifications, no proposal for any change under paragraph (b) above shall be allowed for any costs incurred more than 20 days (5 days for oral orders) before the Contractor gives written notice as required. In the case of defective specifications for which the PHA is responsible, the equitable adjustment shall include any increased cost reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with the defective specifications.

(e) The Contractor must assert its right to an adjustment under this clause within 30 days after (1) receipt of a written change order under paragraph (a) of this clause, or (2) the furnishing of a written notice under paragraph (b) of this clause, by submitting a written statement describing the general nature and the amount of the proposal. If the facts justify it, the Contracting Officer may extend the period for submission. The proposal may be included in the notice required under paragraph (b) above. No proposal by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under this contract.

(f) The Contractor’s written proposal for equitable adjustment shall be submitted in the form of a lump sum proposal supported with an itemized breakdown of all increases and decreases in the contract in at least the following details:

Previous editions are obsolete Page 10 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(1) Direct Costs. Materials (list individual items, the quantity and unit cost of each, and the aggregate cost); Transportation and delivery costs associated with materials; Labor breakdowns by hours or unit costs (identified with specific work to be performed); Construction equipment exclusively necessary for the change; Costs of preparation and/ or revision to shop drawings resulting from the change; Worker’s Compensation and Public Liability Insurance; Employment taxes under FICA and FUTA; and, Bond Costs when size of change warrants revision.

(2) Indirect Costs. Indirect costs may include overhead, general and administrative expenses, and fringe benefits not normally treated as direct costs.

(3) Profit. The amount of profit shall be negotiated and may vary according to the nature, extent, and complexity of the work required by the change.

The allowability of the direct and indirect costs shall be determined in accordance with the Contract Cost Principles and Procedures for Commercial Firms in Part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR 1-31), as implemented by HUD Handbook 2210.18, in effect on the date of this contract. The Contractor shall not be allowed a profit on the profit received by any subcontractor. Equitable adjustments for deleted work shall include a credit for profit and may include a credit for indirect costs. On proposals covering both increases and decreases in the amount of the contract, the application of indirect costs and profit shall be on the net-change in direct costs for the Contractor or subcontractor performing the work.

(g) The Contractor shall include in the proposal its request for time extension (if any), and shall include sufficient information and dates to demonstrate whether and to what extent the change will delay the completion of the contract in its entirety.

(h) The Contracting Officer shall act on proposals within 30 days after their receipt, or notify the Contractor of the date when such action will be taken.

(i) Failure to reach an agreement on any proposal shall be a dispute under the clause entitled Disputes herein. Nothing in this clause, however, shall excuse the Contractor from proceeding with the contract as changed.

(j) Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no change shall be made by the Contractor without a prior order from the Contracting Officer.

30. Suspension of Work (a) The Contracting Officer may order the Contractor in

writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work of this contract for the period of time that the Contracting Officer determines appropriate for the convenience of the PHA.

(b) If the performance of all or any part of the work is, for an unreasonable period of time, suspended, delayed, or interrupted (1) by an act of the Contracting Officer in the administration of this contract, or (2) by the Contracting Officer’s failure to act within the time specified (or within a reasonable time if not specified) in this contract an adjustment shall be made for any increase in the cost of performance of the contract (excluding profit) necessarily caused by such unreasonable suspension, delay, or interruption and the contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no adjustment shall be made under this clause for any suspension, delay, or interruption to the extent that performance would have

been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor or for which any equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of this contract.

(c) A claim under this clause shall not be allowed (1) for any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Contractor shall have notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved (but this requirement shall not apply as to a claim resulting from a suspension order); and, (2) unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the suspension, delay, or interruption, but not later than the date of final payment under the contract.

31. Disputes (a) “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand

or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to the contract. A claim arising under the contract, unlike a claim relating to the contract, is a claim that can be resolved under a contract clause that provides for the relief sought by the claimant. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim. The submission may be converted to a claim by complying with the requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount or is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

(b) Except for disputes arising under the clauses entitled Labor Standards - Davis Bacon and Related Acts, herein, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract, including any claims for damages for the alleged breach thereof which are not disposed of by agreement, shall be resolved under this clause.

(c) All claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the PHA against the Contractor shall be subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall, within 60 (unless otherwise indicated) days after receipt of the request, decide the claim or notify the Contractor of the date by which the decision will be made.

(e) The Contracting Officer’s decision shall be final unless the Contractor (1) appeals in writing to a higher level in the PHA in accordance with the PHA’s policy and procedures, (2) refers the appeal to an independent mediator or arbitrator, or (3) files suit in a court of competent jurisdiction. Such appeal must be made within (30 unless otherwise indicated) days after receipt of the Contracting Officer’s decision.

(f) The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under or relating to the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

32. Default (a) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work, or

any separable part thereof, with the diligence that will insure its completion within the time specified in this contract, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete said work within this time, the Contracting Officer may, by written notice to the Contractor, terminate the right to

Previous editions are obsolete Page 11 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

proceed with the work (or separable part of the work) that has been delayed. In this event, the PHA may take over the work and complete it, by contract or otherwise, and may take possession of and use any materials, equipment, and plant on the work site necessary for completing the work. The Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to the PHA resulting from the Contractor’s refusal or failure to complete the work within the specified time, whether or not the Contractor’s right to proceed with the work is terminated. This liability includes any increased costs incurred by the PHA in completing the work.

(b) The Contractor’s right to proceed shall not be terminated or the Contractor charged with damages under this clause if—

(1) The delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include (i) acts of God, or of the public enemy, (ii) acts of the PHA or other governmental entity in either its sovereign or contractual capacity, (iii) acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the PHA, (iv) fires, (v) floods, (vi) epidemics, (vii) quarantine restrictions, (viii) strikes, (ix) freight embargoes, (x) unusually severe weather, or (xi) delays of subcontractors or suppliers at any tier arising from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of both the Contractor and the subcontractors or suppliers; and

(2) The Contractor, within days (10 days unless otherwise indicated) from the beginning of such delay (unless extended by the Contracting Officer) notifies the Contracting Officer in writing of the causes of delay. The Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay. If, in the judgment of the Contracting Officer, the findings of fact warrant such action, time for completing the work shall be extended by written modification to the contract. The findings of the Contracting Officer shall be reduced to a written decision which shall be subject to the provisions of the Disputes clause of this contract.

(c) If, after termination of the Contractor’s right to proceed, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if the termination had been for convenience of the PHA.

33. Liquidated Damages (a) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time

specified in the contract, or any extension, as specified in the clause entitled Default of this contract, the Contractor shall pay to the PHA as liquidated damages, the sum of $___________ Contracting Officer insert amount] for each day of delay. If different completion dates are specified in the contract for separate parts or stages of the work, the amount of liquidated damages shall be assessed on those parts or stages which are delayed. To the extent that the Contractor’s delay or nonperformance is excused under another clause in this contract, liquidated damages shall not be due the PHA. The Contractor remains liable for damages caused other than by delay.

(b) If the PHA terminates the Contractor’s right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until such reasonable time as may be required for final

completion of the work together with any increased costs occasioned the PHA in completing the work.

(c) If the PHA does not terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until the work is completed or accepted.

34. Termination for Convenience (a) The Contracting Officer may terminate this contract in

whole, or in part, whenever the Contracting Officer determines that such termination is in the best interest of the PHA. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which the performance of the work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

(b) If the performance of the work is terminated, either in whole or in part, the PHA shall be liable to the Contractor for reasonable and proper costs resulting from such termination upon the receipt by the PHA of a properly presented claim setting out in detail: (1) the total cost of the work performed to date of termination less the total amount of contract payments made to the Contractor; (2) the cost (including reasonable profit) of settling and paying claims under subcontracts and material orders for work performed and materials and supplies delivered to the site, payment for which has not been made by the PHA to the Contractor or by the Contractor to the subcontractor or supplier; (3) the cost of preserving and protecting the work already performed until the PHA or assignee takes possession thereof or assumes responsibility therefore; (4) the actual or estimated cost of legal and accounting services reasonably necessary to prepare and present the termination claim to the PHA; and (5) an amount constituting a reasonable profit on the value of the work performed by the Contractor.

(c) The Contracting Officer will act on the Contractor’s claim within days (60 days unless otherwise indicated) of receipt of the Contractor’s claim.

(d) Any disputes with regard to this clause are expressly made subject to the provisions of the Disputes clause of this contract.

35. Assignment of Contract

The Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in this contract; except that claims for monies due or to become due from the PHA under the contract may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financial institution. Such assignments of claims shall only be made with the written concurrence of the Contracting Officer. If the Contractor is a partnership, this contract shall inure to the benefit of the surviving or remaining member(s) of such partnership as approved by the Contracting Officer.

36. Insurance (a) Before commencing work, the Contractor and each

subcontractor shall furnish the PHA with certificates of insurance showing the following insurance is in force and will insure all operations under the Contract:

(1) Workers’ Compensation, in accordance with state or Territorial Workers’ Compensation laws.

(2) Commercial General Liability with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than $________ [Contracting Officer insert amount]

Previous editions are obsolete Page 12 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

per occurrence to protect the Contractor and each subcontractor against claims for bodily injury or death and damage to the property of others. This shall cover the use of all equipment, hoists, and vehicles on the site(s) not covered by Automobile Liability under (3) below. If the Contractor has a “claims-made” policy, then the following additional requirements apply: the policy must provide a “retroactive date” which must be on or before the execution date of the Contract; and the extended reporting period may not be less than five years following the completion date of the Contract.

(3) Automobile Liability on owned and non -owned motor vehicles used on the site(s) or in connection therewith for a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than $______ [Contracting Officer insert amount] per occurrence.

(b) Before commencing work, the Contractor shall furnish the PHA with a certificate of insurance evidencing that Builder’s Risk (fire and extended coverage) Insurance on all work in place and/or materials stored at the building site(s), including foundations and building equipment, is in force. The Builder’s Risk Insurance shall be for the benefit of the Contractor and the PHA as their interests may appear and each shall be named in the policy or policies as an insured. The Contractor in installing equipment supplied by the PHA shall carry insurance on such equipment from the time the Contractor takes possession thereof until the Contract work is accepted by the PHA. The Builder’s Risk Insurance need not be carried on excavations, piers, footings, or foundations until such time as work on the superstructure is started. It need not be carried on landscape work. Policies shall furnish coverage at all times for the full cash value of all completed construction, as well as materials in place and/or stored at the site(s), whether or not partial payment has been made by the PHA. The Contractor may terminate this insurance on buildings as of the date taken over for occupancy by the PHA. The Contractor is not required to carry Builder’s Risk Insurance for modernization work which does not involve structural alterations or additions and where the PHA’s existing fire and extended coverage policy can be endorsed to include such work.

(c) All insurance shall be carried with companies which are financially responsible and admitted to do business in the State in which the project is located. If any such insurance is due to expire during the construction period, the Contractor (including subcontractors, as applicable) shall not permit the coverage to lapse and shall furnish evidence of coverage to the Contracting Officer. All certificates of insurance, as evidence of coverage, shall provide that no coverage may be canceled or non-renewed by the insurance company until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Contracting Officer.

37. Subcontracts (a) Definitions. As used in this contract - (1) “Subcontract” means any contract, purchase order, or

other purchase agreement, including modifications and change orders to the foregoing, entered into by a subcontractor to furnish supplies, materials, equipment, and services for the performance of the prime contract or a subcontract.

(2) “Subcontractor” means any supplier, vendor, or firm that furnishes supplies, materials, equipment, or services to or for the Contractor or another subcontractor.

(b) The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any subcontractor who has been temporarily denied participation in a HUD program or who has been suspended or debarred from participating in contracting programs by any agency of the United States Government or of the state in which the work under this contract is to be performed.

(c) The Contractor shall be as fully responsible for the acts or omissions of its subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as for the acts or omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor.

(d) The Contractor shall insert appropriate clauses in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to the terms and conditions of this contract insofar as they are applicable to the work of subcontractors.

(e) Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and the PHA or between the subcontractor and HUD.

38. Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms,

Women’s Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus Area Firms

The Contractor shall take the following steps to ensure that, whenever possible, subcontracts are awarded to small business firms, minority firms, women’s business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms:

(a) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises on solicitation lists;

(b) Ensuring that small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources;

(c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises;

(d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements of the contract permit, which encourage participation by small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises; and

(e) Using the services and assistance of the U.S. Small Business Administration, the Minority Business Development Agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce, and State and local governmental small business agencies.

39. Equal Employment Opportunity

During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:

(a) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap.

(b) The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, (1) employment, (2) upgrading, (3) demotion, (4) transfer, (5) recruitment or recruitment advertising, (6) layoff or termination, (7) rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and (8) selection for training, including apprenticeship.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 13 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(c) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment the notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer that explain this clause.

(d) The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap.

(e) The Contractor shall send, to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, the notice to be provided by the Contracting Officer advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this clause, and post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.

(f) The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor.

(g) The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246, as amended, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records, and accounts by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.

(h) In the event of a determination that the Contractor is not in compliance with this clause or any rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts, or Federally assisted construction contracts under the procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246, as amended. In addition, sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked against the Contractor as provided in Executive Order 11246, as amended, the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.

(i) The Contractor shall include the terms and conditions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under Executive Order 11246, as amended, so that these terms and conditions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States.

(j) Compliance with the requirements of this clause shall be to the maximum extent consistent with, but not in derogation of, compliance with section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act and the Indian Preference clause of this contract.

40. Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of

the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968.

(a) The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section 3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low- and very low-income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing.

(b) The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135, which implement section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the parties to this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the Part 135 regulations.

(c) The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a notice advising the labor organization or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section 3 preference, shall set forth minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and training positions, the qualifications for each; and the name and location of the person(s) taking applications for each of the positions; and the anticipated date the work shall begin.

(d) The contractor agrees to include this section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in 24 CFR Part 135, and agrees to take appropriate action, as provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this section 3 clause, upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR Part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR Part 135.

(e) The contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions, including training positions, that are filled (1) after the contractor is selected but before the contract is executed, and (2) with persons other than those to whom the regulations of 24 CFR Part 135 require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR Part 135.

(f) Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135 may result in sanctions, termination of this contract for default, and debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts.

(g) With respect to work performed in connection with section 3 covered Indian housing assistance, section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e) also applies to the work to be performed under this contract. Section 7(b) requires that to the greatest extent feasible (i) preference and opportunities for training and employment shall be given to Indians, and (ii) preference in the award of contracts and subcontracts shall be given to Indian organizations and Indian-owned Economic Enterprises. Parties to this contract that are subject to the provisions of section 3 and section 7(b)agree to comply with section 3 to the maximum extent feasible, but not in derogation of compliance with section 7(b).

Previous editions are obsolete Page 14 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

41. Interest of Members of Congress

No member of or delegate to the Congress of the United States of America shall be admitted to any share or part of this contract or to any benefit that may arise therefrom.

42. Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and

Former Members, Officers, or Employees

No member, officer, or employee of the PHA, no member of the governing body of the locality in which the project is situated, no member of the governing body of the locality in which the PHA was activated, and no other public official of such locality or localities who exercises any functions or responsibilities with respect to the project, shall, during his or her tenure, or for one year thereafter, have any interest, direct or indirect, in this contract or the proceeds thereof.

43. Limitations on Payments made to Influence Certain

Federal Financial Transactions (a) The Contractor agrees to comply with Section 1352 of

Title 31, United States Code which prohibits the use of Federal appropriated funds to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, and officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions: the awarding of any Federal contract; the making of any Federal grant; the making of any Federal loan; the entering into of any cooperative agreement; or the modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

(b) The Contractor further agrees to comply with the requirement of the Act to furnish a disclosure (OMB Standard Form LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities) if any funds other than Federal appropriated funds (including profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

44. Royalties and Patents

The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. It shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the PHA harmless from loss on account thereof; except that the PHA shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified and the Contractor has no reason to believe that the specified design, process, or product is an infringement. If, however, the Contractor has reason to believe that any design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer. Failure to give such notice shall make the Contractor responsible for resultant loss.

45. Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records

(a) The PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives shall, until 3 years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any of the Contractor’s directly pertinent books, documents, papers, or other records involving transactions related to this contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions.

(b) The Contractor agrees to include in first-tier subcontracts under this contract a clause substantially the same as paragraph (a) above. “Subcontract,” as used in this clause, excludes purchase orders not exceeding $10,000.

(c) The periods of access and examination in paragraphs (a) and (b) above for records relating to (1) appeals under the Disputes clause of this contract, (2) litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this contract, or (3) costs and expenses of this contract to which the PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General or any of their duly authorized representatives has taken exception shall continue until disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions.

46. Labor Standards - Davis-Bacon and Related Acts

If the total amount of this contract exceeds $2,000, the Federal labor standards set forth in the clause below shall apply to the development or construction work to be performed under the contract.

(a) Minimum Wages. (1) All laborers and mechanics employed under this contract in the development or construction of the project(s) involved will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the regular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer’s payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall

Previous editions are obsolete Page 15 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (2) (i) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including

helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when all the following criteria have been met: (A) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (B) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (C) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.

(ii) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and HUD or its designee agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employee Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(iii) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and HUD or its designee do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), HUD or its designee shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of HUD or its designee, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (a)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this clause shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in classification.

(3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.

(4) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the

amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program; provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.

(b) Withholding of funds. HUD or its designee shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working in the construction or development of the project, all or part of the wages required by the contract, HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of the Contractor or subcontractor to the respective employees to whom they are due.

(c) Payrolls and basic records. (1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be

maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working in the construction or development of the project. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 16 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

(2) (i) The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the Contracting Officer for transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under subparagraph (c)(1) of this clause. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1) is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1214-0149.)

(ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:

(A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph (c) (1) of this clause and that such information is correct and complete;

(B) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR Part 3; and

(C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.

(iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirements for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by subparagraph (c)(2)(ii) of this clause.

(iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 3729 of Title 31 of the United States Code.

(3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under subparagraph (c)(1) available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or its designee, the Contracting Officer, or the Department of Labor and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to

make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.

(d) (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship and Training, Employer and Labor Services (OATELS), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by OATELS, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by OATELS or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in this paragraph, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman’s hourly rate) specified in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice’s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event OATELS, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by OATELS, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

(2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under

Previous editions are obsolete Page 17 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee’s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed in the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate in the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate in the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

(3) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees, and journeymen under this clause shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.

(e) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are hereby incorporated by reference in this contract.

(f) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of this contract clause may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.

(g) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.

(h) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this clause shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the PHA, HUD, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

(i) Certification of eligibility. (1) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies

that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor’s firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).

(2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a United States Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

(j) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in this paragraph, the terms “laborers” and “mechanics” include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or

subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which the individual is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek.

(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic (including watchmen and guards) employed in violation of the provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause.

(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any Federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(2) of this clause.

(k) Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts all the provisions contained in this clause, and such other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all these provisions.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 18 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

47. Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates (a) Any prevailing wage rate (including basic hourly rate and

any fringe benefits), determined under State or tribal law to be prevailing, with respect to any employee in any trade or position employed under the contract, is inapplicable to the contract and shall not be enforced against the Contractor or any subcontractor, with respect to employees engaged under the contract whenever such non-Federal prevailing wage rate exceeds: (1) The applicable wage rate determined by the Secretary

of Labor pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141 et seq.) to be prevailing in the locality with respect to such trade;

(b) An applicable apprentice wage rate based thereon specified in an apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) or a DOL-recognized State Apprenticeship Agency; or

(c) An applicable trainee wage rate based thereon specified in a DOL-certified trainee program.

48. Procurement of Recovered Materials. (a) In accordance with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste

Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Contractor shall procure items designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR Part 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition. The Contractor shall procure items designated in the EPA guidelines that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable unless the Contractor determines that such items: (1) are not reasonably available in a reasonable period of time; (2) fail to meet reasonable performance standards, which shall be determined on the basis of the guidelines of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, if applicable to the item; or (3) are only available at an unreasonable price.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this clause shall apply to items purchased under this contract where: (1) the Contractor purchases in excess of $10,000 of the item under this contract; or (2) during the preceding Federal fiscal year, the Contractor: (i) purchased any amount of the items for use under a contract that was funded with Federal appropriations and was with a Federal agency or a State agency or agency of a political subdivision of a State; and (ii) purchased a total of in excess of $10,000 of the item both under and outside that contract.

Previous editions are obsolete Page 19 of 19 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD-5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 72 10 - 1 of 2

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Clause 40 – Training and Employment Opportunities for Residents in the Project Area (Section 3, HUD Act of 1968; 24 CFR 135)

Add the following:

See www.lucasmha.org for the Lucas Metropolitan Housing Authorities Section 3 Policies and Procedures and Contractor Certifications which supplements and amends Clause 40 of HUD 5370. The following supplements the “General Conditions for Construction Contracts”, form HUD-5370. Where a portion of the General Contract Conditions is modified or deleted by supplementary conditions, the unaltered portions of General Conditions remain in effect, as though set forth in full.

1 - Miscellaneous.

(a) Drawings as Indications of Design Intent

(1) The Drawings are indications of the design intent as well as specific instructions. The “details” included on Drawings show the intent of all similar areas. If questions arise about the construction of an area not specifically detailed, consult with the Owner/Architect who may, at the Owner/Architect’s discretion, provide further “details” and instructions. Such further documentation, if consistent with the Contract Documents, shall not alter the Contract Sum.

(b) Taxes: All materials and labor that ultimately become a part of the completed structure or improvement that constitutes the Project will be exempt from State Sales Tax as provided in Section 5739.02, ORC, and State Use Tax as provided in Section 5741.01, ORC. The purchase, lease or rental of material, equipment, parts or expendable items such as form lumber, tools, oils, greases and fuels, which are used in connection with the Work, are subject to the application of State Sales Tax and State Use Tax.

(c) Retainage

(1) A retainage of ten (10) percent shall be held on each progress payment for all Labor, Materials and Equipment.

(d) Time

(1) The Owner has the right to direct the Contractor to work overtime, at no additional cost, as the Owner deems necessary should the rate of progress fall behind that in the Schedule of Construction.

(2) Any request by the Contractor for an extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than ten (10) days after the initial occurrence of any condition which, in the Contractor's opinion, entitles the Contractor to an extension of time. Failure to timely provide such notice to the Architect shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any claim for extension, damages or mitigation of Liquidated Damages, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(3) When a request for extension is made, the Contractor shall provide the following information:

(i) Nature of the interference, disruption, hindrance or delay; (ii) Reason (or presumed reason) for the interference, disruption, hindrance or delay; (iii) Date (or presumed date) of commencement of the interference, disruption, hindrance or delay; (iv) Activities on the Construction Schedule which may be affected by the interference, disruption,

hindrance or delay, or new activities created by the interference, disruption, hindrance or delay and the relationship with existing activities;

(v) Anticipated duration of the interference, disruption, hindrance or delay; (vi) Specific number of days of extension requested; and (vii) Recommended action to avoid or minimize and future interference, disruption, hindrance or delay.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY

00 72 10 - 2 of 2

(e) Site Security: The Contractor shall be responsible for all security of the job site. Cost for any and all security measures shall be borne by the Contractor.

(1) The property and all materials shall be protected during the construction period. The Contractor shall provide security measures as required to protect the property from all damage and losses up until such time the project is accepted by the Owner.

(e) Warranties

(1) In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor warrants, except as provided in paragraph (j) of this clause, that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. This warranty shall continue for a period of ________ (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the PHA takes possession of any part of the work before final acceptance, this warranty shall continue for a period of (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date that the PHA takes possession.

(2) The Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any damage to PHA-owned or controlled real or personal property when the damage is the result of—

(i) The Contractor’s failure to conform to contract requirements; or (ii) Any defects of equipment, material, workmanship or design furnished by the Contractor.

(3) The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor’s warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of repair or replacement.

(4) The Owner shall notify the Contractor, in writing, within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or damage.

(5) If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within five (5) days after receipt of notice, the PHA shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor’s expense. Failure to honor warranties could result in rejection of future contract proposals.

(6) Performance under the warranty/guarantee is the obligation exclusively of the Prime Contractors; nothing in this clause or in warranty/guarantee provisions of various sections or specifications shall create any obligation of warranty/guarantee directly between any Subcontractor or material supplier and the Owner.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY   

  00 73 10 ‐ 1 of 1  

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS EXHIBIT ‘A’ CHANGE ORDER PRICE GUIDE 

For each change, the Contractor, Subcontractor or Material Supplier shall furnish a detailed, written Proposal itemized according to this Price Guide.  In order to expedite the review and approval process, all Proposals shall be prepared in the categories and in the order listed below. 

A.  LABOR  –  all  field  labor  shall  be  priced  at  the  current  base  rate,  excluding  fringe  benefits,  of  the prevailing wage  in  the Project  locality.   Payroll  is  to be based on straight  time only, and  is  to  include number of hours and the rate of pay for each classification of worker.  If overtime is approved, list only the straight time portion in this item. 

B.  FRINGES – All established payroll taxes, assessments, and fringe benefits on the  labor  in  item A.   This may  include, but not  limited to, FICA, Federal and State Unemployment, Health and Welfare, Pension Funds, Worker’s Compensation, and Apprentice Fund.  Each of the fringes is to be a separate line item. 

C.  EQUIPMENT RENTALS – All charges for certain non‐owned heavy or specialized equipment at up to 100% of the documented rental cost.  No rental charges will be allowed for hand tools, minor equipment, simple scaffolds, etc.  Downtime due to repairs, maintenance, and weather delays will not be allowed. 

D.  OWNED EQUIPMENT – All charges for certain owned, heavy or specialized equipment at up to 100% of the cost  listed by the Associated Equipment Dealers Blue Book.   No recovery will be allowed for hand tools, minor equipment, simple scaffolds, etc.   The  longest period of time that the equipment  is to be required  for  the work will be  the basis  for  the pricing.   Downtime due  to  repairs, maintenance, and weather delays will not be allowed. 

E.  TRUCKING – A reasonable delivery charge or per mile trucking charge for delivery of required material or equipment.  Charges for use of a pick‐up truck will not be allowed. 

F.  MATERIALS  –  All materials  purchased  by  the  Contractor  and  incorporated  into  the  charged  work, showing costs, quantities or unit pricing of all items, as appropriate.  Reimbursement of material costs shall  only  be  allowed  in  the  amount  of  the  contactor’s  actual  cost,  including  any  and  all  discounts, rebates of related credits. 

G.  OVERHEAD – Overhead on items A thru E shall be 10%, which shall include all costs required to schedule the work and coordinate with the contractors. 1.  Overhead  includes  telephone  charges,  facsimiles,  telegrams,  postage,  photos,  photocopying, 

hand  tools, simple scaffolds  (one  level high),  tool breakage,  tool  repair,  tool  replacement,  tool blades,  tool  bits,  home  office  estimating  and  expediting,  home  office  clerical  and  accounting support, home office  labor  (management,  supervision,  engineering,  etc.),  legal  service,  travel, and parking expenses. 

H.  PROFIT – Profit for items A thru E shall not exceed 10%.  The contractor is not permitted a profit on the profit received by any subcontractor. 

I.  SUBCONTRACTOR – The reasonable cost of all labor and material provided by the subcontractor whose pricing is included and which complies with this Guide. 

J.  CONTRACTOR MARK‐UP ON SUBCONTRACTOR – Mark up on item “I” shall not exceed 5%. 

K.  MISCELLANEOUS – The following items are allowable at the cost of the work, with: 1.  The cost of extending the Bond and the cost of extending liability, property damage, builder’s risk 

of specialty coverage insurance. 2.  The premium portion only for approved overtime (labor and fringes).  The straight time portion is 

included in item A. 3.  Fees for permits, licenses, inspections, tests, etc. 

L.  COSTS NOT REIMBURSED ‐ Costs which will not be reimbursed for Change Order work shall be the following: 1.  Employee Profit Sharing Plans – regardless of how defined or described, the Contractor will pay 

these charges from Contractor’s profit. 2.  Voluntary Employee Deductions – examples are United Way, U.S. Savings Bonds, etc.    

Notice to Bidders 3536 Mayo & 416 Suder

Bidders to be aware that this bid package was at one point part of a larger package of units to be renovated. This being the case bidders shall verify with the drawings that all keyed notes and specifications are applicable for this procurement. Any discrepancies between this notice, drawings, specifications and observed conditions are to be brought to the project representative’s attention before bids are submitted.

The following clarifications, additions, revisions and changes shall be made to the technical specifications and drawings.

General Revisions

G1 Stove, Refrigerator, Washer and Dryer are supplied by others and are outside of the scope of this contract.

G2 Provide a natural gas outlet, a 220V electrical appliance outlet, and an 110V duplex outlet at stove and dryer locations

G3 Extra Materials: Plank flooring - Provide 1 new, unopened box of each style and color installed.

G4 It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract.

G5 Provide obscure tempered insulating glass in lieu of that specified for the bathroom windows.

G6 Contractors shall take special note of Article 2, Paragraph (c) of the General Conditions (HUD-5370): “At all times during performance of this contract and until the work is completed and accepted, the Contractor shall directly superintend the work or assign and have on the work site a competent superintendent who is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer and has authority to act for the Contractor”.

Technical Specification Revisions

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1- Section 01 01 90 Summary of Work, item 1.4 Inspection and Testing, A: Change to ”Contractors shall provide all testing and reports required by authorities having jurisdiction. Owner reserves the right to perform additional testing to confirm compliance with Construction Documents. Provide for any and all testing cost identified in the drawings and specifications accordingly. The Contractor shall pay for all re-testing required by the failure of tests. Refer to Section 01 41 00 Testing Laboratory Service for additional requirements.

1.2 - Section 01 01 90 Contract Considerations: Omit Section in its entirety. Refer to General Conditions HUD form 5370 for Contract Considerations.

1.3 - Section 01 02 70 Application for Payment - 1.4-B Payment - Application Times: Refer to General Conditions HUD form 5370, article 27 Payments, paragraph (d).

1.4 - Section 01 02 70 Application for Payment - 1.4-D-Application Preparation, paragraph 2: Refer to General Conditions HUD form 5370, article 27 Payments, paragraph (f).

1.5- Section 01 02 70 Application for Payment - 1.4-F Wavers of Mechanic Lien: Omit 1 and 2.

1.6- Section 01 02 70 Application for Payment - 1.4-G Initial Application for Payment, paragraph 1: Change to “List of subcontractors and subcontractors submittals”.

1.7- Section 01 03 50 Modification Procedures’ - 1.4-Change Order Proposal Requests: Add paragraph e, “The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Architect / Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on the Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 34 00.”

1.8- Section 01 03 50 Modification Procedures - 1.5 Change Order Pricing Guidelines: Omit paragraph 1.5. Refer to Section 00 73 10, Supplementary Conditions Exempted ‘A’, Change Order Price Guide.

416 SUDER STREET REVISIONS

GENERAL NOTES

Delete all references to front porch framing, columns and stoop. Roof, soffit, fascia and gutters shall continue across uninterrupted. Existing stoop to remain.

Delete all references to truss stand and new gable end framing. New trusses shall bear on existing wall structure. Existing brick gable ends shall remain, repoint and repair as required.

DRAWING D1.0 DEMO. PLANS, ELEVS., NOTES & PHOTOS

1.1 Demolition Keyed Notes 23 interior drywall, doors, trim and flooring have been removed.

1. DRAWING A2.1 ROOF / PORCH FRAMINGPLAN, ROOF PORCH PLAN, NOTES & DETAIL

1.1 Floor Plan Keyed Note no. 28. Revise to DSC- 214M 30”x 22” Karp steel access panel or equal, approved by owner. Final locations to be determined by owner.

1.2 Delete rear storm door 102.

2. DRAWING A2.2 FINISH, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, ROOF PORCH PLAN, NOTES & DETAIL

2.1 Equipment Schedule item SD Manufactures number change to BRK 7010BSL.

2.2 Laundry/Utility Room. Add one smoke detector BRK 9120B smoke/co type.

3. DRAWING A5.1 BUILDING SECTIONS

3.1 S2/A5.1 Building Section, Detail 1/A7.1: Change “Typical” to “Similar”.

3.2 S4/A5.1 Building Section. Bedroom windows: Add Note: Modify existing window opening height to maintain a maximum 44” dimension from floor to bottom of clear opening of new window. See revised detail S5A sketch SKA1.1

4. DRAWING A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

4.1 Bedroom windows: Add Note: “Modify existing window opening height to maintain the 44” required dimension from floor to bottom of clear opening of new window”. See revised detail S5A, Sketch SKA1.1

4.2 Elevation 3/A6.1 Rear (North) Elevation: Dimensions from floor to existing sill are for reference only. Existing bed room window opening heights are to be lowered to comply with emergence egress maximum 44” requirement.

4.3 Existing masonry veneer- Clean and seal per spec. sect. 04 50 00. Add note to all exterior elevations.

5. DRAWING A9.1 DOOR/WDW./SCHED.& ELEVS. FINISH SCHEDULE, NOTES & ENLARGED PLANS

5.1 Window / Window Types: Windows A, A1 Omit Note: Existing Window Glazing Size To Remain.

5.2 Door / Window General Notes and Hardware Locksets: & Hardware Notes: Revised see SKA1.3 and 5.3 below.

5.3 Door schedule openings 102, and 107. Omit storm door.

5.4 Door Schedule Door No. 113A Revise Mat’l type to steel, Frame type to steel, and remarks to minimum of (2) screw driver type cam locks.

5.5 Specification Notes: all new supply piping shall be PEX.

5.6 Finish / Fixture Legend, Armstrong, Extreme Series, Coronet has been approved as an equal to the kitchen cabinets specified.

6 DRAWING A9.2 DOOR DETAILS

6.1 Details S4A, S5 Omit new 4X4 fiber cement trim at sill only.

6.2 Detail S5 At bedroom egress windows only. Modify existing window opening height to maintain the 44” required dimension from floor to bottom of clear opening of new window. See revised detail S5A sketch SKA1.1.

7. DRAWING A9.3 DOOR/DETAILS & SHED PLANS, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS & NOTES

7.1 Details S6, S7 Omit new 4X4 fiber cement trim at sill only.

7.2 Revised detail J8, see detail J6 sketch SKA1.4.

3536 MAYO STREET REVISIONS

1. DRAWING D1.0. DEMOLITION PLANS, AND NOTES

1.1 Demolition keyed notes, note number 21 revise to read: Patch and repair existing walls and ceilings as required to matching existing adjacent surfaces. Include all water and mold damaged gypsum board, abandoned electrical, mechanical, and plumbing items, nail holes, cracks, etc as required for new scheduled work.

2. DRAWING A2.0 FOUNDATION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, NOTES & DETAILS

2.1Floor Plan Revised Kitchen /Dining 106 Plan See sketch SKA1.6.

2.2 Floor Plan, bedrooms 100,101,108,109,111 windows types “A” and “A1” are egress window openings.

2.3 Omit detail 3/A2.0 Stoop Section. Stoop replacement not required.

2.4 The Wall Type Legend shall be revised as follows: Tag 1: Existing exterior wall construction to remain Tag 3: 2x4 half-height wood stud wall with ½” abuse-resistant drywall below with new post-form laminate countertop above.

3. DRAWING A2.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN

3.1 Add Note: Provide (3) 4’-0” x 8’-0” x 5/8” sheets of plywood at attic access opening. Cut as required to provide +/- 8’-0”x +/- 10’-8” floored area in attic space. Secure plywood on top of bottom chord attic framing.

4. DRAWING A2.2 ELECTRICAL PLANS-LIGHTING & POWER

4.1 Equipment Schedule item SD Manufactures number change to BRK 9120B smoke/co type.

4.2 Mech.Rooms A104 add smoke detector BRK 9120B smoke/co type.

4.3 Please add the following to the Equipment Schedule Forced Air Furnaces with Air-Conditioning: Comfort Aire, Rheem or Ruud High Efficiency Power Vented Energy Star Compliant, gas fired, blower type furnace w/hot surface igniter as approved by AGA, GAMA. All installation shall include transition plenums, filter racks in return air ducts, gas and electrical connection and shall be approved by local agencies having jurisdiction. Contractor shall provide design drawings and calculations for systems must meet the approval of local agencies having jurisdiction and be presented to LMHA for approval. Air-condenser to be mounted to the side of the unit, 8’-0” high. Thermostat: Honeywell RTH7500D, 7 day Programmable Thermostat, Energy Star Compliant.

5. DRAWING A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

5.1 Bedroom windows “A”, “A1”, Add Note: Modify existing window opening height to maintain the 44” maximum required dimension from floor to bottom of clear opening of new window. See revised detail S5A, SKA1.1

5.2 Elevations 1A6.1 Rear (South) Elevation, 2/A6.1 Left Side (West) Elevation, 3/A6.1 Front (North) Elevation, 4/A6.1 Right Side (East) Elevation. All new work on existing masonry shall be cleaned,

progress and final, as recommended in BIA Technical Notes 20, to best match the surrounding wall surfaces, as approved by Architect/Owner.

5.3 Elevations 1A6.1 Rear (South) Elevation. Graffiti to be removed per manufacturers instruction using - Diedrich # 505 Special coatings Stripper or Owner Approved Equal.

6. DRAWING A8.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

6.1 Elevation 26/8.1 Dining / Kitchen 106. See SKA1.7.

6.2 Elevation 52/8.1 Living Area 112 See SKA1.7.

6.3 Revisions indicated on SKA1.6 and SKA1.7 also reflect changes to Elevations 28, 45, 46, 47, and 50 on drawing A8.1.

6.4 Omit reference to adjustable shelves in kitchen cabinets

7. DRAWING A9.1 DOOR/WINDOW SCHEDULES, ELEV. & NOTES

7.1 Window / Window Frame Types. Window “A” adds window tag “A1”. Note below window “A” change S5A to S5/A9.2

7.2 Door/Window/GWB Opening/Attic Access Schedule, Opening 110B Remarks: Change to Screw driver cam locking.

7.3 Door / Window General Notes and Hardware Locksets: & Hardware Notes: See revised notes SKA1.3.

7.4 Due to the door numbers being very hard to read on the drawings the following clarification is provided: Room doors are identified by room number, with closets being designated by a letter following.

7.5 Storm door to be Lansing or approved equal.

7.6 Salvaged exterior door cylinder to be reinstalled in new door hardware, omit requirement for new cylinder keyed to existing system.

7.7 All new exterior entry doors to have Aluminum Threshold 2005CV, Jamb Weather-strip 332CR, and Drip 345A, as manufactured by Pemko, or equal approved by owner; and Thru-Door Viewer Ives 698 x 190 Degrees and spring stop 060, Screw in Door Top Cap, and Fas-Seal Door Bottom Seal, as manufactured by Steelcraft Corp, or equal approved by owner.

7.8 The following changes are to be made to the Finish / Fixture Legend GWB1 Regular type gypsum board: ½” all new walls and patching unless matching existing, otherwise noted in this notice or required by code. GWB2 Mold and Moisture type: ½” all bathrooms and walls with plumber unless noted otherwise. Interior wall paint shall be PPG Speedhide or Glidden Ultra hide, Bone White or approved equal Contractor shall provide knockdown finish to all ceiling, wall texture shall match existing. Toilet shall be Kohler, Wellworth Toilet Bowl, K-4304-0 and Highline Classic, K-4484-0, White, with toilet seat to match or approved equal

7.9 Specification Notes: all new supply piping shall be PEX.

8. DRAWING A9.2 DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS

8.1 Detail S5 See revised details S5 Sketch SKA1.0.

8.2 Revised Attic Access detail J6. See sketch SKA1.4.

8.3 Jamb Detail J5. Change Existing sill to remain to read Existing stone sill to remain, Relocate existing stone sill at Bedroom egress window locations.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Comprehensive Renovations 

  Table of Contents ‐ 1 of 2 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  DIVISION ONE – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS   Section 01 01 00 – Summary of Work  ..................................................................................1 to 2   Section 01 01 90 – Contract Considerations..........................................................................1 to 3    Section 01 02 70 – Applications for Payment........................................................................1 to 4   Section 01 03 50 – Modification Procedures.........................................................................1 to 5    Section 01 20 00 – Project Meetings .....................................................................................1 to 3    Section 01 30 00 – Submittals................................................................................................1 to 3     Section 01 34 00 – Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ............................................1 to 7   Section 01 40 00 – Quality Control ........................................................................................1 to 3    Section 01 41 00 – Testing Laboratory Service......................................................................1 to 3   Section 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.....................................1 to 3   Section 01 60 00 – Materials & Equipment ...........................................................................1 to 3   Section 01 70 00 – Contract Closeout....................................................................................1 to 4   Section 01 74 00 – Warranties...............................................................................................1 to 3  DIVISION TWO – SITE WORK  Section 02 10 00 – Selective Demolition ...............................................................................1 to 7   Section 02 11 00 – Site Clearing.............................................................................................1 to 2   Section 02 75 00 – Concrete Pavement.................................................................................1 to 5   Section 02 92 30 – Landscape Grading ..................................................................................1 to 2   Section 02 93 00 – Exterior Plants .........................................................................................1 to 11   Section 02 93 60 – Seeding ....................................................................................................1 to 4    DIVISION THREE – CONCRETE   Section 03 30 00 – Cast‐In‐Place Concrete ............................................................................1 to 17   Section 03 32 00 – Concrete Reinforcement .........................................................................1 to 3  DIVISION FOUR – MASONRY   Section 04 10 00 – Mortar .....................................................................................................1 to 4   Section 04 30 00 – Unit Masonry System ..............................................................................1 to 7   Section 04 50 00 – Masonry Restoration and Cleaning.........................................................1 to 3    DIVISION SIX – WOOD AND PLASTICS   Section 06 05 60 – Decorative Plastic Laminate  ...................................................................1 to 3   Section 06 10 00 – Miscellaneous Carpentry.........................................................................1 to 6   Section 06 61 16 – Solid Surface............................................................................................1 to 5    DIVISION SEVEN – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION   Section 07 31 13 – Roofing Shingles ......................................................................................1 to 4   Section 07 46 46 – Fibercement Siding, Panels, and Trim.....................................................1 to 7   Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealant ............................................................................................1 to 10 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Comprehensive Renovations 

  Table of Contents ‐ 2 of 2 

  DIVISION EIGHT – DOORS AND WINDOWS   Section 08 54 13 – Composite Windows ...............................................................................1 to 6    DIVISION NINE – FINISHES   Section 09 25 00 – Gypsum Board Assemblies ......................................................................1 to 4   Section 09 65 23 – Vinyl Plank Flooring.................................................................................1 to 2   Section 09 91 00 – Painting....................................................................................................1 to 9    DIVISION FIFTEEN – MECHANICAL   Section 15 00 00 – Mechanical…………………………………….See drawings, specifications and                             Scope  of  Work.    (Contractor  to  provide  all  additional  information,  submittals  and                             drawings for Owner Rep. & A/E approval)  DIVISION SIXTEEN – ELECTRICAL   Section  16  00  00  –  Electrical…………………………………….See  drawings,  specifications  and                             Scope  of  Work.    (Contractor  to  provide  all  additional  information,  submittals  and                             drawings for Owner Rep. & A/E approval)  DIVISION SEVENTEEN – PLUMBING   Section  17  00  00  –  Plumbing…………………………………….See  drawings,  specifications  and                             Scope  of  Work.    (Contractor  to  provide  all  additional  information,  submittals  and                             drawings for Owner Rep. & A/E approval)    

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 01 00 ‐ 1 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 01 00 ‐ SUMMARY OF WORK   1. PART 1  GENERAL  

1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION  

A. The work included in these Documents is required to complete the renovation of five Units located in the LMHA, Northern Heights, Housing Development. 

 B. Contractors bidding the contracts below are responsible for work in the specific 

Sections  listed  and  also  responsible  for  all  related  work  as  described  in  the Contract Documents. 

 C. The  project  scope  of  work  shall  include  all  General,  Plumbing,  HVAC  and 

Electrical work identified on the drawings and described in the project manual.  

1.2 PROJECT LOCATION  

A. The projects are located at :    340 Lapier Street, Toledo, Ohio 43611  3536 Mayo Street, Toledo, Ohio 43611  3615 & 3617 North Erie, Toledo, Ohio 43611    416 Suder Avenue, Toledo, Ohio 43611 

              Refer to Vicinity Map on Title Sheet and Site Plan Drawings.  

B. The  Contractor  shall  confine  operations  to  the  Limits  of  Construction defined on the drawings. 

 1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION  

A. The Project Scope of Work includes but is not limited to the following:  B. Site  Work:          Includes  selective  removals;  paving  repairs  and/or 

replacements;  yard  reworks  and  reseeding,  landscaping  removals  and replacements; storage shed repairs and/or replacements. 

C. Exterior  Renovation  Work:    Includes  selective  removals;  roof  repairs and/or replacements; masonry repairs and/or restoration; siding repairs and/or replacement; gutter and downspout repairs and/or replacement; exterior  window  and  door  replacements;  exterior  trim  repairs  and/or replacements;  exterior  light  replacements;  miscellaneous  equipment replacements – unit numbers, mailboxes etc. 

D. Interior  Renovation  Work:    Includes  selective  removals;  gypsum  wall board wall  and  ceiling  repairs  and/or  replacements;  interior  door  and frame  replacements;    flooring  replacements;  misc.  trim  repairs  and replacement;   casework  replacements; shelving  replacements;    finishing 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 01 00 ‐ 2 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

of all exposed surfaces; replacement of  indicated plumbing systems and fixtures;  replacement  of  indicated  HVAC  systems;    replacement  of indicated  electrical  systems,  equipment  and  fixtures;  and  all  other miscellaneous  items  indicated  on  drawings  or  described  in  the  project manual. 

 1.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING  

 A. Contractors  shall  provide  for  any  and  all  inspection  and  testing  costs 

identified in the drawings and specifications as to be included within the Base Bid contract amount.  This  shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Incidental  labor  and  facilities  required  to  assist  inspection  or 

testing firm. 2. Costs  of  all  testing  laboratory  services  required  by  the Contract 

Documents. 3. Costs of all re‐testing required by the failure of previous contract 

required tests as determined by Architect/Engineer.    

 END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 01 90 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 01 90 ‐ CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS   1. PART 1   GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES      A.  Contingency allowance.     B.  Schedule of Values.     C.  Application for Payment. 

D. Change procedures.    1.2  RELATED SECTIONS      A.  All sections.    1.3  CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES 

A.   Contract shall include in the base bid price the following allowances:  

1. $5,000 misc. contingency, to be used at the owner’s discretion.      B.  Contractor's costs  for products, delivery, disposal,  installation,  labor,  insurance, 

payroll, taxes, bonding, equipment rental, overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Allowance. 

     D.  Funds  and/or  amounts  will  be  drawn  from  Contingency  Allowance  only  by 

Change Order.       E.  At  closeout  of  Contract,  funds  remaining  in  Contingency  Allowance  will  be 

credited  to  Owner  by  Change  Order.    Final  amounts  will  be  determined  in conjunction with unit costs provided in bid form. 

   1.4  SCHEDULE OF VALUES      A.  Submit  typed  schedule  on  AIA  Form  G703  ‐  Application  and  Certificate  for 

Payment Continuation Sheet.      B.  Submit Schedule of Values  in duplicate within 15 days  from notice of  intent  to 

award.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 01 90 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    C.  Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual.    Identify each  line item  with  number  and  title  of  the major  specification  Section.    Identify  site mobilization, bonds and insurance, and other pertinent information. 

     D.  Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this Section.  For 

unit  cost  Allowances,  identify  quantities  taken  from  Contract  Documents multiplied by the unit cost to achieve the total for the item. 

     E.  Include  separately  from  each  line  item,  a  directly  proportional  amount  of 

Contractor's overhead and profit.      F.  Revise  schedule  to  list  approved  Change  Orders,  with  each  Application  for 

Payment.    1.5   APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT      A.  Submit  three  copies  of  each  application  on  AIA  Form G702  ‐  Application  and 

Certificate for Payment.      B.  Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for 

Payment.      C.  Payment Period: Monthly.      D.  Waiver of Lien.    1.6   CHANGE PROCEDURES      A.  The Architect/Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an 

adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by AIA A201, by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710. 

     B.  The  Architect/Engineer  may  issue  a  Proposal  Request  or  which  includes  a 

detailed  description  of  a  proposed  change  with  supplementary  or  revised Drawings  and  specifications.    Contractor will  prepare  and  submit  an  estimate with 15 days, and will include a revised project schedule. 

     C.  The Contractor may propose a change by submitting request  for change to the 

Architect/Engineer,  describing  the  proposed  change  and  its  full  effect  on  the Work.  Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 01 90 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

on  the  Contract  Sum/Price  and  Contract  Time with  full  documentation  and  a statement  describing  the  effect  on  Work  by  separate  or  other  contractors.  Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. 

     D.  Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request or Bulletin and 

Contractor's  fixed  maximum  price  quotation  or  Contractor's  request  for  a Change Order as approved by Architect/Engineer. 

     E.  Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data 

after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.   Architect/Engineer will determine  the  change  allowable  in Contract Sum/Price and        

      contract time as provided in the Contract Documents.      F.  Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.  Provide full 

information  required  for  evaluation  of  proposed  changes,  and  to  substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 

     G.  Change Order Forms: AIA G701/AIA G701/CM Change Order.   

E. Execution  of  Change  Orders:  Architect/Engineer  will  issue  Change  Orders  for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 

 2. PART 2   PRODUCTS          Not Used  3. PART 3   EXECUTION          Not Used   END OF SECTION  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 02 70 ‐ 1 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 02 70 ‐  APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  specifies  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  governing  each prime contractor's Applications for Payment. 

1. Coordinate  the  Schedule  of  Values  and  Applications  for  Payment  with  the Contractor's  Construction  Schedule,  Submittal  Schedule,  and  List  of Subcontracts. 

B. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section. 

1. Schedules:   The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals." 

1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 

A. Coordination:   Each prime Contractor shall coordinate preparation of  its Schedule of Values  for  its  part  of  the Work  with  preparation  of  the  Contractors'  Construction Schedule. 

1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: 

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets. c. List of subcontractors. d. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 

2. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest possible date but no  later  than  7  days  before  the  date  scheduled  for  submittal  of  the  initial Applications for Payment. 

B. Format and Content:  Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the  format  for  the  Schedule  of  Values.    Provide  at  least  one  line  item  for  each Specification Section. 

1. Identification:    Include  the  following  Project  identification  on  the  Schedule  of Values: 

a. Project name and location. b. Name of the Architect. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 02 70 ‐ 2 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

c. Contractor's name and address. d. Date of submittal. 

2. Arrange  the  Schedule  of  Values  in  tabular  form  with  separate  columns  to indicate the following for each item listed: 

a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Dollar value. g. Percentage of Contract Sum  to nearest one‐hundredth percent, adjusted 

to total 100 percent. 

3. Provide  a  breakdown  of  the  Contract  Sum  in  sufficient  detail  to  facilitate continued  evaluation  of  Applications  for  Payment  and  progress  reports.  Coordinate  with  the  Project  Manual  table  of  contents.    Break  principal subcontract amounts down into several line items. 

4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 

5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. 

a. Differentiate  between  items  stored  on‐site  and  items  stored  off‐site.  Include requirements for insurance and bonded warehousing, if required. 

6. Provide  separate  line  items  on  the  Schedule  of  Values  for  initial  cost  of  the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 

7. Margins of Cost:   Show  line  items for  indirect costs and margins on actual costs only when such  items are  listed  individually  in Applications  for Payment.   Each item  in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.  Include  the  total  cost  and proportionate  share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. 

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work‐in‐place may  be  shown  either  as  separate  line  items  in  the Schedule  of  Values  or  distributed  as  general  overhead  expense,  at  the Contractor's option. 

1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 

A. Each  Application  for  Payment  shall  be  consistent  with  previous  applications  and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 02 70 ‐ 3 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. The  initial  Application  for  Payment,  the  Application  for  Payment  at  time  of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. 

B. Payment‐Application Times:   The date  for each progress payment  is  the 15th day of each month.   The period covered by each Application  for Payment starts on the day following the end of the preceding period and ends 15 days prior to the date for each progress payment. 

C. Payment‐Application Forms:   Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets G703 as the form for Applications for Payment. 

D. Application Preparation:  Complete every entry on the form.  Include notarization and execution by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor.  The Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 

1. Entries  shall  match  data  on  the  Schedule  of  Values  and  the  Contractor's Construction Schedule.  Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 

2. Retainage will be 8% up to 50% Contract completion. 

E. Transmittal:    Submit  3  signed  and  notarized  original  copies  of  each  Application  for Payment  to  the Architect by a method ensuring  receipt within 24 hours.   One  copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. 

1. Transmit  each  copy with  a  transmittal  form  listing  attachments  and  recording appropriate  information  related  to  the  application,  in  a manner  acceptable  to the Architect. 

F. Waivers  of Mechanics  Lien:   With  each Application  for  Payment,  submit waivers  of mechanics  liens  from  subcontractors,  sub‐subcontractors  and  suppliers  for  the construction period covered by the previous application. 

1. Submit  partial  waivers  on  each  item  for  the  amount  requested,  prior  to deduction for retainage, on each item. 

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. The Owner  reserves  the  right  to designate which entities  involved  in  the Work 

must submit waivers. 4. Waiver  Forms:    Submit waivers  of  lien  on  forms,  and  executed  in  a manner, 

acceptable to the Owner. 

G. Initial  Application  for  Payment:    Administrative  actions  and  submittals,  that  must precede or  coincide with  submittal of  the  first Application  for Payment,  include  the following: 

1. List of subcontractors. 2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 3. Schedule of Values. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 02 70 ‐ 4 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of principal products. 6. Copies  of  authorizations  and  licenses  from  governing  authorities  for 

performance of the Work. 7. Initial progress report. 8. Report of preconstruction meeting. 9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 10. Performance and payment bonds. 11. Data needed to acquire the Owner's insurance. 

H. Application  for  Payment  at  Substantial  Completion:    Following  issuance  of  the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. 

1. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 

2. Administrative  actions  and  submittals  that  shall  precede  or  coincide with  this application include: 

a. Occupancy permits and similar approvals. b. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements. c. Test/adjust/balance records. d. Maintenance instructions. e. Final cleaning. f. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety. g. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate 

of Substantial Completion. 

I. Final Payment Application:   Administrative actions and submittals  that must precede or coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following: 

1. Completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 3. Ensure that unsettled claims will be settled. 4. Ensure  that  incomplete Work  is  not  accepted  and will  be  completed without 

undue delay. 5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to the Owner. 6. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 7. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 8. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  (Not Applicable) 

END OF SECTION  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 03 50 ‐ 1 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 03 50 ‐ MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  specifies  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  for  handling  and processing contract modifications. 

1. Prime Contract:  Provisions of this Section apply to the work of prime contractor. 

B. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section: 

1. Division 1  Section  013000  "Submittals"  for  requirements  for  the  Contractor's Construction Schedule. 

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 

A. The Architect/Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, on either AIA  Form G710,  Architect/Engineer's  Supplemental  Instructions  or  as  part  of  an  RFI (Request for Information) response form. 

1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS 

A. The Architect/Engineer will  issue  a  detailed  description  of  proposed  changes  in  the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time.  If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 

1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect/Engineer are for information only.  Do not consider them as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 

2. Within  10  days  of  receipt  of  a  proposal  request,  submit  an  estimate  of  cost necessary  to  execute  the  change  to  the  Architect/Engineer  for  the  Owner's review. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 03 50 ‐ 2 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

a. Include  a  list of quantities of products  required  and unit  costs, with  the total amount of purchases to be made.   Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 

c. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will have on the Contract Time. 

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PRICING GUIDELINES 

A. For  each  change,  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  detailed, written  Proposal  itemized according to these Pricing Guidelines.   Any Subcontractor or Material Supplier pricing shall also be  itemized according to these Pricing Guidelines.   In order to expedite the review and approval process, all Proposals shall be prepared  in the categories and  in the  order  listed  below.    These  Pricing  Guidelines  are  intended  to  establish  the maximum amount which the Owner will pay for any Change Order,  including without limitation all amounts for interference, delay, hindrance or disruption of the Work.  A Change Order may provide that the Owner may pay less than the amount established by  these  Pricing  Guidelines  if  an  equitable  amount  is  negotiated  between  the Construction Manager and the Contractor. 

B. LABOR:    All  field  labor  shall  be  priced  at  the  current  base  rate  being  paid  by  the Contractor  for  such  labor  on  the  Project,  or  if  such  labor  has  not  been  previously employed  on  the  Project,  the  base  rate  currently  being  paid  by  the  Contractor  on projects  in the same  locality, excluding fringe benefits.   The payroll  is to be based on straight  time  only  and  is  to  include  number  of  hours  and  rate  of  pay  for  each classification of worker.   If overtime  is approved,  list only the straight time portion  in this item; overhead and profit will not be permitted on the cost of any premium time costs or shift work premiums. 

C. FRINGES:  All established payroll taxes, assessments and fringe benefits on the labor in Paragraph  1.5.B.    This  may  include,  without  limitation,  FICA,  Federal  and  State Unemployment,  Health  and  Welfare,  Pension  Funds,  Workers'  Compensation  and Apprentice Fund.  Each of the fringes is to be a separate line item. 

D. EQUIPMENT  RENTALS:    All  charges  for  certain  non‐owned  heavy  or  specialized equipment at up to 100 percent of the documented rental cost.  No rental charges will be allowed for hand tools, minor equipment, simple scaffolds, etc.   Downtime due to repairs, maintenance and weather delays will not be allowed. 

E. OWNED EQUIPMENT:   All charges for certain owned, heavy or specialized equipment at up to 100 percent of the cost listed by the Associated Equipment Dealers Blue Book.  No  recovery will be allowed  for hand  tools, minor equipment,  simple  scaffolds, etc.  The  longest period of time that the equipment  is to be required for the Work will be 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 03 50 ‐ 3 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

the basis for the pricing.   Downtime due to repairs, maintenance and weather delays will not be allowed. 

F. TRUCKING:   A  reasonable delivery charge or per‐mile  trucking charge  for delivery of required materials  or  equipment.    Charges  for  use  of  a  pick‐up  truck  will  not  be allowed. 

G. OVERHEAD:  Overhead on items in Paragraph 1.5.B, C., D., E., and F., up to 10 percent, which  shall  include all  costs  required  to  schedule  the work and  coordinate with  the Contractors. 

1. Overhead  includes, without  limitation, telephone, telephone charges,  facsimile, telegrams,  postage,  photos,  photocopying,  hand  tools,  simple  scaffolds  (one level high), tool breakage, tool repairs, tool replacement, tool blades, tool bits, home  office  estimating  and  expediting,  home  office  clerical  and  accounting support,  home  office  labor  (management,  supervision,  engineering*),  legal services, travel and parking expenses. 

2. *An exception from Paragraph 1.5.G.1., is allowed for shop or engineering labor for  steel  fabricators,  sheet metal  fabricators  and  sprinkler  system  fabricators.  Recovery for such matters will be allowed under Paragraph 1.5.B. and C. 

H. MATERIALS 

1. All materials  purchased  by  the  Contractor  and  incorporated  into  the  changed Work,  showing  costs,  quantities,  or  Unit  Prices  of  all  items,  as  appropriate.  Reimbursement  of material  costs  shall  only  be  allowed  in  the  amount  of  the Contractor's  actual  cost,  including  any  and  all  discounts,  rebates  or  related credits. 

2. One‐third  (33 percent) of  the  cost of  reusable materials  for each use,  such as formwork lumber, shoring or temporary enclosures. 

I. PROFIT:   Profit on  items  in Paragraphs 1.5,  Items B., C., D., E., F., G., and H, up  to 5 percent. 

J. SUBCONTRACTOR:    The  reasonable  cost  of  all  labor  and  material  provided  by  a Subcontractor  whose  pricing  is  included  and  which  complies  with  these  Pricing Guidelines. 

K. CONTRACTOR MARK‐UP ON SUBCONTRACTOR:   Mark‐up on  items  in Paragraph 1.5.J. up to 5 percent. 

L. MISCELLANEOUS:   The following  items are allowable at the cost of the Work, with no overhead or profit. 

1. The  cost  of  extending  the  Bond  and  the  cost  of  extending  liability,  property damage, builder's risk or specialty coverage insurance. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 03 50 ‐ 4 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. The  premium  portion  only  for  approved  overtime  (labor  and  fringes).    The straight time portion is included in Paragraphs 1.5.B. and 1.5.C. 

3. Fees for permits, licenses, inspections, tests, etc. 4. When requested by the Contractor and approved in writing by the Owner due to 

special circumstances,  reimbursement will be paid  for overnight  lodging,  travel and food in an amount not to exceed the Owner's travel guidelines. 

M. Costs which will not be reimbursed for Change Order Work include the following: 

1. Employee  Profit  Sharing  Plans:    Regardless  of  how  defined  or  described,  the Contractor  will  pay  these  charges  from  Contractor  profit  and  will  not  be reimbursed. 

2. Voluntary  Employee  Deductions:    Examples  are  United Way  and  U.S.  Savings Bonds, etc. 

N. State sales tax shall be allowed on items as defined by Paragraph 1.6. 

1.6 TAXES 

A. Only  those materials which ultimately become a part of  the  completed  structure or improvement which  constitutes  the  Project will  be  exempt  from  State  sales  tax  as provided  in Section 5739.02, ORC, and State use  tax as provided  in Section 5741.01, ORC. 

B. The purchase,  lease or rental of material, equipment, parts or expendable items such as  form  lumber, tools, oils, greases and  fuels, which are used  in connection with the Work, are subject to the application of State sales tax and State use tax. 

1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE 

A. Construction Change Directive:   When the Owner and the Contractor disagree on the terms of a Proposal Request, the Architect/Engineer may issue a Construction Change Directive on a field  instruction form.   The Construction Change Directive  instructs the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 

1. The  Construction  Change  Directive  contains  a  complete  description  of  the change in the Work.  It also designates the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 

B. Documentation:   Maintain  detailed  records  on  a  time  and material  basis  of  work required by the Construction Change Directive. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 03 50 ‐ 5 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. 

1.8 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 

A. Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, the Architect/Engineer will issue a Change Order for signatures of the Owner and the Contractor. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  (Not Applicable) 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 20 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 20 00 ‐ PROJECT MEETINGS 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  specifies  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  for  project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following: 

1. Preconstruction conferences. 2. Progress meetings. 3. Coordination meetings. 

B. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section: 

1. Division 1  Section  013000  "Submittals"  for  submitting  the  Contractor's Construction Schedule. 

1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 

A. Schedule  a  preconstruction  conference  before  starting  construction,  at  a  time convenient to the Owner and the Architect/Engineer, but no  later than 15 days after execution  of  the  Agreement.    Hold  the  conference  at  the  Project  Site  or  another convenient  location.    Conduct  the meeting  to  review  responsibilities  and  personnel assignments. 

B. Attendees:    Authorized  representatives  of  the Owner, Architect/Engineer,  and  their consultants;  the  Contractors  and  their  superintendents; major  subcontractors;  and other concerned parties shall attend the conference.  All participants at the conference shall be  familiar with  the Project and authorized  to conclude matters  relating  to  the Work. 

C. Agenda:    Discuss  items  of  significance  that  could  affect  progress,  including  the following: 

1. Tentative construction schedule. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 20 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office, work, and storage areas. 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours. 

1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS 

A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site at regular  intervals.   Notify the Owner and the Architect/Engineer of scheduled meeting dates.  Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request.  The job progress meetings will be facilitated by the Architect/Engineer. 

B. Attendees:    In addition  to  representatives of  the Owner and  the Architect/Engineer, each  subcontractor,  supplier,  or  other  entity  concerned  with  current  progress  or involved  in  planning,  coordination,  or  performance  of  future  activities  shall  be represented at these meetings.  All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 

C. Agenda:   Review  and  correct or  approve minutes of  the previous progress meeting.  Review  other  items  of  significance  that  could  affect  progress.    Include  topics  for discussion as appropriate to the status of the Project. 

1. Contractor's  Construction  Schedule:    Review  progress  since  the  last meeting.  Determine where  each  activity  is  in  relation  to  the  Contractor's  Construction Schedule,  whether  on  time  or  ahead  or  behind  schedule.    Determine  how construction  behind  schedule  will  be  expedited;  secure  commitments  from parties  involved  to do  so.   Discuss whether  schedule  revisions are  required  to insure  that  current  and  subsequent  activities  will  be  completed  within  the Contract Time. 

2. Review  the  present  and  future  needs  of  each  entity  present,  including  the following: 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 20 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Status of submittals. e. Deliveries. f. Off‐site fabrication problems. g. Access. h. Site utilization. i. Temporary facilities and services. j. Hours of work. k. Hazards and risks. l. Housekeeping. m. Quality and work standards. n. Change Orders. o. Documentation of information for payment requests. 

D. Reporting:  The Architect/Engineer will distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and  to parties who  should have been present.    Include a brief  summary,  in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. 

1. Schedule Updating:    Revise  the  Contractor's  Construction  Schedule  after  each progress  meeting  where  revisions  to  the  schedule  have  been  made  or recognized.    Issue  the  revised  schedule  concurrently with  the  report  of  each meeting. 

1.5 COORDINATION MEETINGS 

A. Conduct project  coordination meetings at weekly  intervals  convenient  for all parties involved.   Project coordination meetings are  in addition to specific meetings held  for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings. 

B. Request  representation  at  each  meeting  by  every  party  currently  involved  in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  (Not Applicable) 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 30 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 30 00 ‐ SUBMITTALS 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of the contract documents including Division 1 specifications, apply to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 

1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 

B. Administrative  Submittals:    Refer  to  other  Division 1  Sections  and  other  Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals.   Such submittals  include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors. 

C. Related Sections:  The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 

1. Division 1 ‐ Section 01 03 00 "Applications for Payment" specifies requirements for submittal of the Schedule of Values. 

2. Division 1  ‐  Section  01  20  00  "Project  Meetings"  specifies  requirements  for submittal and distribution of meeting and conference minutes. 

3. Division 1 ‐ Section 01 40 00 "Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports. 

4. Division 1  ‐  Section  01  70  00  "Contract  Closeout"  specifies  requirements  for submittal of Project Record Documents and warranties at project closeout. 

   

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 30 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Coordination Drawings  show  the  relationship  and  integration  of  different  construction elements that require careful coordination during  fabrication or  installation to  fit  in the space provided or to function as intended. 

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 

A. Coordination:  Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.  Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 

B. Submittal  Transmittal:    Package  each  submittal  appropriately  for  transmittal  and handling.   Transmit each submittal from the prime Contractor to the Architect/Engineer using a transmittal form.  The Architect/Engineer will not accept submittals received from sources other than the prime Contractors. 

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 

A. Bar‐Chart  Schedule:    Each prime  contractor  shall prepare  a  fully developed, horizontal bar‐chart‐type, contractor's construction schedule.  Submit within 15 days after the date established for "Commencement of the Work." 

B. Each prime contractor  is  responsible  for determining  the  sequence of activities,  the  time estimates of the detailed construction activities and the means, methods, techniques and procedures  to be employed.   The Construction Schedule  shall  represent  the Contractor's best  judgment  of  how  he  will  prosecute  the  Work  in  compliance  with  the  Contract requirements.  Each prime contractor shall ensure that the Construction Schedule is current and  accurate  and  is  properly  and  timely  monitored,  updated  and  revised  as  Project conditions and the Contract Documents may require. 

C. Contractor  shall  consult  with  his  principal  Subcontractors,  Suppliers,  and  other  Prime Contractors relating to the preparation of his construction plan and Construction Schedule.  Principal Subcontractors shall receive copies of those portions of Contractor's Construction Schedule which  relate  to  their work  and  shall  be  continually  advised  of  any  updates  or revisions to the Construction Schedule as the Work progresses.   Contractor shall be solely responsible  for  ensuring  that  all  Subcontractors  and  Suppliers  comply  with  the requirements of the Construction Schedule for their portions of the Work. 

 

 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 30 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.6 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 

A. Prepare  a  weekly  construction  report  recording  the  following  information  concerning events at the site, and submit  copies to the Architect/Engineer at weekly intervals: 

1. List of subcontractors at the site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at the site. 3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. 4. Accidents and unusual events. 5. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 6. Orders and requests of governing authorities. 7. Change Orders received, implemented. 8. Services connected, disconnected. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 1 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 34 00 ‐ SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  includes  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  for  submittal  of Shop  Drawings,  Product  Data,  Samples,  and  other  miscellaneous  quality‐control submittals. 

B. Shop Drawings include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Fabrication drawings. 2. Installation drawings. 3. Setting diagrams. 4. Shop work manufacturing instructions. 5. Schedules. 

a. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not Shop Drawings. 

C. Product Data include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Manufacturer's product specifications. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Standard color charts. 4. Catalog cuts. 5. Roughing‐in diagrams and templates. 6. Standard wiring diagrams. 7. Printed performance curves. 8. Operational range diagrams. 9. Mill reports. 10. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. 

D. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Partial Sections of manufactured or fabricated components. 2. Small cuts or containers of materials. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 2 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3. Swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. 4. Color range sets. 5. Field samples. 

E. Quality‐control submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Design data. 2. Certifications. 3. Manufacturer's instructions. 4. Manufacturer's field reports. 

F. Administrative  Submittals:    Refer  to  other  Division 1  Sections  and  other  Contract Documents  for  requirements  for administrative  submittals.   Such  submittals  include, but are not limited to, the following: 

1. Permits. 2. Applications for payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. Listing of subcontractors. 

G. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section: 1. Division 1  Section  "Quality  Control"  specifies  requirements  for  submittal  of 

inspection and test reports. 2. Division 1  Section  "Contract  Closeout"  specifies  requirements  for  submittal  of 

Project Record Documents,  including  copies of  final  Shop Drawings,  at project closeout. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements  that  require  careful  coordination during  fabrication or  installation  to  fit  in the space provided or to function as intended. 

B. Field  samples  are  full‐size  physical  examples  erected  on‐site  to  illustrate  finishes, coatings, or finish materials.  Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 

A. Coordination:  Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of  construction  activities.    Transmit  each  submittal  to  the  Architect/Engineer 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 3 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

sufficiently  in advance of scheduled performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 

1. Coordinate  each  submittal  with  other  submittals  and  related  activities  that require sequential activity including: 

a. Testing. b. Purchasing. c. Fabrication. d. Delivery. 

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for the same element of the Work and different elements of related parts of the Work to avoid delay  in processing  because  of  the  Architect/Engineer's  need  to  review  submittals concurrently for coordination. 

a. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring  coordination with  other  submittals  until  related  submittals  are forthcoming. 

3. Processing:    To  avoid  the  need  to  delay  installation  as  a  result  of  the  time required  to  process  submittals,  allow  sufficient  time  for  submittal  review, including time for resubmittals. 

a. Allow 2 weeks for the Architect/Engineer's initial review of each submittal.  Allow additional  time  if  the  Architect/Engineer  must  delay  processing  to  permit coordination with subsequent submittals.   The Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 

b. Where necessary to provide an intermediate submittal, process the intermediate submittal in the same manner as the initial submittal. 

c. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing each submittal. d. The  Architect/Engineer will  not  authorize  an  extension  of  time  because  of  the 

Contractor's failure to transmit submittals to the Architect/Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. 

B. Contractors Review:   Submittals shall clearly  indicate contractors and subcontractors review of the information submitted. 

1. Supplier,  fabricator,  subcontractor,  and  contractor's  identification of  their  review  and concurrence that the submittal meets the requirements of the contract documents shall be clearly indicated on each sheet. 

2. Submittals  that  have  not  been  so  identified  and/or  submittals  that  have  major  or multiple discrepancies with contract documents will be returned without further review. 

C. Submittal Preparation:   Place a permanent  label or  title block on each  submittal  for identification. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 4 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. Indicate name of  the  firm or entity  that prepared each  submittal on  the  label or  title block. 

D. Submittal  Transmittal:    Package  each  submittal  appropriately  for  transmittal  and handling.  Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect/Engineer and to other destinations by use of a transmittal form.  The Architect/Engineer will return submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. 

1. Record  relevant  information  and  requests  for  data  on  the  transmittal  form.   On  the form,  or  an  attached  separate  sheet,  record  deviations  from  requirements  of  the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. 

2. Include  the Contractor's certification stating  that  information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS 

A. Submit  newly  prepared  information,  drawn  accurately  to  scale.    Do  not  reproduce Contract  Documents  or  copy  standard  printed  information  as  the  basis  of  Shop Drawings. 

1. Include the following information on Shop Drawings: 

a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products and materials included. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 

2. Submit  Coordination  Drawings  where  required  for  integration  of  different construction  elements.    Show  construction  sequences  and  relationships  of separate  components where  necessary  to  avoid  conflicts  in  utilization  of  the space available. 

3. Highlight,  encircle,  or  otherwise  indicate  deviations  from  the  Contract Documents on the Shop Drawings. 

4. Do not allow Shop Drawing copies that do not contain an appropriate final stamp or  other marking  indicating  the  action  taken  by  the  Architect/Engineer  to  be used in construction. 

5. Sheet Size:  Except for templates, patterns, and similar full‐size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on  sheets at  least 8‐1/2 by 11  inches  (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm). 

6. Submittal:    Submit  one  correctable,  translucent,  reproducible  print  and  three blue‐  or  black‐line  print  for  the  Architect/Engineer's  review.    The Architect/Engineer will return the reproducible print and two copies. 

a. The  Contractor  shall  mark  up  and  retain  one  copy  of  the  returned reproducible as a "Record Document." 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 5 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.6 PRODUCT DATA 

A. Collect  Product  Data  into  a  single  submittal  for  each  element  of  construction  or system.   Mark  each  copy  to  show which  choices  and  options  are  applicable  to  the Project. 

1. Where Product Data  includes  information on several similar products, some of which  are not  required  for use on  the Project, mark  copies  clearly  to  indicate which products are applicable. 

2. Where Product Data must be specially prepared for required products, materials, or  systems  because  standard  printed  data  are  not  suitable  for  use,  submit  as Shop Drawings not Product Data. 

3. Include the following information in Product Data: 

a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. 

4. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 

B. Submittals:    Submit  2  copies  of  each  required  Product  Data  submittal.    Submit  2 additional  copies  where  copies  are  required  for  maintenance  manuals.    The Architect/Engineer will  retain  one  copy  and will  return  the  other marked with  the action taken and corrections or modifications required. 

1. Unless  the  Architect/Engineer  observes  noncompliance with  provisions  of  the Contract Documents, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 

C. Distribution:    Furnish  copies  of  final  Product  Data  submittal  to  the manufacturers, subcontractors,  suppliers,  fabricators,  installers,  governing  authorities  and  others  as required  for  performance  of  the  construction  activities.    Show  distribution  on transmittal forms. 

1. Do not proceed with installation of materials, products, and systems until a copy of Product Data applicable to the installation is in the Installer's possession. 

2. Do  not  permit  use  of  unmarked  copies  of  Product  Data  in  connection  with construction. 

1.7 SAMPLES 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 6 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. Submit full‐size, fully fabricated Samples, cured and finished  in the manner specified, and physically identical with the material or product proposed for use. 

B. Submittals:   Except for Samples  intended to  illustrate assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other characteristics, submit 3 sets of Samples.  One set will be returned marked with the action taken. 

1. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned by the Architect/Engineer, at the Project Site,  available  for  quality‐control  comparisons  throughout  the  course  of construction activity. 

2. Unless  the  Architect/Engineer  observes  noncompliance with  provisions  of  the Contract Documents, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 

3. Sample  sets  may  be  used  to  obtain  final  acceptance  of  the  construction associated with each set. 

C. Distribution of Samples:   Distribute additional sets of Samples to the subcontractors, suppliers,  fabricators, manufacturers,  installers,  governing  authorities, and others as required for performance of the Work.  Show distribution on transmittal forms. 

D. Field  samples  specified  in  individual  Specification  Sections  are  special  types  of Samples.   Comply with Sample submittal requirements to the  fullest extent possible.  Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity. 

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS 

A. Submit quality‐control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions,  manufacturer's  field  reports,  and  other  quality‐control  submittals  as required under other Sections of the Specifications. 

B. Certifications:   Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product,  material,  or  installation  complies  with  specified  requirements,  submit  a notarized  certification  from  the  manufacturer  certifying  compliance  with  specified requirements. 

1. Signature:    Certification  shall  be  signed  by  an  officer  of  the manufacturer  or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. 

C. Inspection  and  Test  Reports:    Requirements  for  submittal  of  inspection  and  test reports from  independent testing agencies are specified  in Division 1 Section "Quality Control." 

1.9 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  01 34 00 ‐ 7 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. Except  for  submittals  for  the  record or  for  information, where  action  and  return of submittals  is  required,  the  Architect/Engineer  will  review  each  submittal, mark  to indicate the action taken, and return. 

1. Compliance with  specified  characteristics  is  the Contractor's  responsibility  and not considered part of  the Architect/Engineer's review and  indication of action taken. 

B. Action  Stamp:    The  Architect/Engineer  will  stamp  each  submittal  with  a  uniform, action  stamp.   The Architect/Engineer will mark  the  stamp appropriately  to  indicate the action taken. 

1. Architect/Engineer review portion of the review stamp shall be interpreted as follows: Comment  Meaning No Exceptions Taken  Acceptance for Construction Note Markings  Incorporate Corrections Rejected  Not Acceptable Comments Attached  Incorporate Comments 

2. Response required of Contractor portion of the review stamp shall be interpreted as follows: Comment  Meaning Process  Proceed with Construction 

3. Other Action:  Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing  or  other  activity,  the  Architect/Engineer  will  return  the  submittal marked “Action Not Required.” 

C. Unsolicited  Submittals:    The Architect/Engineer will  return  unsolicited  submittals  to the sender without action. 

D. Incomplete  or  Inaccurate  Submittals:    The  Architect/Engineer will  return  submittals that  do  not  comply  with  contract  requirements  including,  but  not  limited  to, requirements of this section. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  (Not Applicable) 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 40 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 40 00 ‐ QUALITY CONTROL 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  includes administrative and procedural  requirements  for quality‐control services. 

B. Quality‐control  services  include  inspections,  tests,  and  related  actions,  including reports  performed  by  Contractor,  by  independent  agencies,  and  by  governing authorities.    They  do  not  include  contract  enforcement  activities  performed  by Architect/Engineer. 

C. Inspection and  testing  services are  required  to  verify  compliance with  requirements specified or  indicated.   These  services do not  relieve Contractor of  responsibility  for compliance with Contract Document requirements. 

D. Requirements  of  this  Section  relate  to  customized  fabrication  and  installation procedures, not production of standard products. 

1. Specific  quality‐control  requirements  for  individual  construction  activities  are specified  in  the  Sections  that  specify  those  activities.    Requirements  in  those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 

2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality‐control  procedures  that  facilitate  compliance  with  Contract  Document requirements. 

3. Requirements  for  Contractor  to  provide  quality‐control  services  required  by Architect/Engineer, Owner, or authorities having  jurisdiction are not  limited by provisions of this Section. 

E. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section: 

1. Division 1 Section 01 30 00 "Submittals" specifies requirements for development of a schedule of required tests and inspections. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 40 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES 

A. Contractor  Responsibilities:    Unless  otherwise  indicated  as  the  responsibility  of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality‐control  services  specified  elsewhere  in  the  Contract  Documents  and  required  by authorities having  jurisdiction.   Costs  for  these  services are  included  in  the Contract Sum. 

B. Retesting:    The  Contractor  is  responsible  for  retesting where  results  of  inspections, tests,  or  other  quality‐control  services  prove  unsatisfactory  and  indicate noncompliance  with  Contract  Document  requirements,  regardless  of  whether  the original test was Contractor's responsibility. 

1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor,  is the Contractor's  responsibility  where  required  tests  performed  on  original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. 

C. Associated Services:   Cooperate with agencies performing required  inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.  Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. 

D. Duties  of  the  Testing  Agency:    The  independent  agency  engaged  to  perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections  shall  cooperate  with  the  Architect/Engineer  and  the  Contractor  in performance  of  the  agency's  duties.    The  testing  agency  shall  provide  qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 

1. The agency  shall notify  the Architect/Engineer and  the Contractor promptly of irregularities  or  deficiencies  observed  in  the Work  during  performance  of  its services. 

2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 

3. The agency shall not perform any construction duties of the Contractor. 

E. Coordination:    Coordinate  the  sequence  of  activities  to  accommodate  required services with  a minimum  of  delay.    Coordinate  activities  to  avoid  the  necessity  of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

A. Unless  the Contractor  is  responsible  for  this service,  the  independent  testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service  to  the  Architect/Engineer.    If  the  Contractor  is  responsible  for  the  service, submit  a  certified  written  report,  in  duplicate,  of  each  inspection,  test,  or  similar service through the Contractor. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 40 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. Submit  additional  copies  of  each  written  report  directly  to  the  governing authority, when the authority so directs. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION 

A. General:   Upon completion of  inspection,  testing, sample taking and similar services, repair  damaged  construction  and  restore  substrates  and  finishes.    Comply  with Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." 

B. Protect  construction exposed by or  for quality‐control  service activities, and protect repaired construction. 

C. Repair  and  protection  is Contractor's  responsibility,  regardless of  the  assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services. 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 41 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 41 00 ‐ TESTING LABORATORY SERVICE   PART 1:  GENERAL  1.1       Related Documents    A.  Drawings and General Provisions of Contract,  including General and Supplementary 

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to Work of this Section.    B.  Refer to Section 01400, Quality Control.   1.2       Summary     A.  Each  Contractor whose work  requires  it  shall  employ  and  pay  for  services  of  an 

independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing services.  Contractor shall include all estimated testing in Base Bid.   

     1.  Refer to Section 01 40 00 for additional requirements.    B.  Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of 

public authorities and General Conditions.    C.  Certification of products and mill test reports:  Respective Specification Sections.    D.  Test, adjust, and balance of equipment.    E.  Inspection,  sampling,  and  testing:    Soils,  asphalt,  concrete,  steel, masonry, mortar 

and grout.  1.3       Qualifications of Laboratory and Submittals    A.  Meet  requirements  of  ASTM  E329,  current  edition  "Standards  of  Recommended 

Practice  for  Inspection  and  Testing  Agencies  for  Concrete,  Steel,  and  Bituminous Materials as used in Construction." 

     1.  The  term "agency" as used  in Section 4 of ASTM E329 shall mean the  local or 

closest office of said agency.    B.  Laboratory qualifications for inspection, sampling and testing of soils and aggregates 

shall be comparable to the requirements of ASTM E329.    C.  Testing Equipment      1.  Calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy acceptable to 

the Construction Manager. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 41 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

   D.  Submit  documentation  of  specified  requirements.    Submit  2  copies  to  the 

Construction Manager.  1.4  Laboratory Duties, Limitations of Authority    A.  Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.    B.  Perform  specified  inspections,  sampling,  and  testing  of materials  and methods  of 

construction.      1.  Comply with  specified  standards;  ASTM,  other  recognized  authorities  and  as 

specified.      2.  Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.    C.  Promptly notify the Architect, Construction Manager and Contractor of irregularities 

in  the  Work  to  be  performed  with  the  Documents  and  deficiencies  of  Work performed which are observed during performance of services. 

   D.  Promptly  submit  2  copies  of  reports  of  inspections  and  tests  to  the  Construction 

Program Manager and Architect, including the following information, as applicable:      1.  Date issued.     2.  Project title and number.     3.  Testing laboratory name and address.     4.  Name and signature of inspector.     5.  Date of inspection or sampling.     6.  Record of temperature and weather.     7.  Date of test.     8.  Identification of product and specification section.     9.  Location in project.     10.  Type of inspection or test.     11.  Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents.    E.  Laboratory is not authorized to:      1.  Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.        2.  Approve or accept portion of Work.      3.  Perform duties of the Contractor.  1.5  Contractor's Responsibilities    A.  Cooperate  with  laboratory  personnel  to  provide  access  to  Work  and  to 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

Testing Laboratory Service 01410-3

manufacturer's operations.    B.  Assist laboratory personnel in obtaining samples at the site.    C.  Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for his assignment of 

personnel and scheduling of tests.       D.  Should the Contractors fail to schedule laboratory services or fail to cancel laboratory 

services, if the need arises, all additional cost shall be borne by the Contractors.    E.  Employ,  and pay  for,  services of  a  separate,  equally qualified  independent  testing 

laboratory  to  perform  additional  inspections,  sampling  and  testing  required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with Contract Documents. 

     1.  Separate laboratory shall be approved by the Owner, the Construction Program 

Manager and the Architect/Engineer.   PART 2:  PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)   PART 3:  EXECUTION (Not Applicable)   

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 50 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 50 00 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES      A.  Temporary Utilities: Electricity, water, and sanitary facilities.      B.  Temporary Controls: Barriers, protection of the Work, and water control.      C.  Construction Facilities: Parking and progress cleaning.    1.2  RELATED SECTIONS      A.  All Sections.    1.3  TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY      A.  Connect to existing power service.  Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's 

need for continuous service.      B.  Owner will pay cost of energy used.  Exercise measures to conserve energy.       C.  Provide  power  outlets  for  construction  operations,  with  branch  wiring  and 

distribution boxes located in all construction areas.  Provide flexible power cords as required. 

   1.4  TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE      A.  Connect to existing water service.  Water consumption shall not disrupt Owner’s 

need for continuous service.      1.5  TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES      A.  Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures.     1.6  BARRIERS      A.  Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for 

Owner's  use  of  site,  and  to  protect  existing  facilities  and  adjacent  properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 50 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    B.  Provide protection  for plant  life designated  to  remain. Replace damaged plant life unless noted otherwise. 

     C.  Protect non‐owned vehicular  traffic,  stored materials,  site and  structures  from 

damage.    1.7  WATER CONTROL      A.  Grade site as required for positive drainage.  Maintain excavations free of water. 

Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment.      B.  Protect site from puddling or running water.  Provide water barriers as required 

to protect site from soil erosion.    1.8  PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK      A.  Protect  installed  Work  and  provide  special  protection  where  specified  in 

individual specification Sections.      B.  Provide  temporary  and  removable  protection  for  installed  Products.    Control 

activity in immediate work area to minimize damage.      C.  Protect finished surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy 

objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.      D.  Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.    1.9  PARKING      A.  Vehicle parking shall be areas designated by owner.    1.40  PROGRESS CLEANING      A.  Maintain areas  free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.   Maintain site  in a 

clean and orderly condition.      B.  Remove  waste  materials,  debris,  and  rubbish  from  site  weekly  and  dispose 

off‐site.    1.11  REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS      A.  Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition.  Restore 

permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 50 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. PART 2   PRODUCTS          Not Used  2. PART 3   EXECUTION          Not Used      

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 60 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 60 00 ‐ MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  includes  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  governing  the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. 

B. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section:  1. Division 1  Section  "Submittals"  specifies  requirements  for  submittal  of  the 

Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used  in  the  Contract  Documents,  such  as  "specialties,"  "systems,"  "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms.  Such terms are self‐explanatory and have well‐recognized meanings in the construction industry. 

1. "Products"  are  items  purchased  for  incorporation  in  the  Work,  whether purchased  for the Project or taken  from previously purchased stock.   The term "product"  includes  the  terms  "material,"  "equipment,"  "system," and  terms of similar intent. 

a. "Named  Products"  are  items  identified  by  the  manufacturer's  product name,  including make or model number or other designation,  shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 

2. "Materials"  are  products  substantially  shaped,  cut,  worked,  mixed,  finished, refined  or  otherwise  fabricated,  processed,  or  installed  to  form  a  part  of  the Work. 

3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 60 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

A. Product List:   Prepare a  list showing products specified  in tabular form acceptable to the  Architect/Engineer.    Include  generic  names  of  products  required.    Include  the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 

1. Coordinate  product  list  with  the  Contractor's  Construction  Schedule  and  the Schedule of Submittals. 

2. Form:   Prepare product  list with  information on each  item tabulated under the following column headings: 

a. Related Specification Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 

3. Initial  Submittal:   Within  15  days  after  date  of  commencement  of  the Work, submit  3  copies  of  an  initial  product  list.    Provide  a  written  explanation  for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 

a. At the Contractor's option, the  initial submittal may be  limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in the Contract period. 

4. Completed  List:   Within  30  days  after  date  of  commencement  of  the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list.  Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 

5. Architect/Engineer's Action:    The Architect/Engineer will  respond  in writing  to Contractor within 1 week of receipt of the completed product list.  No response within  this period constitutes no objection  to  listed manufacturers or products but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract  Documents.    The  Architect/Engineer's  response will  include  a  list  of unacceptable product  selections,  containing  a brief explanation of  reasons  for this action. 

 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Source Limitations:   To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. 

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 60 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. Deliver,  store,  and  handle  products  according  to  the  manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 

1. Schedule  delivery  to  minimize  long‐term  storage  at  the  site  and  to  prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 

2. Coordinate delivery with  installation  time  to assure minimum holding  time  for items  that  are  flammable,  hazardous,  easily  damaged,  or  sensitive  to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 

3. Deliver products  to  the  site  in  an undamaged  condition  in  the manufacturer's original  sealed  container or other packaging  system,  complete with  labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 

4. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather  tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate  to prevent condensation.  Maintain  temperature  and  humidity within  range  required  by manufacturer's instructions. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION 

A. General  Product  Requirements:    Provide  products  that  comply  with  the  Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise  indicated, new at the time of installation. 

1. Provide  products  complete  with  accessories,  trim,  finish,  safety  guards,  and other devices and details needed  for a complete  installation and  the  intended use and effect. 

2. Standard  Products:   Where  available, provide  standard products of  types  that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS 

A. Comply  with  manufacturer's  instructions  and  recommendations  for  installation  of products  in  the  applications  indicated.    Anchor  each  product  securely  in  place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. 

1. Clean  exposed  surfaces  and  protect  as  necessary  to  ensure  freedom  from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 70 00 ‐ 1 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 70 00 ‐ CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Submittal of warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 

B. Closeout  requirements  for  specific  construction  activities  are  included  in  the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 

A. Preliminary Procedures:   Before  requesting  inspection  for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following.  List exceptions in the request. 

1. In  the  Application  for  Payment  that  coincides with,  or  first  follows,  the  date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 

a. Include  supporting  documentation  for  completion  as  indicated  in  these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 

b. If 100 percent  completion  cannot be  shown,  include a  list of  incomplete items, the value of  incomplete construction, and reasons the Work  is not complete. 

2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final 

certifications, and similar documents. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 70 00 ‐ 2 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

4. Obtain  and  submit  releases enabling  the Owner unrestricted use of  the work.  Include occupancy permits and similar releases. 

5. Submit  record drawings, damage or  settlement  surveys, property  surveys, and similar final record information. 

6. Deliver spare parts and similar items. 7. Make  final  changeover  of  permanent  locks  and  transmit  keys  to  the  Owner.  

Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Discontinue  and  remove  temporary  facilities  from  the  site,  construction  tools, 

and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements. 

B. Inspection Procedures:  On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect/Engineer will either proceed with  inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements.  The Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection  or  advise  the  Contractor  of  construction  that  must  be  completed  or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 

1. The Architect/Engineer will repeat  inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 

2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 

3. Cost  and  Architect/Engineer  fees  for multiple  or  extensive  inspections  due  to incomplete  or  faulty  work  by  the  Contractor  may  be  deducted  from  the contractor's contract. 

1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 

A. Preliminary  Procedures:    Before  requesting  final  inspection  for  certification  of  final acceptance and final payment, complete the following.  List exceptions in the request. 

1. Submit the  final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not  previously  submitted  and  accepted.    Include  insurance  certificates  for products and completed operations where required. 

2. Submit  an  updated  final  statement,  accounting  for  final  additional  changes  to the Contract Sum. 

3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect/Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Architect/Engineer.  The certified  copy  of  the  list  shall  state  that  each  item  has  been  completed  or otherwise  resolved  for  acceptance  and  shall  be  endorsed  and  dated  by  the Architect/Engineer. 

4. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 5. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 6. Submit  evidence  of  final,  continuing  insurance  coverage  complying  with 

insurance requirements. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 70 00 ‐ 3 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B. Re‐inspection  Procedure:    The  Architect/Engineer  will  re‐inspect  the  Work  upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has  been  completed,  except  for  items  whose  completion  is  delayed  under circumstances acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 

1. Upon  completion  of  re‐inspection,  the  Architect/Engineer  will  prepare  a certificate of final acceptance.  If the Work is incomplete, the Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 

2. If necessary, re‐inspection will be repeated. 3. Cost  and  Architect/Engineer  fees  for multiple  or  extensive  inspections  due  to 

incomplete  or  faulty  work  by  the  Contractor  may  be  deducted  from  the contractor's contract. 

1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS 

A. Record Drawings:   Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black  line white‐prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.  Mark the set to show the actual installation where  the  installation varies  substantially  from  the Work as originally  shown.   Mark which  drawing  is most  capable  of  showing  conditions  fully  and  accurately.   Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross‐reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings.   Give  particular  attention  to  concealed  elements  that would  be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 

1. Mark  record  sets  with  red  erasable  pencil.    Use  other  colors  to  distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 

2. Mark new  information  that  is  important  to  the Owner but was not  shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 

3. Note related change‐order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets  into manageable sets.   Bind sets with durable‐

paper  cover  sheets; print  suitable  titles, dates, and other  identification on  the cover of each set. 

B. Record Specifications:   Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual,  including addenda.    Include with  the  Project Manual  one  copy  of  other written  construction documents,  such  as Change Orders  and modifications  issued  in printed  form during construction. 

1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 

2. Give  particular  attention  to  substitutions  and  selection  of  options  and information  on  concealed  construction  that  cannot  otherwise  be  readily discerned later by direct observation. 

3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 70 00 ‐ 4 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

4. Upon  completion  of  the  Work,  submit  record  Specifications  to  the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. 

C. Record  Product  Data:   Maintain  one  copy  of  each  Product  Data  submittal.    Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 

1. Mark these documents to show significant variations  in actual Work performed in  comparison  with  information  submitted.    Include  variations  in  products delivered  to  the  site and  from  the manufacturer's  installation  instructions and recommendations. 

2. Give particular attention  to concealed products and portions of  the Work  that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 

3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 

3.2 FINAL CLEANING 

A. General:    The  General  Conditions  require  general  cleaning  during  construction.  Regular  site  cleaning  is  included  in  Division 1  Section  "Construction  Facilities  and Temporary Controls." 

 B.  Clean  the  site,  including  landscape development  areas, of  rubbish,  litter,  and other 

foreign substances.  Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits.  Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even‐textured surface. 

C. Removal  of  Protection:    Remove  temporary  protection  and  facilities  installed  for protection of the Work during construction. 

D. Compliance:    Comply  with  regulations  of  authorities  having  jurisdiction  and  safety standards  for cleaning.   Do not burn waste materials.   Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property.   Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems.  Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 74 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 01 74 00 ‐ WARRANTIES 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This  Section  includes  administrative  and  procedural  requirements  for  warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer’s standard warranties on products and special warranties. 

1. Refer  to  the  General  Conditions  for  terms  of  the  Contractor's  period  for correction of the Work. 

B. Related  Sections:    The  following  Sections  contain  requirements  that  relate  to  this Section: 

1. Division 1  Section  01  30  00  "Submittals"  specifies  procedures  for  submitting warranties. 

2. Division 1  Section  01  70  00  "Contract  Closeout"  specifies  contract  closeout procedures. 

3. Divisions  2  through  16  Sections  for  specific  requirements  for  warranties  on products and installations specified to be warranted. 

4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 

C. Disclaimers  and  Limitations:   Manufacturer's  disclaimers  and  limitations  on  product warranties  do  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  the  warranty  on  the  Work  that incorporates  the  products.   Manufacturer's  disclaimers  and  limitations  on  product warranties  do  not  relieve  suppliers, manufacturers,  and  subcontractors  required  to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 

D. Each contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own contract. 

1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS 

A. Related  Damages  and  Losses:    When  correcting  failed  or  damaged  warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 74 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

such  failure  or must  be  removed  and  replaced  to  provide  access  for  correction  of warranted construction. 

B. Reinstatement of Warranty:   When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected  by  replacement  or  rebuilding,  reinstate  the  warranty  by  written endorsement.  The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. 

C. Replacement Cost:   Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents.  The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. 

D. Owner's  Recourse:    Expressed  warranties  made  to  the  Owner  are  in  addition  to implied warranties  and  shall  not  limit  the  duties,  obligations,  rights,  and  remedies otherwise  available  under  the  law.    Expressed  warranty  periods  shall  not  be interpreted  as  limitations  on  the  time  in which  the Owner  can  enforce  such  other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 

1. Rejection of Warranties:  The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 

E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of  the Work,  the Owner  reserves  the  right  to  refuse  to accept  the Work,  until  the  Contractor  presents  evidence  that  entities  required  to  countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

A. Submit written warranties  to  the  Architect/Engineer  prior  to  the  date  certified  for Substantial  Completion.    If  the  Architect/Engineer's  Certificate  of  Substantial Completion designates a commencement date  for warranties other  than  the date of Substantial  Completion  for  the Work,  or  a  designated  portion  of  the Work,  submit written warranties upon request of the Architect/Engineer. 

1. When a designated portion of the Work  is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect/Engineer within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. 

B. When  the  Contract  Documents  require  the  Contractor,  or  the  Contractor  and  a subcontractor,  supplier  or  manufacturer  to  execute  a  special  warranty,  prepare  a 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  01 74 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

written  document  that  contains  appropriate  terms  and  identification,  ready  for execution  by  the  required  parties.    Submit  a  draft  to  the  Owner,  through  the Architect/Engineer, for approval prior to final execution. 

1. Refer  to Divisions 2  through 16 Sections  for specific content  requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. 

C. Form of Submittal:   At Final Completion compile 2 copies of each  required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer.   Organize the warranty documents  into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 

D. Bind warranties  and  bonds  in  heavy‐duty,  commercial‐quality,  durable  3‐ring,  vinyl‐covered  loose‐leaf  binders,  thickness  as  necessary  to  accommodate  contents,  and sized to receive 8‐1/2‐by‐11‐inch (115‐by‐280‐mm) paper. 

1. Provide  heavy  paper  dividers  with  celluloid  covered  tabs  for  each  separate warranty.   Mark the tab to  identify the product or  installation.   Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer. 

2. Identify  each  binder  on  the  front  and  spine  with  the  typed  or  printed  title "WARRANTIES," Project title or name, and name of the Contractor. 

3. When  warranted  construction  requires  operation  and  maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for  inclusion in each required manual. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  (Not Applicable) 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 1 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 10 00 ‐ SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This Section includes the following: 

1. Demolition and removal of selected components of a building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations. 

B. Related Sections include the following: 

1. Division 1 Section – 01 01 00 “Summary of Work”  2. Division 1 Section – 01 50 00  "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls" 

for temporary construction and environmental‐protection measures for selective demolition operations. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Remove:  Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off‐site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. 

B. Remove  and  Salvage:   Detach  items  from  existing  construction  and deliver  them  to Owner ready for reuse. 

 C.  Remove and Reinstall:  Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, 

and reinstall them where indicated. 

D. Existing to Remain:  Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise  indicated  to be  removed,  removed and salvaged, or  removed and reinstalled. 

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 2 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. The Owner reserves the right to claim any  item or material removed from the site or structure.  Before starting selective demolition, Contractor shall verify if there are any items  the  Owner  wished  to  keep  and  remove  these  items  with  care  and  store  in location directed by Owner. 

B. Except  for  items  or  materials  indicated  to  be  reused,  salvaged,  reinstalled,  or otherwise  indicated  to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site at no cost to the Owner. 

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Professional  Engineer  Qualifications:    Comply  with  Division 1  Section  "Quality Requirements." 

B. Regulatory Requirements:  Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning  selective  demolition.    Comply  with  hauling  and  disposal  regulations  of authorities having jurisdiction. 

C. Standards:  Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS 

A. Maintain access to existing walkways, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.  

B. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. 

1. Conditions existing at time of  inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 

C. Hazardous Materials:  It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 

1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If materials  suspected  of  containing  hazardous materials  are  encountered,  do 

not  disturb;  immediately  notify  Architect/Engineer  and  Owner.    Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. 

D. Sale of removed items or materials on‐site will not be permitted. 

E. Utility  Service:   Maintain existing utilities  indicated  to  remain  in  service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 

1. Maintain  fire‐protection  facilities  in  service  during  selective  demolition operations. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 3 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS 

A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials  that  visually match  existing  adjacent  surfaces  to  the  fullest  extent possible. 

2. Use materials whose  installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. 

B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections. 

 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 EXAMINATION 

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. 

B. Survey  existing  conditions  and  correlate with  requirements  indicated  to  determine extent of selective demolition required. 

C. Inventory and record the condition of  items to be removed and reinstalled and  items to be removed and salvaged. 

D. When  unanticipated mechanical,  electrical,  or  structural  elements  that  conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.  Promptly submit a written report to Architect/Engineer. 

E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might  result  in  structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations. 

F. Perform  surveys  as  the Work  progresses  to  detect  hazards  resulting  from  selective demolition activities. 

3.2  UTILITY SERVICES 

A.  Existing  Utilities:   Maintain  services  indicated  to  remain  and  protect  them  against damage during selective demolition operations. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 4 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B.  Do  not  interrupt  existing  utilities  serving  occupied  or  operating  facilities  unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.  Provide temporary services  during  interruptions  to  existing  utilities,  as  acceptable  to  Owner  and  to authorities having jurisdiction. 

1. Provide  at  least  72  hours'  notice  to Owner  if  shutdown  of  service  is  required during changeover. 

C. Utility Requirements:  Locate, identify, disconnect and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 

  1.   If utility services are required to be removed, relocated or abandoned, before        proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass         area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other          parts of building. 

          2.  Cut off pipe or conduit  in walls or partitions to be removed.   Cap, valve or plug   and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. 

3.3          PREPARATION 

A.  Site Access and Temporary Controls:  Conduct selective demolition and debris‐removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.  Coordinate with Owner. 

1.  Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used  facilities  without  permission  from  Owner  and  authorities  having jurisdiction.  Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 

2. Erect  temporary  protection,  such  as  walks,  fences,  railings,  canopies,  and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 

3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 4. Erect  a  plainly  visible  fence  around  drip  line  of  individual  trees  or  around 

perimeter drop line of groups of trees to remain.  

B. Temporary Facilities:   Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to                           prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 

 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition 

area and to and from occupied portions of building. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 5 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Provide  temporary  weather  protection,  during  interval  between  selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 

4. Cover  and  protect  furniture,  furnishings,  and  equipment  that  have  not  been removed. 

C. Temporary  Enclosures:    Provide  temporary  enclosures  for  protection  of  existing building and  construction,  in progress and  completed,  from exposure,  foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities.  Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 

1.   Where  heating  or  cooling  is  needed  and  permanent  enclosure  is  not  complete, provide  insulated  temporary  enclosures.    Coordinate  enclosure with  ventilating  and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.  

D. Temporary  Partitions:    Erect  and  maintain  dustproof  partitions  and  temporary enclosures  to  limit  dust  and  dirt migration  and  to  separate  areas  from  fumes  and noise. 

E. Temporary  Shoring:    Prove  and  maintain  interior  and  exterior  shoring,  bracing  or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement or collapse of construction  to  remain, and  to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 

 3.4          POLLUTION CONTROLS 

A. Dust Control:   Use temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to  limit spread of dust and dirt.  Comply with governing environmental‐protection regulations. 

B. Disposal:    Remove  and  transport  debris  in  a manner  that  will  prevent  spillage  on adjacent surfaces and areas. 

 C. Cleaning:  Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused 

by selective demolition operations.  Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 

3.5  SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 6 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A.  General:   Demolish and  remove existing construction only  to  the extent  required by   new  construction  and  as  indicated.    Use methods  required  to  complete  the Work   within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 

1. Proceed  with  selective  demolition  systematically,  from  higher  to  lower  level.  Complete  selective  demolition  operations  above  each  floor  or  tier  before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square and true to dimensions required.  Use cutting methods  least  likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.    Use  hand  tools  or  small  power  tools  designed  for  sawing  or grinding,  not  hammering  and  chopping,  to minimize  disturbance  of  adjacent surfaces,  Temporarily cover openings to remain.     

3. Cut or drill  from  the exposed or  finished  side  into concealed  surfaces  to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials.  At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden  space before  starting  flame‐cutting operations.   Maintain  fire watch and portable fire‐suppression devices during flame‐cutting operations. 

5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove  decayed,  vermin‐infested,  or  otherwise  dangerous  or  unsuitable 

materials and promptly dispose of off‐site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to 

avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate  selective demolition equipment and  remove debris and materials  so as 

not to impose accessible loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 10. Return elements of  construction  and  surfaces  that  are  to  remain  to  condition 

existing before selective demolition operations began.  

B.  Removed and Reinstalled Items:  Comply with the following:  

1.  Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.   2.  Reinstall items in locations indicated.  Comply with installation requirements for   new  materials  and  equipment.    Provide  connections,  supports,  and   miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 

C.  Existing  Items  to Remain:   Protect  construction  indicated  to  remain  against damage   and soiling during selective demolition.  When permitted by Architect/Engineer, items   may be removed to a suitable, protected storage  location during selective demolition   and  cleaned  and  reinstalled  in  their  original  locations  after  selective  demolition   operations are complete. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 10 00 ‐ 7 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

D. Concrete:  Demolish in sections.  Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to  remain  and  at  regular  intervals,  using  power‐driven  saw,  then  remove  concrete between saw cuts.  Confirm utilities are not within slab prior to and as work proceeds. 

E. Masonry:   Demolish  in small sections.   Cut masonry at  junctures with construction to remain, using power‐driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.   

F. Concrete Slabs‐on‐Grade:  Saw‐cut perimeter or area to be demolished, then break up and remove.  Confirm utilities are not within slab prior to and as work proceeds. 

G. Resilient  Floor  Coverings:    Remove  floor  coverings  and  adhesive  according  to recommendations in RFCI‐WP and its Addendum. 1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one 

of the methods recommended by RFCI. 

H. Roofing:   Remove no more existing  roofing  than  can be  covered  in one day by new roofing.   Replace with  roofing  to match existing  condition unless being  replace with new roofing. 

3.6  PATCHING AND REPAIRS 

A.  General:    Promptly  repair  damage  to  adjacent  construction  caused  by  selective   demolition operations. 

3.7   DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS 

A.  General:    Promptly  dispose  of  demolished  materials.    Do  not  allow  demolished   materials to accumulate on‐site. 

B.  Burning:  Do not burn demolished materials. 

C.  Disposal:    Transport  demolished materials  off Owner's  property  and  legally  dispose   and maintain proper records for them. 

END OF SECTION  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 11 00 ‐ 1 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 11 00 – SITE CLEARING  1. PART 1    GENERAL    1.1   SECTION INCLUDES       A.  Remove surface debris.         B.  Milling and removal of pavement.       C.  Remove aggregate base, paving, curbs, as noted and as required.       D.  Remove shrubs as required.       E.  Remove root system of shrubs and trees as required.       F.  Remove, stock pile, and reinstall topsoil as required.  

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS  

A. Site work performed in conjunction with this section. Section 02 92 30 – Landscape Grading    02 93 60 – Seeding  

  1.3    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS       A.  Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris.        B.  Coordinate site clearing Work with utility companies.   2. PART 2   PRODUCTS      NOT USED.   3. PART 3   EXECUTION    3.1  PREPARATION       A.  Verify that existing plant life designated to remain, is tagged or identified.    3.2  PROTECTION       A.  Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  02 11 00 ‐ 2 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

     B.  Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain with owner prior to starting work, as final landscaping. 

      C.  Protect bench marks and existing structures from damage or displacement.     3.3  CLEARING       A.  Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work.       B.  Remove materials as  indicated on drawings and as  required  to complete 

work.       C.  Remove shrubs. Remove stumps, main root ball, and surface rock.         3.4  REMOVAL       A.  Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site.       END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 75 00 ‐ 1 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 75 00 – CONCRETE PAVING  PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SUBMITTALS 

     A.  Producet Data:  Provide data on joint filler, admixtures, and cuaring compound.  

    B.  Design Data:  Indicate pavement thickness, designed concrete strength,                     reinforcement, and typical details.  

    C.  Batch tickets.    

1.2  QUALITY      A.  Concrete Manufacturer:  Complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements.  

    B.  All concrete, concrete accessories, details, and installation shall comply with                             requirements of Authorities having jurisdiction.  Should a conflict occure,                                                 coordinate resolution with Owner/Architect. 

 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1  PAVING ASSEMBLIES 

A. Comply with applicable requirements of ACI 301. 

B. Design paving for parking, and movement of trucks up to 30,000 lbs. 

2.2   FORM MATERIALS 

A. Form Material:  Conform to ACI 301. 

B. Form‐Release  Agent:    Form‐release  agent  that  will  not  stain  or  adversely  affect concrete surfaces. 

C. Joint  Filler:    Preformed;  non‐extruding  bituminous  type  (ASTM D1751)  or  sponge rubber or cork (ASTM D1752). 

  1.  Thickness:  ½ inch. 

2.3   REINFORCEMENT 

  A.  Reinforceming  Steel:    ASTM  A615/A615M  Grade  60  (420);  deformed  billet  steel   bars; unfinished finish. 

  B.  Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement:   Plain  type, ASTM A185/A185M;  in  flat  sheets;   unfinished. 

  C.  Dowels:  ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60 (420); deforamed billet steel bars; unfinished   finish. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 75 00 ‐ 2 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

  D.  Bar  Supports:    Bolsters,  chairs,  spaces,  and  other  devices;  manufacature  and   installation to be CRSI complient. 

 

  E.  Fiber  Reinforcement:    Synthetic  Fiber  –  monofilament  polypropylene  fibers engineered and desined  for use  in concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type 111, .5 to 1.5 inches long. 

2.4    CONCRETE MATERIALS 

  A.  Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout. 

  B.  Cement:  ASTM C150 Air Entraining – Type IIA Portland type, grey color. 

  C.  Fine and Coarse Mix Aggregates:  ASTM C33. 

    1.  Class 4S coarse aggregate, uniformly graded. 

  D.  Fly Ash:  ASTM C618, Class C or F. 

  E.  Ground Blast‐Furnace Slag:  ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. 

  F.  Water:  Clean and naot detrimental to concrete. 

  G.  Fiber  Reinforcement:    ASTM  C1116;  Synthetic  fibers  shown  to  have  long‐term   resistance  to  deterioration when  in  contact with  alkalis  and moisture;  2‐1/4  inch   length. 

  H.  Air Entrainment Admixture:  ASTM C260. 

  I.  Chemical  Admixtures:    STM  C494/C494M,  Type  A‐Water  Reducing,  Type  B  –   Retarding, Type D – Water Reducing and Retarding, Type F – Water Reducing, High   Range, and Type G‐Water Reducing, High Range and Retarding; and ASTM C 1017/C   1017M, Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture, Type II. 

    1.  Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1        percent by weight of cement. 

  

2.5   ACCESORIES 

A. Curing Compound:  ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B. 

B. Evaporation  Retarder:   Waterborne, monomolecular  film  forming, manufacatured for application to fresh concrete. 

C. Joint Sealant:   Multicomponent, Pourable, Traffic‐Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant for Concrete:  ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T. 

2.6    CONCRETE MIX DESIGN 

  A.  Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete:  Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 75 00 ‐ 3 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

  B.  Concrete Strength:  Establish required average strength for concrete on the basis of      field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 

  C.  Admixtures:  Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates      recommended by manufacturer. 

  D.  Fiber Reinforcement:  Add to mix at rate of 3 pounds per cubic yard, or as          recommended by manufacturer and approved by Owner/Architec for specific        project conditions. 

  E.  Concrete Properties: 

      1.  Compressive Strength, when tested in accordane with ASTM C39/C39M at 28        days: 4,000 psi. 

      2.  Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland          cement in concrete as follows: 

        a.  Fly Ash Content:  Maximum 25 percent of cementitious materials by weight.         b.  Gound Blast‐Furnace Slag:  Maximum 50 percent of cementitious materials  

        by weight.          c.  Combined Fly Ash and Gound Granulated Blast‐Furnace Slag:  50 percent   

        portland cement minimum, with fly ash not exceeding 25 percent. 

      3.  Water‐Chement Ratio:  Maximum 45 percent by weight. 

      4.  Total Air Content:  6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM              C173/C173M. 

      5.  Maximum Slump:  4 inches. 

      6.  Maximum Aggregate:  ¾ inch. 

2.7    MIXING 

  A.  Transit Mixers:  Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1   PREPARATION  

A. Protections: 

1. Protect existing trees, shrubs, plants and grass to remain.   a.  Locate and flag trees, shrubs and plants to remain or be located. 

2.  Protect existing site improvements to remain. 

3.  Restore  damaged  improvements  or  vegetation  to  original  condition,  or  as   acceptable to Owner/Architect. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 75 00 ‐ 4 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B. Provide  temporary  erosion  and  sediment  control  as  indicated  and/or  required  by Authorities having jurisdiction. 

C. Remove above and below grade  improvements as  indicated or as required  for  the work. 

1. Remove curbs, paving, slabs, and aggregate base as indicated.   a.  Where existing full depth joints don’t coincide with the line of         demolition, neatly saw‐cut pavement to remain. 

2.  Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations. 

3.  Place  approved  fill  material  in  loose  layers  not  exceeding  8  inches,  and   compact  layers  to  a  density  equal  to  that  of  the  adjacent  undisturbed   ground. 

D. Remove and legally dispose of off‐site all surplus, demolition, and waste materials. 

E. Proof‐roll  prepared  subbase  surface  below  concrete  pavements  with  heavy pneumatic‐tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 

    1.  Subbae with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of ½       inch require correction. 

3.2   FORMING 

A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile and gradient. 

3.3   REINFORCEMENT 

A.   Accurately position and support reinforcement in compliance with CRSI. 

B.   Place reinforcement as indicated. 

3.4   COLD AND HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 

A. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. 

B. Follow recommendation of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. 

3.5   PLACING CONCRETE 

A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. 

B. Locate  and  install  contraction,  construction,  isolation,  and  expansion  joints  as indicated or required. 

1. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless other wise indiated. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3. Where joint sealant is indicated, terminate joint filler not less than ½ inch or 

more than 1 inch below finished surface for placement of sealant. 4. Doweled  Joints:    Install dowel bars and  support assemblies at  joints where 

indicated.    Lubricate  or  asphalt‐coat  one‐half  of  dowel  length  to  prevent concrete bonding to oe side of joint. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 75 00 ‐ 5 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

5. Grooved Joints:  Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of  joint with  grooving  tool  to  a ¼‐inch  radius.   Repeat grooving  of  contraction  joints  after  applying  surface  finishes.    Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. 

C. Edging:    Tool  edges of pavement,  gutters,  and  curbs,  and  joints  in  concrete  after initial floating with an edging tool to a ¼‐inch radius.  Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes.  Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 

D. Moisten  subbase  to  provide  a  uniform  dampened  condition  at  time  concrete  is places.  Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. 

E. Pavement tolerances:  Comply with tolerances of ACI 117. 

  1.  Float surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of ¼ inch in 10 feet. 

3.6   FINISHING 

A. Area Paving:  Medium broom, texture perpendicular to pavement direction. 

B. Sidewalk Paving:  Medium broom, texture perpendicular to pacement direction with troweled and radiused edge ¼ inch radius. 

C. Curbs and Gutters:  Medium broom, texture perpendicular to pavement direction. 

D. Inclined Vehicular Ramps:  Broomed perpendicular to slope. 

3.7   CURING 

A. Begin curing after finishing concrete.  Keep concret continuously moinst for at least seven days or apply membrane‐forming curing compound to concrete. 

3.8   TESTING 

A. Contractor  shall  employ  a  testing  agency  to  sample  concrete,  perform  tests,  and submit test reports during concrete placement. 

3.9   REPAIRS AND PROTECTION 

A. Remove  and  replace  concrete  paving  that  is  broken,  damaged,  or  that  does  not comply with requirements in the Section. 

B. Exclude  traffice  from  paving  for  at  least  14  days.   When  construction  traffice  is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. 

 

END OF SECTION 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 92 30 ‐ 1 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 92 30 – LANDSCAPE GRADING   1. PART 1 GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES      A.  Final grade topsoil for finish landscaping.    1.2  RELATED SECTIONS        A.  Landscape grading used in conjunction with General Requirements.           Division 1 – General Requirements.      B.  Landscape Grading used in conjunction with Site work:           Section 02 21 00 – Site Clearing                 02 93 00 – Exterior Plants                 02 93 60 – Seeding    2. PART 2 PRODUCTS    2.1  MATERIAL  

A. Topsoil:  ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 6% organic material    content;  free of  stones 1  inch or  larger  in  any dimension  and other extraneous                   materials harmful to plant growth.   1.  Top  Soil  Source  – provide  imported or manufactured  topsoil  from off‐site                           sources. Obtain  locally  productive  soil  capable  of  sustaining  vigorous  plant                          growth  and  free  of  clay,  lumps,  subsoil,  noxious  weeds,  or  other  foreign                               matter  such  as  stone,  roots,  sticks  and  other  extraneous  materials‐  not                                muddy or frozen. 

 3. PART 3 EXECUTION    3.1  EXAMINATION      A.  Verify porch and stoop foundation backfilling has been inspected.      B.  Verify substrate base has been contoured and compacted.    3.2  SUBSTRATE PREPARATION      A.  Eliminate uneven areas and low spots.      B.  Remove  debris,  roots,  branches,  stones,  in  excess  of  1/2  inch  in  size.    Remove 

subsoil contaminated with petroleum products. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 92 30 ‐ 2 of 2 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

     C.  Scarify sub grade to depth of 3 inches where topsoil is scheduled.  Scarify in areas 

where  equipment  is used  for hauling  and  spreading  topsoil  and has  compacted subsoil. 

   3.3  PLACING TOPSOIL      A.  Place  topsoil  in  areas where  seeding  to  thickness  as  scheduled.    Place  topsoil 

during dry weather.      B.  Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas.  Maintain profiles and contour of 

sub grade.      C.  Remove roots, weeds, rocks and foreign material while spreading.      D.  Manually spread topsoil close to trees, plants, and building to prevent damage.      E.  Roll placed topsoil.      F.  Place surplus subsoil and topsoil on site as directed by Construction Manager.      G.  Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping.    3.4  TOLERANCES      A.  Top of Topsoil:  Plus or minus 1/2 inch.    3.5  PROTECTION      A.  Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work.      B.  Protect existing structure, sidewalks, utilities, paving and curbs.    3.6  SCHEDULES      A.  Compacted topsoil thickness at the following areas:       1.  Seeded Grass:  6 inches.           END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 1 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 93 00 ‐ EXTERIOR PLANTS 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Drawings and general provisions of  the Contract,  including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ground Cover 2. Shrubs 3. Trees

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Balled and Burlapped Stock:  Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they  are  grown, with  ball  size  not  less  than  diameter  and  depth  recommended  by ANSI Z60.1  for  type  and  size  of  tree  or  shrub  required;  wrapped,  tied,  rigidly supported, and drum‐laced as recommended by ANSI Z60.1. 

B. Balled and Potted Stock:  Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown and placed, unbroken, in a container.  Ball size is not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior plant required. 

C. Container‐Grown  Stock:    Healthy,  vigorous,  well‐rooted  exterior  plants  grown  in  a container  with  well‐established  root  system  reaching  sides  of  container  and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container.  Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball  shape and protect  root mass during  shipping and be  sized according  to ANSI Z60.1 for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required. 

D. Finish Grade:  Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. 

E. Manufactured Topsoil:  Soil produced off‐site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil. 

F. Planting Soil:   Native or  imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 2 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

G. Subgrade:   Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil. 

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Installer  Qualifications:    A  qualified  landscape  installer  whose  work  has  resulted  in successful establishment of exterior plants. 

1. Installer's  Field  Supervision:   Require  Installer  to maintain an experienced  full‐time supervisor on Project site when exterior planting is in progress. 

B. Provide quality,  size, genus,  species, and variety of exterior plants  indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock." 

C. Tree  and  Shrub Measurements:   Measure  according  to  ANSI Z60.1 with  branches  and trunks or canes in their normal position.  Do not prune to obtain required sizes.  Take caliper measurements 6 inches above ground for trees up to 4‐inch caliper size, and 12 inches above ground for  larger sizes.   Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip‐to‐tip. 

D. Observation:  Architect may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality.    Architect  retains  right  to  observe  trees  and  shrubs  further  for  size  and condition of balls and root systems,  insects,  injuries, and  latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory  or  defective material  at  any  time  during  progress  of work.    Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 

1. Notify Owner / Architect of sources of planting materials seven days in advance of delivery to site. 

E. Preinstallation  Conference:    Conduct  conference  at  Project  site  to  comply  with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 

A. Deliver exterior plants freshly dug. 

1. Immediately  after  digging  up  bare‐root  stock,  pack  root  system  in wet  straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until planting. 

B. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery, except as approved by Architect.  Protect bark,  branches,  and  root  systems  from  sun  scald,  drying,  sweating,  whipping,  and other handling and tying damage.   Do not bend or bind‐tie trees or shrubs  in such a 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 3 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

manner  as  to  destroy  their  natural  shape.    Provide  protective  covering  of  exterior plants during delivery.  Do not drop exterior plants during delivery. 

C. Handle planting stock by root ball. 

D. Deliver exterior plants  after preparations  for planting have been  completed and  install immediately.    If  planting  is  delayed more  than  six  hours  after  delivery,  set  exterior plants trees  in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other 

acceptable material. 2. Do not remove container‐grown stock from containers before time of planting. 3. Water  root  systems  of  exterior  plants  stored  on‐site  with  a  fine‐mist  spray.  

Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition. 

1.6 COORDINATION 

A. Planting  Restrictions:    Plant  during  one  of  the  following  periods.    Coordinate  planting periods  with  maintenance  periods  to  provide  required  maintenance  from  date  of Substantial Completion. 

1. Spring Planting:  March 15 until June 15 2. Fall Planting:  August 15 until October 15 

B. Weather Limitations:   Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 

C. Coordination with Lawns:   Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and before planting lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 

1. When planting  trees and  shrubs after  lawns, protect  lawn areas and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 

1.7 WARRANTY 

A. Special  Warranty:    Warrant  the  following  exterior  plants,  for  the  warranty  period indicated,  against  defects  including  death  and  unsatisfactory  growth,  except  for defects resulting from  lack of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. 

1. Warranty  Period  for  Trees  and  Shrubs:    One  year  from  date  of  Substantial Completion. 

2. Warranty  Period  for  Ground  Cover  and  Plants:    Six  months  from  date  of Substantial Completion. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 4 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3. Remove dead exterior plants immediately.  Replace immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. 

4. Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or  in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. 

5. A  limit of one  replacement of  each  exterior plant will be  required, except  for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. 

1.8 MAINTENANCE 

A. Trees and Shrubs:  Maintain for the following maintenance period by pruning, cultivating, watering,  weeding,  fertilizing,  restoring  planting  saucers,  tightening  and  repairing stakes  and  guy  supports,  and  resetting  to  proper  grades  or  vertical  position,  as required  to establish healthy, viable plantings.    Spray as  required  to keep  trees and shrubs free of insects and disease.  Restore or replace damaged tree wrappings. 

1. Maintenance Period:  12 months from date of Substantial Completion. 

B. Ground Cover and Plants:   Maintain  for  the  following maintenance period by watering, weeding,  fertilizing,  and  other  operations  as  required  to  establish  healthy,  viable plantings: 

1. Maintenance Period:  Six months from date of Substantial Completion. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL 

A. General:    Furnish  nursery‐grown  trees  and  shrubs  complying  with  ANSI Z60.1,  with healthy  root  systems  developed  by  transplanting  or  root  pruning.    Provide  well‐shaped,  fully branched, healthy, vigorous  stock  free of disease,  insects, eggs,  larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. 

B. Grade:  Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of  trees  and  shrubs  required.    Trees  and  shrubs  of  a  larger  size  may  be  used  if acceptable to Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. 

C. Label  each  tree  and  shrub  with  securely  attached,  waterproof  tag  bearing  legible designation of botanical and common name. 

D. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 5 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs is shown, select stock for uniform height and spread, and number label to assure symmetry in planting. 

2.2 SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES 

A. Shade  Trees:    Single‐stem  trees  with  straight  trunk,  well‐balanced  crown,  and  intact leader,  of  height  and  caliper  indicated,  complying with ANSI Z60.1  for  type  of  trees required. 

1. Provide balled and burlapped trees. 2. Branching Height:  One‐third to one‐half of tree height. 

B. Small Upright Trees:   Branched or pruned naturally according  to species and  type, with relationship of  caliper, height, and branching according  to ANSI Z60.1;  stem  form as follows: 

1. Stem Form:  Single stem. 2. Provide balled and burlapped trees. 

2.3 TOPSOIL 

A. Topsoil:   ASTM D 5268, pH  range of 5.5  to 7, a minimum of 6 percent organic material content;  free  of  stones  1  inch  or  larger  in  any  dimension  and  other  extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 

1. Topsoil Source:  Provide imported or manufactured topsoil from off‐site sources.  Obtain  locally productive  soil  capable of  sustaining  vigorous plant  growth  and free  of  clay,  lumps,  subsoil,  noxious  weeds,  or  other  foreign matter  such  as stone, roots, sticks, and other extraneous materials – not muddy or frozen. 

2.4 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS 

A. Lime:    ASTM C 602,  agricultural  limestone  containing  a minimum  80  percent  calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 

1. Class:   Class T, with  a minimum 99 percent passing  through No. 8  sieve  and  a minimum 75 percent passing through No. 60 sieve. 

2. Class:   Class O, with a minimum 95 percent passing  through No. 8  sieve and a minimum 55 percent passing through No. 60 sieve. 

3. Provide lime in form of dolomitic limestone. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 6 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B. Sulfur:    Granular,  biodegradable,  containing  a minimum  of  90  percent  sulfur,  with  a minimum 99 percent passing through No. 6 sieve and a maximum 10 percent passing through No. 40 sieve. 

C. Iron Sulfate:  Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. 

D. Aluminum Sulfate:  Commercial grade, unadulterated. 

E. Perlite:  Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. 

F. Agricultural Gypsum:  Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 percent calcium sulfate. 

G. Sand:  Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials. 

H. Diatomaceous Earth:  Calcined, diatomaceous earth, 90 percent silica, with approximately 140 percent water absorption capacity by weight. 

I. Zeolites:  Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight. 

2.5 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS 

A. Compost:   Well‐composted, stable, and weed‐free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35  to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing  through 1/2‐inch sieve; soluble salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent  inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 

1. Organic Matter Content:  50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 2. Feedstock:   Agricultural,  food, or  industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; 

or source‐separated or compostable mixed solid waste. 

B. Peat:    Sphagnum  peat moss,  partially  decomposed,  finely  divided  or  granular  texture, with a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8. 

C. Peat:  Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed‐sedge peat and having a water‐absorbing capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent. 

D. Wood Derivatives:  Decomposed, nitrogen‐treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. 

1. In  lieu  of  decomposed  wood  derivatives,  mix  partially  decomposed  wood derivatives with at  least 0.15  lb of ammonium nitrate or 0.25  lb of ammonium sulfate per cubic foot of loose sawdust or ground bark. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 7 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2.6 FERTILIZER (for new seeding operations) 

A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of 4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent phosphoric acid. 

B. Superphosphate:    Commercial,  phosphate mixture,  soluble;  a minimum  of  20  percent available phosphoric acid. 

C. Commercial  Fertilizer:    Commercial‐grade  complete  fertilizer  of  neutral  character, consisting of fast‐ and slow‐release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources  of  urea  formaldehyde,  phosphorous,  and  potassium  in  the  following composition: 

1. Composition:  1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. 

2. Composition:  Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil‐testing agency. 

D. Slow‐Release  Fertilizer:   Granular  or  pelleted  fertilizer  consisting  of  50  percent water‐insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 

1. Composition:    10  percent  nitrogen,  6  percent  phosphorous,  and  4  percent potassium, by weight. 

2. Composition:  Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil‐testing agency. 

2.7 MULCHES 

A. Organic Mulch:   Free  from deleterious materials and suitable as a  top dressing of  trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 

1. Type:  Shredded hardwood. 

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS 

A. Antidesiccant:  Water‐insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees  and  shrubs.    Deliver  in  original,  sealed,  and  fully  labeled  containers  and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. 

B. Trunk‐Wrap  Tape:    Two  layers  of  crinkled  paper  cemented  together with  bituminous material, 4‐inch‐ wide minimum, with stretch factor of 33 percent. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 8 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2.9 PLANTING SOIL MIX 

A. Planting Soil Mix:   Mix  topsoil with  the  following soil amendments and  fertilizers  in  the following quantities: 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 EXAMINATION 

A. Examine areas to receive exterior plants for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting  installation  and  performance.    Proceed  with  installation  only  after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 

3.2 PREPARATION 

A. Protect  structures,  utilities,  sidewalks,  pavements,  and  other  facilities,  and  lawns  and existing exterior plants from damage caused by planting operations. 

B. Provide  erosion‐control  measures  to  prevent  erosion  or  displacement  of  soils  and discharge  of  soil‐bearing water  runoff  or  airborne  dust  to  adjacent  properties  and walkways. 

C. Lay  out  individual  tree  and  shrub  locations  and  areas  for multiple  exterior  plantings.  Stake locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Architect's acceptance of layout before planting.  Make minor adjustments as required. 

D. Lay out exterior plants at  locations directed by Architect.   Stake  locations of  individual trees and shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings. 

E. Apply antidesiccant  to  trees and shrubs using power spray  to provide an adequate  film over  trunks, branches,  stems,  twigs,  and  foliage  to protect during digging, handling, and transportation. 

1. If deciduous  trees or  shrubs are moved  in  full  leaf,  spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. 

3.3 PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT 

A. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 8 inches.  Remove stones larger than 1  inch  in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 

1. Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 9 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Thoroughly blend planting  soil mix off‐site before  spreading or  spread  topsoil, apply soil amendments and  fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix. 

3. Spread planting  soil mix  to a depth of 12  inches but not  less  than  required  to meet  finish  grades  after natural  settlement.   Do not  spread  if planting  soil  or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. 

a. Spread  approximately  one‐half  the  thickness  of  planting  soil  mix  over loosened subgrade.  Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade.  Spread remainder of planting soil mix. 

B. Finish  Grading:    Grade  planting  beds  to  a  smooth,  uniform  surface  plane with  loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 

C. Restore planting beds  if eroded or otherwise disturbed  after  finish  grading  and before planting. 

3.4 TREE AND SHRUB EXCAVATION 

A. Pits  and  Trenches:    Excavate  circular pits with  sides  sloped  inward.    Trim base  leaving center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist  in drainage.   Do not further disturb base.  Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 

1. Excavate  approximately  three  times  as  wide  as  ball  diameter  for  balled  and burlapped container‐grown stock. 

2. Excavate  at  least  12  inches  wider  than  root  spread  and  deep  enough  to accommodate vertical roots for bare‐root stock. 

3. If drain tile is shown or required under planted areas, excavate to top of porous backfill over tile. 

B. Subsoil removed from excavations may not be used as backfill. 

C. Obstructions:  Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. 

1. Hardpan  Layer:    Drill  6‐inch‐  diameter  holes  into  free‐draining  strata  or  to  a depth of 10 feet, whichever is less, and backfill with free‐draining material. 

D. Drainage:   Notify Architect  if  subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water  seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits. 

E. Fill  excavations with water  and  allow  to  percolate  away  before  positioning  trees  and shrubs. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 10 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.5 TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING 

A. Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball 2 inches above adjacent finish grades. 

1. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls and partially from sides, but do not remove from under root balls.  Remove pallets, if any, before setting.  Do  not  use  planting  stock  if  root  ball  is  cracked  or  broken  before  or  during planting operation. 

2. Place  planting  soil mix  around  root  ball  in  layers,  tamping  to  settle mix  and eliminate voids and air pockets.   When pit  is approximately one‐half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill.  Repeat watering until no more water  is absorbed.   Water again after placing and  tamping  final  layer of planting soil mix. 

B. Set container‐grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball 1 inch above adjacent finish grades. 

1. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 2. Place  planting  soil mix  around  root  ball  in  layers,  tamping  to  settle mix  and 

eliminate voids and air pockets.   When pit  is approximately one‐half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill.  Repeat watering until no more water  is absorbed.   Water again after placing and  tamping  final  layer of planting soil mix. 

3. Place  planting  soil mix  around  root  ball  in  layers,  tamping  to  settle mix  and eliminate voids and air pockets.   When pit  is approximately one‐half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill.  Repeat watering until no more water  is absorbed.   Water again after placing and  tamping  final  layer of planting soil mix. 

C. Wrap trees of 2‐inch caliper and larger with trunk‐wrap tape.  Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches.   Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach without causing girdling.    Inspect tree trunks for  injury,  improper pruning, and insect infestation; take corrective measures required before wrapping. 

3.6 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING 

A. Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs as directed by Architect. 

B. Prune,  thin,  and  shape  trees  and  shrubs  according  to  standard  horticultural  practice.  Prune  trees  to  retain  required  height  and  spread.    Unless  otherwise  indicated  by Architect,  do  not  cut  tree  leaders;  remove  only  injured  or  dead  branches  from flowering  trees.   Prune shrubs  to  retain natural character.   Shrub sizes  indicated are sizes after pruning. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 00 ‐ 11 of 11 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.7 PLANTING BED MULCHING 

A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. 

1. Organic Mulch:  Apply 3‐inch average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades.  Do not place mulch against plant stems. 

3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION 

A. During exterior planting, keep adjacent pavings and construction clean and work area  in an orderly condition. 

B. Protect exterior plants  from damage due  to  landscape operations, operations by other contractors  and  trades,  and  others.    Maintain  protection  during  installation  and maintenance periods.  Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting. 

3.9 DISPOSAL 

A. Disposal:   Remove  surplus  soil  and waste material,  including excess  subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 

END OF SECTION 02930 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 60 ‐ 1 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 02 93 60 – SEEDING   PART 1 GENERAL     1.1  SECTION INCLUDES            A.  Hydro seeding, mulching and fertilizer.      B.  Maintenance    1.2  REFERENCES      A.  FS O‐F‐241 ‐ Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial    1.3  DEFINITIONS      A.  Weeds:  Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quack grass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, 

Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 

       1.4   QUALITY ASSURANCE      A.  Provide seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of 

production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging.   B.  Contractor shall guarantee the production of a close stand of grass.  Reseeding      or resodding as necessary shall follow the Specifications for the initial        installation.        1.5   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS      A.  Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition.    1.6   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING      A.  Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 

60 00.        1.7   COORDINATION      A.  Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01 20 00. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 60 ‐ 2 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

         1.8   MAINTENANCE SERVICE      A.  Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well 

established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition for two cuttings.   PART 2 PRODUCTS    2.1  LAWN and GRASS      A.  Seed mixture shall consist of the following varieties mixed to proportions shown 

by weight:       25% Kentucky Bluegrass, POA pratensis, 80% Germ, 85% Pure, .5% weed       25% Creeping Red Fescue, Festuca Rubra, 85% Germ, 98% Pure, .5% weed       25% Rebel Jr. Tall Fescue, Restuca‐Arundinacea, 90% Germ, 98% Pure, .10% 

weed       25% Perennial Ryegrass, Lolium Perenne, 90% Germ, 98% Pure, .50% weed      A premixed grass seed would also be acceptable.  Seed mix should be optimized      for soil and site conditions.       B.  Seeding       Lawn areas shall be hydroseeded at the uniform rate of eight (8) pounds per      one thousand (1000) square feet for new seeding operations, and four (4)      pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet for overseeding, seeding by hand      or spreader is acceptable if seed is incorporated into the soil and covered with      peat or paper mulch.  Do not use straw!      Note:  areas shall be leveled as necessary so the surface is free from all        unsightly variations, bumps, ridges, depressions, debris, roots, branches, etc.        2.2   SOIL MATERIALS      A.  Topsoil:  See Section 00 29 30.  Supplied topsoil shall be local productive soil 

capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth and free of clay, lumps, subsoil, noxious weeds, or other foreign matter such as stone, roots, sticks and other extraneous materials – not muddy or frozen. 

   2.3   ACCESSORIES      A.  Mulching Material:  Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter 

detrimental to plant life, and dry.  Hay or chopped cornstalks are [not] acceptable. 

     B.  Fertilizer:  FS O‐F‐241, Type I Grade A; recommended for grass, with fifty percent 

of the elements derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil [to the following proportions: Nitrogen 10 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 60 ‐ 3 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

percent, phosphoric acid 20 percent, soluble potash 10 percent.      C.      Fertilizer: (for new seeding operations) slow release containing in available form 

a minimum of 10% nitrogen, 6% Phosphoric acid and 4% potash.      D.  Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit 

vigorous growth of grass.   PART 3 EXECUTION    3.1  EXAMINATION      A.  Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section.    3.2  FERTILIZING      A.  Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.       B.  Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction.      C.  Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to 

apply seed.      D.  Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil.      E.  Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer.      F.  Areas shall be leveled as necessary so the surface is free from all unsightly 

variations, bumps, ridges, depressions, debris, roots, branches, etc.    3.3  HYDROSEEDING      A.  Apply seeded slurry with a hydraulic seeder at a rate of 8 lbs per 1000 sq ft 

evenly in two intersecting directions.  If seeding by hand or spreader  apply at a rate of (4)  pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet for over seeding, if seed is incorporated into the soil and covered with peat or paper mulch.  Do not use straw. 

     B.  Do not hydro‐seed area in excess of that which can be mulched on same day.      C.  Immediately following seeding, apply mulch to a thickness of 1/8 inches.  

Maintain clear of shrubs and trees.      D.  Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched.  

Saturate to 4 inches of soil. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  02 93 60 ‐ 4 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

      3.4   SEED PROTECTION      A.  Identify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery.      B.  Cover seeded slopes where grade is 4 inches per foot or greater with erosion 

fabric.  Roll fabric onto slopes without stretching or pulling.      C.  Lay fabric smoothly on surface, bury top end of each section in 6 inch deep 

excavated topsoil trench.  Provide 12 inch overlap of adjacent rolls.  Backfill trench and rake smooth, level with adjacent soil. 

     D.  Secure outside edges and overlaps at 36 inch intervals with stakes.      E.  Lightly dress slopes with topsoil to ensure close contact between fabric and soil.      F.  At sides of ditches, lay fabric laps in direction of water flow.  Lap ends and edges 

minimum 6 inches.    3.5   MAINTENANCE      A.  Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2 inches.  Do 

not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing.      B.  Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary.      C.  Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming.      D.  Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out.      E.  Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities.      F.  Control growth of weeds.  Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's 

instructions.  Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides.      G.  Immediately reseed areas which show bare spots.      H.  Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period.     END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 1 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST‐IN‐PLACE CONCRETE  PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 

     A.  Cast‐in‐place concrete floors, footings and foundation walls.      B.  Floors and slabs on grade.  

C. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work. 

 1.2  RELATED SECTIONS  

  Division 3 ‐  03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement 

1.3  REFERENCES      A.  ACI 301 ‐ Structural Concrete for Buildings.      B.  ACI 302 ‐ Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.      C.  ACI 304 ‐ Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and 

Placing Concrete.      D.  ACI 305R ‐ Hot Weather Concreting.      E.  ACI 306R ‐ Cold Weather Concreting.      F.  ACI 308 ‐ Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.      G.  ACI 3 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.      H.  ANSI/ASTM D994 ‐ Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous 

Type).        I.  ASTM C33 ‐ Concrete Aggregates.      J.  ASTM C94 ‐ Ready‐Mixed Concrete.      K.  ASTM C150 ‐ Portland Cement.      L.  ASTM C260 ‐ Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 2 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

         M.  ASTM C494 ‐ Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.    1.4   SUBMITTALS 

A. Submittals shall be  in accordance with requirements of Section 01 30 00 and shall include: 

1. Shop Drawings for Review: 

a. Concrete mix designs  including substantiating data and test records. Concrete Mix Design, Proportioning. 

b. Product  literature  for  admixtures,  curing  compounds,  and miscellaneous materials. 

c. Locations of construction and control  joints not shown on drawings, and proposed changes in locations. 

d. Material certifications. 

e. Batch plant certification. 

f. Placing Drawings Shall Indicate:  

1) Construction joints, splice locations, and splice lengths. 

2) Bending schedules. 

3) Accessories. 

2. Information for the Record: 

a. Manufacturer's application instructions for miscellaneous materials. 

B. Copy  of  concrete  delivery  ticket  shall  be  presented  to  Resident  Project Representative for each batch. Delivery ticket shall indicate: 

1. Name of ready‐mixed company and plant designation. 

2. Truck number. 

3. Concrete class. 

4. Quantity of concrete. 

5. Date. 

6. Time when batch was loaded. 

7. Type and name of admixtures. 

8. Actual batch weights of cement, fly ash, aggregates, and water. 

9. Location of pour and time of unloading shall be added to the ticket at site. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 3 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.5   QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Concrete work shall comply with provisions of the current editions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 

1. ACI American Concrete Institute. 

2. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice." 

3. AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction." 

B. Concrete  Manufacturer  Qualifications  ‐  Manufacturer  of  ready‐mixed  concrete products  complying  with  ASTM  C94  requirements  for  production  facilities  and equipment. 

C. Maintain adequate supervision and control of dewatering operation to ensure that stability of excavated and constructed  slopes are not adversely affected by water, erosion  is controlled, and  flooding of excavation or damage to structures does not occur. 

D. Batch Plant: 

1. Batch  Plant  shall  be  central batch plant with  automatic or  semi‐automatic control. Concrete may be mixed using either central‐mixed, shrink‐mixed, or truck‐mixed methods.  If  concrete  is  shrink‐mixed or  truck‐mixed,  the  truck and concrete producer shall conform to ASTM C94. 

2. Batch Plant shall be certified by National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). Evidence of current certification shall be submitted. 

1.6   DELIVERY AND HANDLING 

A. Concrete shall be delivered  in accordance with ASTM C94, except concrete shall be completely  discharged within  one  hour  after  introduction  of mixing water  to cement. 

B. Concrete  shall  be  delivered  in  agitating  trucks  or  in  mixing  trucks  operating  at agitating speed. 

 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1  MATERIALS ‐ Materials used in concrete construction shall meet all the requirements of applicable ASTM and other industry standards. 

A. Portland Cement ‐ ASTM C150, Type I or II unless indicated otherwise. 

B. Air‐entraining Agent ‐ ASTM C260, chloride ion free. 

C. Chemical Admixtures ‐ NOT USED 

D. Pozzolan (Fly ASN) (Fly Ash) (GGBF Slag) ‐ ASTM C618, Class F. ASTM C989 grade 100 or low and shall contain less than 12 percent alumina (C34). 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 4 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

E. Aggregates ‐ ASTM C33.  Clean, sharp, natural sand. 

F. Reinforcing Steel ‐ ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed. 

G. Welded Wire Fabric; Plain ‐ ASTM A185, (undeformed wires) with weld intersections not exceeding 12‐inch. 

H. Water ‐ ASTM C94, clean and potable. 

I. Membrane  Curing  Compound  ‐  ASTM  C309, minimum  30  percent  solids  content, non‐yellowing, moisture  loss not  to exceed  .039 grams per  square cm  in 72 hours when applied at a coverage rate of 250 square feet per gallon, VOC compliant. "Safe Cure & Seal ‐ 30 percent by Dayton Superior or equal. 

J. Sheet Curing Compound ‐ ASTM C171. 

K. Formwork ‐ ACI 301 and ACI 347R. 

L. Form Coating ‐ Non‐staining. 

M. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler: 

1. Exterior  Walks  and  Pavements  ‐  "Sealtight  Fibre"  by  W.  R.  Meadows  or approved  equal;  asphalt  impregnated  cellular  fibers  securely  bonded together in conformance with ASTM D1751. 

N. Joint Sealer, Horizontal  ‐ ASTM C920: THC‐900, by Tremco or "Sikaflex  ‐ 2C SL" by Sika Corp. or approved equal. 

O. Plastic Vapor Retarder ‐ ASTM E1745 ‐ Class C or ASTM D4397, polyethylene sheet, not  less  than  10 mils  thick,  include manufacturers  recommended  adhesive  or pressure sensitive joint tape and mastic. 

P. Miscellaneous Metals ‐ ASTM A36 

Q. Anchor Bolts ‐ ASTM A307 

R. Expansion Bolts ‐ Hilts Kwik Bolt II or approved equal. 

S. Anchor  Bolt  Sleeves  ‐  Sinco  Products,  Inc.  or  approved  equal;  high  density polyethylene 

T. Bonding Agent for New to Existing Concrete ‐ "Sika Armatec 110 Epocem" by Sika or equal. (Epoxy modified cementitious product.) 

U. Dry Shake, Non‐Metallic ‐ "Surflex" by Euclid or "Mastercorn" by Masterbuilders, or equal. 

V. Epoxy Adhesive for Embedding Dowels into Existing Structures ‐ 100 percent solids, 100  percent  reactive  epoxy  conforming  to  ASTM  C881,  Type  IV,  with  3000  psi minimum bond strength at 14 days. "Resi‐Bond (J‐58)" by Dayton Superior or equal. 

W.   Joint Dowel Bars ‐ Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to  length with ends square and free of burrs. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 5 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

X. Include  spacers,  chairs,  bolsters,  ties,  and  other  devices  that  conform  to  CRSI specifications  necessary  for  properly  placing,  supporting  and  fastening reinforcement  in place. Metal accessories shall be plastic coated, galvanized or stainless steel where legs will be exposed in finished concrete surfaces. For slabs‐on‐grade,  use  supports  with  sand  plates  or  horizontal  runners  for  any  areas where  the  base  material  will  not  support  chair  legs.  For  exposed‐to‐view concrete  surfaces where  legs  of  supports  are  in  contact with  forms,  provide supports with  legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 

Y. Use  one  (1)  brand  of  cement  throughout  the  entire  project,  unless  otherwise approved by the Owner Representative and Architect/Engineer. 

2.2   CONCRETE MIX DESIGN 

A. Mixture proportioning  for concrete structures shall be  in accordance with ACI 301, 318, and 211.1 but subject to the following requirements. 

B. 4,000 PSI, minimum 6‐1/2‐94 lb. sacks of cement per cubic yard, air entrainment of 6% plus or minu 1% with aggregate  standard within  the  industry.   NO admixtures shall be used in the concrete mix. 

C. Contractor shall design and be responsible for the performance of all concrete mixes of  specified quality, consistency, and workability  to permit concrete  to be worked readily  into  forms  and  around  reinforcement  without  segregation  or  excessive bleeding. Hardened  concrete  shall develop all  characteristics  required by  contract documents. 

D. Concrete mixes  shall  be  proportioned  to maximize  durability  and water  tightness and  to minimize  shrinkage.  To  this  end,  total water  content  shall  be  kept  to  the lowest  possible  amount  consistent  with  placing  and  consolidation  methods. Specified water/cementitious ratio shall not be exceeded. 

E. Concrete proportions shall be established on the basis of previous field experience, or  laboratory  trial  batches  in  accordance  with  ACI  301,  ACI  211.1  and  ACI  318. Proposed mix design shall be accompanied by complete standard deviation analysis or trial mixture test data. 

F. Concrete  proportions  shall  be  subject  to  Owner  Representative  and Archtiect/Engineer's  approval.  Substantiating  data  and  test  records  shall  be submitted.   

G. Synthetic  Fiber:    Uniformly  disperse  in  concrete  mix  at  manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.5 lb/cu. yd. (0.90 kg/cu. M). 

2.3   CONCRETE SCHEDULE 

  A.  Concrete not otherwise  indicated. RfFm‐Fn,  SmFm‐Fn,  if exposed.   4000 psi  at 28   days, Max W/C Ratio = 0.45 with mid‐range water reducer. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 6 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

  B.  Trench footings, footings, and interior foundations.  RfFm‐Fn.  4000 psi at 28 days, =   Max W/C Ratio = .50 

  C.  Foundations exposed  to exterior.   RfFm‐Fn,  SmFm‐Fn,  if exposed.   4000 psi  at 28   days,  4.5%  ‐  7.5%  air  entrainment, Max W/C  Ratio  ‐  .045 with mid‐range water   reducer. 

  D.  Interior  floor slabs scheduled  to receive mud‐set  tile.   Flt‐Fn.   4000 psi at 28 days,   Max W/C Ratio = .045 with mid‐range water reducer. 

  E.  Exposed  interior  floor  slabs  and  interior  slabs  scheduled  to  receive  resilient,  thin   film, and wood flooring finishes.  Tr‐Fn1.  350 psi at 28 days, Max W/C Ratio = 0.45   with mid‐range water reducer. 

  F.  Exterior walks, stoops, steps, aprons, and cuarbs, exterior formed concrete exposed   to view; exterior concrete not otherwise indicated.  NsBrm‐Fn.  4500 psi at 28 days,   4.5% ‐ 7.5% entrainment, Max W/C Ratio = 0.45 

2.4    CONCRETE FINISH SCHEDULE 

  A.  Floast Finish (Flt‐Fn) = Not Critical Floor Tolerance.  Specified Overall Value: FF 25/FL   20.  Minimum Local Value:  FF 20/F1 17.  Not critical floor tolerance. 

  B.  Trowel Finish 1 (Tr‐Fn1) – Normal Sized Rooms   (Under  1,000  sq.  ft.).    Specified   Overall Value:  FF 35/FL 23.  Minimum Local Value:    FF  30/FL  20.      normal  size   rooms under 1,000 sf ft. 

  

2.5   FIBER REINFORCEMENT 

A. Synthetic  Fiber:   Monofilament polypropylene  fibers engineered  and designed  for use  in  concrete pavement,  complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2  to 1‐1/2 inches (13 to 38 mm) long. 

1. Products: 

a. Monofilament Fibers: 

1) Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol IIP. 

2) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand 100. 

3) FORTA Corporation; Forta Mono. 

4) Grace, W. R. & Co.‐‐Conn.; Grace MicroFiber. 

5) Or Approved Equals 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 7 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1   COORDINATION  

A. Reinforcement,  sleeves,  inserts,  anchors, waterstops,  and  other  embedded  items shall be accurately placed, supported, and tied prior to concrete placement. Other trades  and  contractors  required  to  furnish  embedded  items  shall  be  given  ample notice of concrete placement. Reinforcement and embedded items shall be subject to review of Resident Project Representative prior to placing concrete. 

B. Contractor shall notify Owner Representative and Archtiect/Engineer a minimum of 24 hours before placing concrete, excluding nonworking days. 

C. Concrete  shall  be  placed  only  between  hours  of  8:00  a.m.  and  5:00  p.m.,  unless otherwise permitted. Concreting  shall not be placed  after 12:00 noon on  the  last working day of the week. 

D. Verify  that  anchors,  seats,  plates,  reinforcement  and  other  items  to  be  cast  into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship  in placing concrete. 

3.2   PREPARATION 

A. Unless  adequate protection  is provided,  concrete  shall not be placed during  rain, sleet, or snow, or when inclement weather is imminent. 

B. Cold Weather ‐ Whenever the average temperature of surrounding air is expected to be below 40 degree  F during placing or within 24 hours  thereafter,  cold weather concreting  in accordance with ACI 306R “standard specification  for "Cold Weather Concreting shall apply. 

C. Concrete  shall  be  protected  from  extremes  in  temperature  as  specified.  During periods not defined as cold weather, but when  freezing outdoor temperatures are foreseen or occur, concrete surfaces shall be protected against freezing for the first 24 hours, minimum, after placement. 

D. Hot Weather: 

1. When the ambient temperature is 90 degree F or above, or when conditions of  concrete  temperature,  air  temperature,  wind  velocity,  and  relative humidity  combine  to  cause  flash  set,  excessively  low  slump,  cold  joints, plastic  shrinkage  cracking, or otherwise  impair  the quality of  concrete, hot weather concreting procedures in accordance with "Hot Weather Concreting ‐ ACI 305R," shall apply. 

2. When the evaporation rates of bleed water exceeds 0.1 pounds per square feet  per  hour,  steps  shall  be  taken  to  prevent  plastic  shrinkage  cracking. Evaporation  rate  shall  be  determined  by method  shown  in  "Hot Weather Concreting" (ACI 305R). 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 8 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.3   INSPECTION, STARTUP, AND TRAINING 

A. Notify Owner Representative and Architect/Engineer 24 hours prior to placement of concrete. 

B. Owner Representative and Arcchitect/Engineer's approval  is required for subgrade, formwork, and reinforcing prior to starting each placement. 

C. Submit  proposed  concrete  mix  design  to  Owner  Representative  and Arcchitect/Engineer  for review prior  to commencement of any work. Do not begin concrete production until the proposed mix design has been approved. 

D. The contractor is responsible for scheduling and paying for the following tests which shall be performed by an  independent  testing  laboratory acceptable to the Owner Representative and Arcchitect/Engineer during progress of the work: 

1. Compression Tests Cylinders  ‐  Strength  test  shall  consist of  three  cylinders  molded and cured. Cast  three cylinders  for each 50 cubic yards, or  fraction thereof, for each class of concrete placed on any one day, but at least three for  each  day.  Test  one  cylinder  at  seven  days  and  two  at  28  days  in accordance with ASTM C39. 

2. Slump Tests  ‐ ASTM C143. Slump  shall be measured  for  first batch of each concrete  class  delivered  in morning  and  afternoon,  for  each  strength  test, and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. 

3. Air  Entrainment  ‐ ASTM C173 or C231. Perform one  test  for  every  second ready‐mix truck load. 

4. Temperature ASTM C1064. Perform with each slump test. 

E. If  the measured  slump  or  air  content  fall  outside  the  specified  limits, make  an additional  test  immediately  and  on  each  successive  batch  until  the  specified requirements are met by two consecutive batches. 

F. Materials and  installed work may  require  testing and  retesting at any  time during progress of work. Tests,  including retesting of rejected materials  for  installed work shall be done at Contractor's expense. 

G. Test Reports: 

1. The testing laboratory shall submit test reports directly to the Contractor, the concrete  supplier,  and  Owner  Representative  and  Arcchitect/Engineer. Reports shall be identified by the project name and number, and the portion of the structure represented. Reports shall  include the dates of casting and testing,  air  and  concrete  temperatures,  specified  strength  and mix  design, actual  strength  and  mix  design,  slump,  air  content,  and  the  name  of individual making the test. 

2. The  testing  laboratory  shall  notify  the  Owner  Representative  and Arcchitect/Engineer  immediately  by  telephone when  a  low  strength  break occurs or specifications are not met. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 9 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.4   FORMWORK 

A. Formwork shall conform to ACI 347R. 

B. Formwork  shall be designed  to  safely  support vertical and  lateral  loads, until such loads can be safely supported by concrete structure. Loads shall be carried to ground by formwork and in‐place construction of adequate strength. 

C. Formwork  shall  be  designed  for  dead  and  live  loads,  weight  of  concrete,  wind, construction  loads  including  impact,  and  other  loads  which  act  or might  act  on formwork. 

D. Formwork  shall  be  designed  for  pressure  of  concrete  giving  due  consideration  to rate  of  concrete  placement,  methods  of  placement,  method  of  consolidation, concrete mix design, temperature, and other factors pertinent to formwork design. 

E. Forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain specified tolerances. 

F. Formwork  shall  be  securely  braced  and  anchored  against  deflection  and displacement. 

G. Fabricate  forms  for  easy  removal without  hammering  or  prying  against  concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for  inclined surfaces where slope  is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood insets shall be used for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. 

H. Chamfer  exposed  corners  and  edges  using wood, metal,  PVC,  or  rubber  chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. 

I. The maximum allowable tolerance in either the horizontal or vertical planes shall be 1/4‐inch in 10 feet. 

J. Provisions  for  Other  Trades:    Provide  openings  in  concrete  formwork  to accommodate  work  of  other  trades.  Determine  size  and  location  of  openings, recesses,  and  chases  from  trades  providing  such  items.  Accurately  place  and securely support items built into forms. 

K. Oil temporary forms with non‐staining form oil. 

L. Cleaning and Tightening:   Thoroughly clean  forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete.  Remove  chips, wood,  sawdust,  dirt,  or  other  debris  just  before  placing concrete.  Retighten  forms  and  bracing  before  placing  concrete,  as  required,  to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 

3.5   DOWELING TO EXISTING STRUCTURE 

A. Dowels  shall  be  embedded  into  existing  concrete  where  shown  on  Drawings. Unsound concrete shall be reported to Engineer. 

B. Hole shall be drilled 1/8‐inch larger than nominal diameter of reinforcing bar using a rotary percussion hammer and carbide bit. Bar shall be embedded a distance equal to the lap splice length unless shown otherwise. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 10 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

C. Hole  shall  be  cleaned  of  dust  and  residue  by  blasting  with  dry  and  oil‐free compressed air. Air nozzle shall be inserted to bottom of hole. 

D. Standing water and frost shall be removed immediately prior to injecting adhesive. 

E. Grout shall be injected into hole as necessary to fill entire void. 

F. Bar shall be inserted and slightly rotated to ensure grout completely surrounds bar. 

G. Grout displaced from hole shall be removed immediately. 

3.6   REINFORCEMENT 

A. Place reinforcing to ACI recommended tolerances. 

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 

C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by the Engineer. 

D. Unless  shown  otherwise  in  drawings,  place  reinforcement  to maintain minimum coverages  conforming  to  ACI  standard  practice  for  concrete  protection.  Arrange, space,  and  securely  tie  bars  and  bar  supports  to  hold  reinforcement  in  position during  concrete  placement  operations.  Set  wire  ties  so  ends  are  directed  into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 

E. Welding of reinforcement shall conform to AWS D1.4. 

F. Unless  otherwise  specified  on  Drawings,  reinforcing  steel  splices  shall  be  lapped conforming to ACI 318, Class B splices. 

G. Install welded wire  fabric  in  lengths as  long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh plus 2‐inch and lace splices with 16 gauge wire. Do not make end laps  between  supporting  beams.  Offset  end  laps  in  adjacent  widths  to  prevent continuous laps in either direction. 

3.7   INSERTS 

A. Metal  inserts such as anchor bolts, sleeves, embedded metals, etc. shall be free of scale,  loose  rust, oil, grease and other coatings. Remove protective  film  from cast iron with flame. 

B. Ensure  that  items  are  accurately  positioned  and  rigidly  supported  against displacement before placing concrete. 

C. The  location  of  anchor  and  foundation  bolts must  not  vary  from  the  dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings by more than the following: 

1. 1/8‐inch  center  to  center  of  any  two  bolts  within  an  anchor  bolt  group, where such group is defined as the set of anchor bolts which receives a single fabricated steel shipping piece. 

2. 1/4‐inch center to center of adjacent bolt groups. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 11 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.8   JOINTS 

A. Joints  not  shown  on  Drawings  shall  be made  at  locations  that  will  least  impair strength  of  structure,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the  Owner  Representative  and Arcchitect/Engineer prior to construction. 

B. Construction Joints: 

1. Keyways at  least 1‐1/2‐inch deep by width, which  is equal  to 1/3 member thickness,  shall  be  provided  in  all  construction  joints  in  walls,  supported slabs, and between walls and foundation systems. 

2. Place  construction  joints  perpendicular  to  main  reinforcement.  Continue reinforcement  across  construction  joints.  Do  not  continue  reinforcement through sides of strip placements. 

3. Concrete  slabs  on  grade  shall  be  poured  in  strip  pattern  shown  on  the Drawings. 

4. Roughen  surfaces  of  set  concrete  at  all  joints.  Clean  surfaces  of  laitance, coatings,  loose particles, and foreign matter. Roughen surfaces  in a manner to expose bonded aggregate uniformly. Apply approved bonding adhesive or cement grout. Bonding cement grout shall be evenly spread and shall consist of  one  part  cement  and  two  parts  fine  aggregate.  Fresh  concrete  shall be placed before grout or bonding adhesive has obtained initial set. Grout shall be approximately 2‐inch thick in walls. 

C. Isolation Joints: 

1. Unless  otherwise  shown,  provide  isolation  joints  in  slabs  on  grade  at  all points  of  contact  between  slabs  on  ground  and  vertical  surfaces,  such  as column  pedestals,  foundation  walls,  grade  beams,  equipment  bases  and elsewhere as indicated. 

D. Control Joints for Slabs: 

1. Control joints shall be located and constructed as shown on the Drawings. 

2. Within  24  hours  of  finishing  concrete,  cut  joints  to  a  depth  of  1/4  slab thickness when  it  is  firm enough  to  resist  raveling,  tearing, or dislodging of aggregates. 

3. All exterior concrete shall have tolled joints. 

E. Clean joints thoroughly with compressed air, wire brushing, or sandblasting. 

F. Fill joints with specified joint filler. 

3.9   CONCRETE SCHEDULES 

A. Unless indicated otherwise, concrete shall be furnished as follows: 

Class A:  Reinforced concrete structures and fill in manholes and chambers. 

Class B:  Buried  pipe,  saddles,  and  cradles,  pipe  bedding,  pipe  encasements, 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 12 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

and mudmats. 

3.10  PLACING CONCRETE 

A. General  ‐  Comply with  ACI  304,  "Guide  for Measuring, Mixing,  Transporting,  and Placing Concrete," and as specified. 

B. Do not place concrete on frozen ground, mud, or debris. Dampen subgrade prior to placing concrete slabs on grade where vapor barrier is not required. 

C. Inspection  ‐ Before placing  concrete,  inspect, and complete  formwork  installation, reinforcing  steel,  and  items  to  be  embedded  or  cast  in. Where  necessary,  notify other trades to permit installation of their work. 

D. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the loss or separation of the materials: 

1. When  concrete  placing  is  interrupted  for  more  than  1/2  hour,  place  a construction joint. 

E. Deposit concrete continuously or  in  layers of such  thickness  that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Avoid  unplanned  cold  joints. Alternate  equipment  shall  be  immediately available  for  use  in  the  event  that  primary  placing  equipment  or  system  breaks down. 

F. Use  internal  vibration  to  consolidate.  Size  at  least  one  vibrator  to  work  around closely  spaced  reinforcing. Provide a  standby vibrator whenever working  less  than three  vibrators  in  the  pour.  All  equipment  and  procedures  used  to  consolidate concrete shall comply with ACI 309R. 

G. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by vibrating, spading, rodding, or forking so that concrete  is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and embedded items, and into corners, angles of forms, eliminating air and stone pockets. 

H. Hot Weather 

Concreting:  Follow  recommendations  of  ACI  305R  for  preparation,  placing, protection and curing during hot weather. 

I. Cold Weather 

Concreting:  Follow  recommendations  of  ACI  306R  for  preparation,  placing, protection and curing during cold weather. 

J. Contractor  shall  keep  good  thermometer  at  site  for  monitoring  air  or  concrete surface temperature. 

K. Where  saw  cutting and  removal of existing concrete walls,  slabs, etc. exposes  the ends  of  reinforcing  steel  bars,  the  Contractor  shall  coat  the  exposed  concrete surface with the specified epoxy coating. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 13 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. Prior to application of the epoxy coating, the concrete surface to be coated shall be roughened and cleaned of all loose materials and dust. 

2. Epoxy coating shall be waterbased rebar coating agent, moisture insensitive, 3‐component, epoxy‐modified cementitious product. 

3. Application methods and  thickness of coating  shall be as  recommended by the manufacturer. 

L. Apply  the specified bonding agent per  the manufacturer's  instructions at  locations where  fresh  concrete  is  placed  against  hardened  or  partially  hardened  concrete surfaces. 

1. Prior to application of the bonding agent, the existing concrete surfaces to be coated shall be roughened and cleaned of all  loose materials and dust, thus exposing  the  aggregate  to  provide  a mechanical  bond  in  addition  to  the chemical bond provided by the bonding agent. 

2. Screed paved  surfaces with a  straightedge and  strike off. Use bull  floats or darbies  to  form  a  smooth  surface  plane  before  excess moisture  or  bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 

3.11  DEFECTIVE CONCRETE 

A. Defective  concrete  is  defined  as  concrete  in  place  which  does  not  conform  to specified design  strength,  required percent air, shapes, alignments and elevations, as  shown on  the Drawings and/or which presents  faulty  surface areas. Evaluation and  acceptance  of  concrete  shall  conform  to  ACI  318,  ACI  301,  and  ACI  350  as applicable. 

B. All defective concrete shall be removed and replaced in a manner meeting with the Engineer's approval, or should surface imperfections only occur, may be patched at the  discretion  of,  and  in  a manner  satisfactory  to  the Owner  Representative  and Archtiect/Engineer; however, permission to patch the Work shall not be considered as a waiver of  the Owner Representative and Archtiect/Engineer's  right  to  require complete removal and replacement of such defective work should the patching fail to satisfactorily  restore  the  required quality and appearance of  the Work. All such work shall be performed at the Contractor's expense, without extension of time. 

C. If  for  any  reason,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Owner  Representative  and Archtiect/Engineer,  the  testing  of  any  section  of  the  completed  structure  is necessary,  a  superimposed  load  shall  be  applied  by  the  Contractor  and  the  test conducted in accordance with the current Building Code at the Contractor's expense irrespective of the results of the tests. In cases where failure is declared, the Owner Representative  and  Archtiect/Engineer  shall  have  the  authority  to  order  the defective  construction  removed.  All  expense  of  removing  such  defective construction and substituting new construction,  including expense of removing and 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 14 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

replacing the work of others, or protecting and repairing the work of others, shall be borne by the Contractor. 

3.12  CURING 

A. General ‐ Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot  temperatures.  In hot, dry, and windy weather protect  concrete  from  rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations. 

B. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface in accordance with ACI 308 "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" subject to the requirements specified in the following subsections. 

C. Cure concrete at  least  five days at concrete temperatures above 70 degree F or at least seven days at concrete  temperatures between 50 degree F and 70 degree F. Maintain concrete temperature above 50 degree F during the curing period. Tanks and other liquid retaining structures shall be cured for a minimum of 10 days. 

D. For exposed surfaces, utilize one of the following methods: 

1. Membrane  Curing  Compound  ‐ Apply  in  two  coats  at  right  angles  to  each other  upon  completion  of  the  work  ‐  each  one  in  accordance  with  the manufacturer's instructions. Compounds must not be used on surfaces when surface treatments, such as tile, additional concrete, paint, liquid hardeners, adhesive  coatings  are  specified  unless  the  compound  is  known  not  to interfere with adhesion. 

2. Sheet  Curing Materials  ‐  Place materials  upon  completion  of  the  finishing work.  Lap  edges  6  inches  and  seal  to  create  a moisture  barrier  that must remain intact for the duration of the curing period. 

3. Sprinkling, Soaking, or Ponding ‐ Maintain surfaces continuously wet for the duration of the curing period as described above. 

E. If  formed  surface  is  exposed  during  the  curing  period,  treat  the  surface  as  an exposed surface for the remaining duration of the curing period. 

3.13  FINISHING SURFACES 

A. Formed  Surfaces  ‐  Finishing  of  formed  surfaces  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the requirements  of  Section  5,  ACI  301  subject  to  the  following  provisions  specified herein: 

1. Do not remove forms and shoring until the concrete has cured sufficiently to carry  its  own  weight  and  remain  in  place  without  deformation.  Remove forms with care to prevent spalling. Reshore concrete carrying superimposed load until the concrete has attained design strength. 

2. Inspect  honeycombed  areas.  Replace  areas  as  directed  by  the  Owner Representative and Archtiect/Engineer. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 15 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3. On exposed vertical  surfaces as necessary,  remove  fins and projections,  fill holes, and produce smooth‐rubbed finish per ACI 301 by wetting and rubbing surfaces with  carborundum brick or other abrasive until uniform  color and texture are produced. 

4. Horizontal surfaces, such as at tops of walls, pedestals, horizontal offsets and similar  unformed  surfaces  occurring  adjacent  to  formed  surfaces,  shall  be struck off smooth and finished with a texture matching the adjacent formed surfaces. 

B. Slabs  and  Horizontal  Surfaces  ‐  Finishing  of  unformed  surfaces  shall  be  done  in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of ACI 301 and Chapter 8 of ACI 302: 

1. All  slabs, whether  receiving  additional  finishes  or not,  shall  receive  a  float finish when concrete has stiffened sufficiently  to permit  the operation of a power drive float and all surface water has disappeared. Check and level slab surface to obtain a Class A finishing tolerance per ACI 117. 

2. Interior  slabs  not  receiving  finishes  shall  be  given  a  hard  trowel  finish  to match existing and / or as follows: 

a. Follow  initial  finishing with  a  steel  trowel worked  flat  to produce  a fine, non‐slip, sandy texture. 

b. Follow  the  first  steel  troweling  with  a  second  steel  troweling  to produce a dense, smooth surface after the surface has become hard enough to give a ringing sound from the trowel. 

c. Retool joints and edges as required. 

3. Exterior slabs and concrete stair treads shall be given a non‐slip broom finish with  scored  texture  perpendicular  to main  traffic  route.  Retool  joints  and edges. 

C. Walkways: 

1. Float Finish ‐ Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power‐driven  floats, or by hand‐floating  if area  is small or  inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4‐inch in 10‐feet  as  determined  by  a  10‐feet  long  straightedge placed  anywhere on the surface  in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill  low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. 

2. Final Tooling ‐ Tool edges of paving and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to a radius of 1/4‐inch Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 

3.14  REMOVING FORMS 

A. General  ‐  Formwork  not  supporting weight  of  concrete,  such  as  sides  of  beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of  the work, may be removed after curing at not 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 16 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

less  than  50  degree  F  for  24  hours  after  placing  concrete,  provided  concrete  is sufficiently  hard  to  not  be  damaged  by  form‐removal  operations,  and  provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 

3.15  CONCRETE REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENT 

A. Remove  and  replace,  at  Contractor's  expense,  any  concrete  that was  part  of  the work and that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section. 

B. Protect  concrete  from  damage.  Exclude  traffic  from  slabs‐on‐grade  and roadway/walkway paving  for at  least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic  is  permitted, maintain  slabs  and  paving  as  clean  as  possible  by  removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. 

C. Patching Defective  Areas  ‐  Repair  and  patch  defective  areas with  cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to the Engineer. 

D. Mix  dry‐pack mortar,  consisting  of  one  part  portland  cement  to  2‐1/2  parts  fine aggregate  passing  a No.  16 mesh  sieve,  using  only  enough water  as  required  for handling and placing. 

1. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4‐inch in any dimension, and holes  left by  tie  rods and bolts down  to  solid concrete but  in no case  to a depth  less  than  1‐inch. Make  edges  of  cuts  perpendicular  to  the  concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush‐coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 

2. For  surfaces  exposed  to  view,  blend white  portland  cement  and  standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color.  Provide  test  areas  at  inconspicuous  locations  to  verify mixture  and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar  in place and strike‐off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 

E. Repaired Formed Surfaces ‐ Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if  defects  cannot  be  repaired  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer.  Surface  defects include color and texture  irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets,  fins  and  other  projections  on  the  surface,  and  stains  and  other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry‐pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured  in place with bonding agent. 

1. Repair  concealed  formed  surfaces  containing  defects  that  affect  the concrete's durability.  If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. 

F. Repairing Unformed Surfaces ‐ The Contractor shall test unformed surfaces such as monolithic  slabs,  for  smoothness  and  verify  surface  tolerances  specified  for  each surface and finish. Correct  low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 30 00 ‐ 17 of 17 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 

1. Repair  finished  unformed  surfaces  containing  defects  that  affect  the concrete's durability. Surface defects  include crazing and cracks  in excess of 0.01‐inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced  sections  regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 

2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 

3. Correct  low  areas  in  unformed  surfaces  during  or  immediately  after completing  surface  finishing  operations  by  cutting  out  low  areas  and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend  into adjacent concrete. 

4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1‐inch in diameter by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least  3/4‐inch  clearance  all  around.  Dampen  concrete  surfaces  in  contact with patching  concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same  materials  to  provide  concrete  of  same  type  or  class  as  original concrete.  Place,  compact,  finish  to  blend with  adjacent  finished  concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 

G. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1‐inch or less in diameter by dry‐pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt,  and  loose  particles.  Dampen  cleaned  concrete  surfaces  and  apply  bonding compound.  Place  dry‐pack  before  bonding  agent  has  dried.  Compact  dry‐pack mixture  in  place  and  finish  to  match  adjacent  concrete.  Keep  patched  area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 

 

END OF SECTION 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 32 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012

SECTION 03 32 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT    PART 1   GENERAL      1.1  SECTION INCLUDES        A.  Wire fabric and accessories for cast‐in‐place concrete.  Add “reinforcing 

steel” to synthetic fibers.  (Suggest inclusion of Fiber Reinforcement in this section only if it is structural, not for simple shrinkage cracking control). 

     1.2  REFERENCES        A.  ACI 301 ‐ Structural Concrete for Buildings.        B.  ACI 318 ‐ Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.        C.  ACI SP‐66 ‐ American Concrete Institute ‐ Detailing Manual.        D.  ANSI/ASTM A82 ‐ Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.                E.  ANSI/ASTM A185 ‐ Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.        F.  ASTM A615/A615M – Grade 60 (grade 420), deformed – Reinforcing Bars        G.  CRSI ‐ Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Practice.        H.  CRSI 63 ‐ Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars.        I.  CRSI 65 ‐ Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications 

and Nomenclature.      1.3  SUBMITTALS        A.  Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00 Submittals.        

B.      Shop Drawings:  Indicate spacings, locations, and quantities of wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. 

     1.4  QUALITY ASSURANCE        A.  Perform Work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice and ACI 301.      1.5  QUALIFICATIONS          A.  Design reinforcement under direct supervision of a Professional Structural 

Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed at the place where 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 32 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012

the Project is located.      1.6  COORDINATION        A.  Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.     PART 2   PRODUCTS      2.1  REINFORCEMENT        A.  Reinforcing Bars:  ASTM A 615/A615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed.        B.  Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 Plain Type; in flat sheets or coiled 

rolls; plain finish.        C.  Synthetic Fiber:  Monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and 

designed for use in exterior concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1‐1/2 inches (13 to 38 mm) long. 

       D.  Joint Dowel Bars:  Plain steel bars, ASTM A615/A615m, Grade 60 (Grade 

420).  Cut bars true to length ends square and free of burrs.      2.2  ACCESSORY MATERIALS        A.  Tie Wire:  Minimum 16 gage annealed type.        B.  Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers:  Sized and shaped for strength and 

support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. 

     2.3  FABRICATION        A.  Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice.        B.  Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4, ANSI/AWS D12.1.        C.  Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum 

stress.  Review location of splices with Project Architect.    PART 3   EXECUTION      3.1  PLACEMENT        A.  Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not 

deviate from required position. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  03 32 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012

       B.  Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.        C.  Accommodate placement of formed openings.        D.  Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as follows:  3.2    SCHEDULE        Structural Element & Condition        Minimum cover, inches            Concrete cast against             And permanently exposed to earth.          3        Concrete exposed to earth or weather:           #6 through #18 bars              2           #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller        1 ½            Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact               With ground slabs, walls, joists:         #14 and #18 bars               1 ½         #11 bar and smaller                 ¾              Beams, columns:         Primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, spirals       1 ½                    

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 41 00 ‐ 1 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 04 10 00 – MORTAR  1. PART 1   GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES      A.  Mortar and grout for masonry.  1.2  RELATED WORK      Mortar and Grout used in conjunction with Masonry:     Section 04 30 00 – Unit Masonry System                  1.3  REFERENCES      A.  ASTM C94 ‐ Ready‐Mixed Concrete.      B.  ASTM C150 ‐ Portland Cement.      C.  ASTM C270 ‐ Mortar for Unit Masonry.      D.  ASTM C387 ‐ Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials, for Mortar and Concrete.      E.  ASTM C404 ‐ Aggregates for Masonry Grout.      F.  ASTM C476 ‐ Grout for Masonry.      G.  ASTM C780 ‐ Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain 

and Reinforced Unit Masonry.      H.  ASTM C1019 ‐ Method of Sampling and Testing Grout.      I.  IMIAC ‐ International Masonry Industry All‐Weather Council: Recommended             1.4  SUBMITTALS      A.  Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 30 00.          B.  Include design mix, indicate Proportion or Property method used, required 

environmental conditions, and admixture limitations.      C.  Samples: Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00.  

D. Samples: Submit mortar color selection samples.  

     

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 41 00 ‐ 2 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

  1.5  DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING      A.  Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1.      B.  Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1.          C.  Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, 

freezing, and foreign matter.    1.6  ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS      A.  Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 50 degrees F 

(10 degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.      B.  Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC ‐ Recommended Practices and Guide 

Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.    1.7  MIX TESTS      A.  Test mortar and grout in accordance with Section 1.         2. PART 2   PRODUCTS      2.1  MATERIALS          A.  Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, gray color.      B.  Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type.  Sand to be clean, sharp,             C.  Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.          D.  Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404.          E.  Water: Clean and potable.    2.2  MORTAR COLOR      A.  Mortar Color: Mineral oxide pigment; Match existing color;        Super Concentrated Mortar Color    Mfg. by    Euclid       Concentrated Mortar Colors       Mfg. by    Tamms       or Approved Equal      2.3  ADMIXTURES 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 41 00 ‐ 3 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

     A.  No admixtures shall be used in the concrete mix.      B.  No calcium chloride shall be used in the mortar mix.    2.4  MORTAR MIXES      A.  Mortar for Load Bearing Footings, and Foundation Walls in contact with earth: 

ASTM C270, Type M, using the Property method.          B.  Mortar for Non‐load Bearing Walls: ASTM C270, Type N using the Property 

Method.      D.  Mortar for Reinforced Masonry: ASTM C270, Type S using the Property Method.      E.  Stain Resistant Pointing Mortar used with prefaced unit masonry: One part 

Portland cement, 1/8 part hydrated lime, and two parts graded (80 mesh) aggregate, proportioned by volume.  Add aluminum tristearate, calcium stearate, or ammonium stearate equal to 2 percent of Portland cement by weight. 

   2.5  MORTAR MIXING      A.  Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in 

accordance with ASTM C270.     B.  Add mortar color and admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's 

instructions.   Provide uniformity of mix and coloration.      C.  If water is lost by evaporation, re‐temper only within two hours of mixing.      D.  Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F (26 

degrees C), or two‐and‐one‐half hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F (10 degrees C). 

   2.6  GROUT MIXES      A.  Lintels: 3000 psi strength at 28 days; 7‐8 inches; mixed in accordance with ASTM 

C476 Course grout.    2.7  GROUT MIXING      A.  Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in 

accordance with ASTM C94 and/or C476 Course grout.      B.  Add admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 41 00 ‐ 4 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

uniformity of mix.      C.  Do not use anti‐freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout.  3. PART 3   EXECUTION    3.1  EXAMINATION      A.  Request inspection of spaces to be grouted.    3.2  PREPARATION      A.  Plug cleanout holes with block masonry units to prevent leakage of grout 

materials. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure.    3.3  INSTALLATION      A.  Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry section.      B.  Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout.      C.  Remove grout spaces of excess mortar.    3.4  SCHEDULES      A.  Unexposed Masonry      1.    Gray      B.  Exterior Exposed Brick      1.    Color as selected by Owner/Architect –                      to match existing   

END OF SECTION             

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 1 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 04 30 00 – UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM   1. PART 1   GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES      A.  Concrete masonry units.      B.  Brick units.      C.  Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories.    1.2  REFERENCES      A.  ANSI/ASTM C126 ‐ Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and 

Solid Masonry Units.      C.  ANSI/ASTM C216 ‐ Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale).      D.  ASTM A123 ‐ Zinc (Hot‐Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.      E.  IMIAC ‐ International Masonry Industry All‐Weather Council: Recommended 

Practices and Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.      I.  UL ‐ Underwriters' Laboratories.          J.  ACI 530 ‐ Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures and              Specifications for Masonry Structures.    1.3  SUBMITTALS      A.  Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 30 00 Submittals      B.  Submit product data for masonry units and fabricated wire reinforcement.    1.4  QUALIFICATIONS      A.  NOT USED.    1.5  REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS      A.  Conform to UL Assembly No. as indicated on the drawing requirements for fire 

rated masonry construction.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 2 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

  1.6  MOCK‐UP      A.  NOT USED.    1.7  DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING      A.  Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1.      B.  Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1.      C.  Accept masonry units on site.  Inspect for damage.    1.8  ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS      A.  Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 50 degrees F 

(10 degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.      B.  Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC ‐ Recommended Practices and Specifications 

for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.    1.9  SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING      A.  Coordinate work under provisions of Section 1.       B.  Coordinate the masonry work with others.   2. PART 2   PRODUCTS    2.1  MANUFACTURERS ‐ BRICK UNITS  

A. Modular Marigold Blend Matt A – Type 8        Mfg. By Belden Brick Co. 

      (available at Kuhlman Corp.  1‐800‐669‐3309).      B.  Contractor shall provide a 4’ x 4’ mock up for approval of brick match, mortar       

                    color and workmanship.    2.3  BRICK UNITS      A.  Face Brick: ANSI/ASTM C216, Type FBX, Grade SW.        B.  Brick Masonry Units:  Modular Size; 2 1/4 x 4 x 8 inches.      2.4  ANCHORAGE  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 3 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    A.  Veneer Anchors: Corrugated veneer anchors for masonry to sheathing over wood;  

      Channel Type           Mfg. by:     Dur‐O‐Wall       or Approved Equal          2.5  FLASHINGS      A.  Copper/Kraft Paper Flashings: 5 oz/sq ft sheet copper bonded to fiber reinforced 

asphalt treated Kraft paper;        Copperseal         Mfg. By     York Flashings       Cop‐a‐Cote         Mfg. By     AFCO       ACC‐Asphalt Coated Copper    Mfg. By     Phoenix       or Approved Equal        2.6  ACCESSORIES      A.  Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethylene; oversized 50 percent to joint width; 

self‐expanding;        Sonoflex F            Mfg. By     Sonneborn       or Approved Equal      B.  Building Paper: #30 asphalt saturated felt.      C.  Nailing Strips: Softwood, preservative treated for moisture resistance, dovetail 

shape, sized to masonry joints.      D.  Weep Holes: Preformed plastic tubes 16 inches on‐center as indicated on the 

drawings.       D/A 1005            Mfg. By    Dur‐O‐Wall       or Approved Equal      E.  Cleaning Solutions: Not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials.       Sureklean 600          Mfg. By    Prosoco, Inc.       or Approved Equal    2..7  LINTELS      A.  See Architectural drawings for concrete masonry unit bond beam lintels.   3. PART 3   EXECUTION    3.1  EXAMINATION      A.   Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.    

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 4 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    B.  Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly located.      C.  Verify that built‐in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into 

masonry work.      D.  Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.    3.2  PREPARATION      A.  Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other Sections.      B.  Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work.  Maintain in 

place until building structure provides permanent bracing.    3.3  COURSING      A.  Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated.  Protect from displacement.        B.  Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension.  Form vertical and horizontal 

joints of uniform thickness.      C.  Lay concrete masonry units in running bond unless noted otherwise on the 

drawings.  Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.  Form concave mortar joints, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 

     D.  Lay brick units in running bond, unless otherwise noted on the drawings.  Course 

three brick units and three mortar joints to equal 8 inches.  Form concave mortar joints, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 

   3.4  PLACING AND BONDING      A.  Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly 

jointed with other work.          B.  Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not 

permitted.      C.  Remove excess mortar as Work progresses.  

  D.   Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set.  Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. 

     E.  Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, 

clean, unchipped edges.  Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.        3.4  WEEPS  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 5 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

     A.  Install weeps in veneer at 24 inches on center horizontally, above shelf angles 

and as noted on drawings.     3.5  CAVITY WALL      A.  Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep 

holes.  3.6  ANCHORAGE ‐ CAVITY WALL MASONRY      A.  Space anchors minimum of one for each 2.67 square feet of wall.      B.  Space anchors at a maximum of 32” horizontal and 18” vertical.      C.  Provide additional anchors around all openings larger than 16” in either 

dimension.  Place anchors around perimeter of opening at maximum 3 feet o.c.      D.  Attach anchors to stud with corrosion‐resistant 8d common nail.  Locate within 

1/2” of end.  3.7  MASONRY FLASHINGS      A.  Extend flashings under veneer, turn up minimum 8 inches and seal to sheathing 

over wood framed back‐up.      B.  Lap end joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight.      C.  Provide flashing all lintels. Turn up flashing ends a minimum of 2 inches to                                create end dams.      D.  Use flashing manufacturer's recommended adhesive and sealer.  3.8  LINTELS      A.  Install loose steel lintels over window openings, door openings, and mechanical 

and electrical openings.      B.  Install reinforced unit masonry lintels where noted on drawings.      C.  Use single piece reinforcing bars only.      D.  Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement.  Maintain position 

within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position.      E.  Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 6 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

     F.  Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary 

supports.      G.  Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening.    3.9  GROUTED COMPONENTS      A.  Provide grout for masonary cones at exterior stoops where indicated on 

drawings.    3.10  ENGINEERED MASONRY      A.  NOT USED.    3.11  CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS      A.  NOT USED.    3.12  BUILT‐IN WORK      A.  As work progresses, build in metal door and glazed frames, fabricated metal 

frames, window frames, wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates and other items furnished by other Sections. 

     B.  Build in items plumb and level.      C.  Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints.  Fill 

frame voids solid with grout.  Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. 

     D.  Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration.    3.13  TOLERANCES      A.  Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch.            B.  Maximum Variation From Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 

feet or more.      C.  Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non‐cumulative; 1/2 inch in 

two stories or more.      D.  Maximum Variation From Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet and 1/4 inch in 10 

feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 30 00 ‐ 7 of 7 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    E.  Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet.      F.  Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.        3.14  CUTTING AND FITTING      A.  Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves and grounds. Coordinate with 

other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location.          B.  Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not 

indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.      C.  Contractor is responsible for protecting existing and adjacent work at all cutting 

operations.    3.15  CLEANING      A.  Clean work under provisions of Section 1.      B.  Remove excess mortar and mortar smears.      C.  Replace defective mortar.  Match adjacent work.      D.  Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.      E.  Use non‐metallic tools in cleaning operations.    3.16  PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK      A.  Protect finished installation.         B.  Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed 

external corners which may be damaged by construction activities.          END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 45 00 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 04 50 00 – MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING   1. PART 1  GENERAL    1.1  SECTION INCLUDES  

A. Chemical cleaning of all exterior brick surfaces.  

B. Repointing mortar joints in addition to tuckpointing and masonry veneer replacement indicated on drawings.  

 C. Application of water repellant, all exterior brick surfaces. 

 1.2  QUALITY ASSURANCE  

A. NOT USED.  

1.3  DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING  

A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1.  

B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1.  

1.4  ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS  

A. Do not  lay, repoint, wash down or wet surfaces when temperature may drop below 40 degrees F within twenty‐four hours. 

 B. Cold Weather Requirements:    IMIAC – Recommend Practices and Guide 

Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.  2. PART 2  PRODUCTS    2.1  MANUFACTURERS – CLEANING MATERIALS  

A. Diedrich Chemical Inc. B. Prosoco Inc. C. or Approved Equal 

 2.2  CLEANING MATERIALS  

A. Water:  Clean, potable.  

B. Brushes:  Soft, natural bristles. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 45 00 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 C. Chemicals: 

 Surfaces to be cleaned      Product  Masonry        Diedrich #101 Masonry Restorer           Or Approved Equal  

  2.3  MORTAR MATERIALS  

A. Conform to requirements of Section 04100.   

2.4  MANUFACTURERS – WATER REPELLANT MATERIALS  

A. Prosoco Inc. B. Hydrozo C. or Approved Equal 

 2.5  WATER REPELLANT MATERIALS  

A. Conform to the following requirements:  

Surface          Product  Brick          Weatherseal Siloxane PD           Mfg. By Prosoco Inc.            Enviroseal 20           Mfg. By Hydrozo            or             Approved Equal             

3. PART 3  EXECUTION    3.1  EXAMINATION  

A. Verify that surfaces to be cleaned and restored are ready for work of this Section. 

 B. Beginning  of  installation  means  acceptance  of  existing  surfaces  and 

conditions.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  04 45 00 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.2  PREPARATION  

A. Protect elements  surrounding  the work of  this Section  from damage or disfiguration. 

 3.3  RESTORATION CLEANING  

A. Method Type A – Chemical Cleaning 1. Brush  coat masonry with proper  restoration  cleaner, mixed  into 

solution in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and identical to that required for sample area. 

2. Provide  a  second  application  if  required  by  preliminary  test  of sample area. 

3. Allow sufficient time for solution to remain on masonry. 4. Rinse  from  the  bottom  up with  potable water  applied  at  rates 

recommended by manufacturer. 5. Cleaning process shall include algaecide.  

 3.4  REPOINTING  

A. Cut out loose or disintegrated mortar in joints to twice the joint width or a minimum of 3/4 inch depth. 

 B. Power tools may be used. 

 C. Pre‐moisten  joint  and  apply mortar  specified  in  Section  04100.    Pack 

tightly in layers.  Leave a smooth, compact concave joint.  

3.5  CLEANING  

A. As work proceeds and on completion, remove excess mortar, droppings, smears, stains, efflorescence, or other unsightly excess resulting from the work of this Section. 

 B. Clean surrounding surfaces. 

  

END OF SECTION  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 05 60 ‐ 1 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 06 05 60 – DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE  

PART 1 – GENERAL  1.1 SUMMARY  A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.  B. Section Includes: 

1. Standard decorative laminate surfacing for finishing casework and countertops as indicated, including accessories and trim needed for a complete installation.  

1.2 RELATED WORK  A. Work of this section is related to work specified in the following sections: 

1. Not Used  1.3 REFERENCES  A. Reference Standards: In addition to requirements, comply with applicable provisions of following for design, materials, fabrication, and installation of component parts:  

1. NEMA LD3‐2005.  

1.4 SUBMITTALS  A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature for decorative plastic laminate material, adhesive for bonding plastic laminate, miscellaneous accessories and related components.  B. Samples: 

1. Decorative plastic laminates, 5 by 7 inches (125 by 175 mm), for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish with 1 sample applied to core material and edge.  

C. Product: For decorative plastic laminate materials, standard finish and colors.  D. Informational Submittals: Submit following packaged separately from other submittals:  

1. Manufacturer's written handling, storage and installation instructions.     

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 05 60 ‐ 2 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating and installing decorative plastic laminate finished work with a minimum 3 years experience.  B. Source Limitations: Obtain decorative plastic laminate materials through one source from a single manufacturer.  C. Fire‐Test‐Response Characteristics: Provide decorative plastic laminate with the following surface burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:  

1. Flame‐Spread Index: 25 or less.  2. Smoke‐Developed Index: 450 or less.  

D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standard for fabrication and installation.  1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING  A. Deliver, store, handle, and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.  

1. Provide protective coverings of suitable material. Take special precautions at corners.  

1.7 SEQUENCING  A. Coordinate sizes and locations of plumbing, cut‐outs and other related Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.  PART 2 – PRODUCTS  2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS  A. Formica Corporation B. WilsonArt C. Or Approved Equal  2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 05 60 ‐ 3 of 3 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. Decorative Plastic Laminate: Manufacturers standard and custom decorative surface papers with melamine resins, bonded under heat and pressure to kraft paper backing sheet with phenolic resins.  B. Standard Decorative Laminate – General Purpose Type Decorative Laminate:  

1. Grade: Grade 12, HGP. 2. Thickness: 0.045 Inches (1.1mm). 3. Surface burning characteristics in accordance with ASTM E84. 4. Finish:  Owner to Select 5. Colors and Patterns: Owner to Select. 

 C. Edges: PVC edge banding, 0.12 inch (3 mm) thick, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish.  2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS  A. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement.  PART 3 – EXECUTION  3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION  A. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect decorative plastic laminate surfacing.  3.2 INSTALLATION  A. General: Install decorative plastic laminate in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and approved Submittals. 

1. Provide templates and rough‐in measurements.  

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION  A. Cleaning:  

1. Clean decorative plastic laminate surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 

B. Protection: 1. Do not permit construction near unprotected surfaces. 

  

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 1 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

06 10 00 – SECTION MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Requirements of  the contract documents  including Division 1 specifications, apply  to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. Provide  rough  carpentry  complete  as  indicated  on  Drawings,  as  specified,  and  as required for proper completion of the Work; including, but not limited to items listed below: 

1. Framing, equipment bases and supports. 2. Wood blocking, backing, furring, cants, and nailers. 3. Plywood wall and roof panels. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

A. Rough Carpentry:   Carpentry work not  specified  in other  Sections  and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. 

B. Exposed Framing:  Dimension lumber not concealed by other construction. 

C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them,  include the following: 

1. NELMA ‐ Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA ‐ National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS ‐ Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SPIB ‐ Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5. WCLIB ‐ West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6. WWPA ‐ Western Wood Products Association. 

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Source  Limitations  for  Fire‐Retardant‐Treated  Wood:    Obtain  each  type  of  fire‐retardant‐treated wood product through one source from a single producer. 

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 2 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

A. Stack  lumber,  plywood,  and  other  panels;  place  spacers  between  each  bundle  to provide air circulation.  Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL 

A. Lumber:   DOC PS 20 and applicable  rules of  lumber grading agencies certified by  the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 

B. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 

C. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 

D. Where  nominal  sizes  are  indicated,  provide  actual  sizes  required  by  DOC PS 20  for moisture  content  specified.   Where  actual  sizes  are  indicated,  they  are  minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 

E. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 

F. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2‐inch nominal (38‐mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 

2.2 WOOD‐PRESERVATIVE‐TREATED MATERIALS 

A. Preservative  Treatment  by  Pressure  Process:    AWPA C2  (lumber)  and  AWPA C9 (plywood),  except  that  lumber  that  is  not  in  contact  with  the  ground  and  is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 

1. Preservative Chemicals:  Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: 

a. Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). b. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). c. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). d. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). e. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC). f. Copper azole, Type A (CBA‐A). g. Oxine copper (copper‐8‐quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 3 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. For exposed  items  indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations  that do not  require  incising,  contain  colorants, bleed  through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 

B. Kiln‐dry material after  treatment  to a maximum moisture  content of 15 percent  for plywood.   Do not use material that  is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. 

C. Mark  each  treated  item  with  the  treatment  quality mark  of  an  inspection  agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 

1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back  of  each  piece,  or  omit  marking  and  provide  certificates  of  treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. 

D. Application:    Treat  all  rough  carpentry,  unless  otherwise  indicated.    Treat  items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 

1. Wood framing, nailers, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 

2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 

3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. 

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER 

A. General:   Provide  lumber  for  support or attachment of other construction,  including the following: 

1. Framing. 2. Blocking. 3. Nailers. 4. Furring. 5. Grounds. 

B. For  concealed  boards,  provide  lumber with  15  percent maximum moisture  content and any of the following species and grades: 

1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Hem‐fir or Hem‐fir  (north), Construction or 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or 

WWPA. 3. Spruce‐pine‐fir  (south)  or  Spruce‐pine‐fir,  Construction  or  2 Common  grade; 

NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 4. Eastern softwoods, No. 2 Common grade; NELMA. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 4 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

5. Northern species, No. 2 Common grade; NLGA. 6. Western woods, Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA. 

2.4 PLYWOOD WALL AND ROOF PANELS 

A. Plywood Wall Panels:   DOC PS 1‐09, PS 2‐04, Exterior Grade, OSB, APA approved,  in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 7/16 inch (12.7 mm) thick. 

B. Plywood Roof Panels:  DOC PS 1‐09, PS 2‐04, Exterior Grade, T&G OSB, APA approved, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 5/8 inch (12.7 mm) thick. 

2.5 FASTENERS 

A. General:   Provide fasteners of size and type  indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 

1. Where rough carpentry  is exposed to weather,  in ground contact, or  in area of high  relative  humidity,  provide  fasteners with  hot‐dip  zinc  coating  complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples:  ASTM F 1667. 

C. Power‐Driven Fasteners:  CABO NER‐272. 

D. Wood Screws:  ASME B18.6.1. 

E. Screws for Fastening to Cold‐Formed Metal Framing:   ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. 

F. Lag Bolts:  ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M). 

G. Bolts:    Steel  bolts  complying  with  ASTM A 307,  Grade A  (ASTM F 568M,  Property Class 4.6);  with  ASTM A 563  (ASTM A 563M)  hex  nuts  and,  where  indicated,  flat washers. 

H. Expansion Anchors:  Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without  failure, a  load equal to 6 times the  load  imposed when installed  in  unit masonry  assemblies  and  equal  to  4  times  the  load  imposed when installed  in  concrete  as  determined  by  testing  per  ASTM E 488  conducted  by  a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 

1. Material:    Carbon‐steel  components,  zinc  plated  to  comply with  ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 5 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Material:    Stainless  steel with  bolts  and  nuts  complying with ASTM F 593  and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2  (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade A1 or A4). 

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 

A. Water‐Repellent Preservative:   NWWDA‐tested and  ‐accepted formulation containing 3‐iodo‐2‐propynyl  butyl  carbamate,  combined  with  an  insecticide  containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 

A. Set  rough  carpentry  to  required  levels and  lines, with members plumb,  true  to  line, cut, and fitted.   Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for  accurate  fit.    Locate  furring,  nailers,  blocking,  grounds,  and  similar  supports  to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. 

B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. 

C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative‐treated lumber and plywood. 

D. Securely  attach  rough  carpentry  work  to  substrate  by  anchoring  and  fastening  as indicated, complying with the following: 

1. CABO NER‐272 for power‐driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 23‐II‐B‐1,  "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23‐II‐B‐2,  "Wood Structural Panel 

Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code. 4. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the BOCA National Building Code. 5. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code. 6. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3(2), 

"Alternate  Attachments,"  in  the  International  One‐  and  Two‐Family  Dwelling Code. 

E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise  indicated.   Select fasteners of size that will not  fully  penetrate members where  opposite  side will  be  exposed  to  view  or  will receive finish materials.  Make tight connections between members.  Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  06 10 00 ‐ 6 of 6 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

F. Use  finishing  nails  for  exposed work,  unless  otherwise  indicated.    Countersink  nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 

3.2 WOOD FURRING GROUNDS, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION 

A. Install where  indicated  and where  required  for  screeding  or  attaching  other work.  Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work.  Coordinate locations with other work involved. 

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading.  Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces,  unless  otherwise  indicated.    Build  anchor  bolts  into  masonry  during installation of masonry work.  Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. 

C. Provide  permanent  grounds  of  dressed,  pressure‐preservative‐treated,  key‐beveled lumber not less than 1‐1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material.   Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 

D. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings.  Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

 

  06 61 16 – 1 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

SECTION 06 61 16 – SOLID SURFACE  PART 1 ‐ GENERAL  1.1 SUMMARY  A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.  B. SECTION INCLUDES: 

1. Solid Surfacing Fabrications for windowsills as indicated, including trim and material needed for a complete installation. 

 1.2 RELATED WORK  A. WORK OF THIS SECTION IS RELATED TO WORK SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS: 

1. Not Used  

1.3 REFERENCES  A. REFERENCE STANDARDS: In addition to requirements, comply with applicable provisions of following for design, materials, fabrication, and installation of component parts: 

1. ISSFA‐2, “Classification And Standards Publication of Solid Surfacing Material”. 2. ANSI Z124‐3 for vanities and Z124‐6 for kitchen sinks. 3. NSF Standard 51 for use in both splash and food  service areas. 4. New York City MEA for gas toxicity. 5. Canadian Standards Association (CSA). 6. ASTM G21 “Fungal Resistance,” Method [A] [B],  no growth. 7. ASTM G22 “Bacterial Resistance,” no growth. 8. Stain Resistance, ANSI Z124‐6‐5.2 1997.   

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS  A. DESIGN LOAD: Deflection limited to 1/360.  B. Design items with sufficient strength for handling stresses.     

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

 

  06 61 16 – 2 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

1.5 SUBMITTALS        A. PRODUCT DATA: Manufacturer's technical literature indicating physical properties and       B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate design parameters, adjacent construction, materials, dimensions, thickness, fabrication details, tolerances, jointing methods, method of support, anchorages, integration with plumbing fixtures and connections, and colors.  C. SAMPLES: Submit two, 2 inch by 2 inch (51mm x 51mm) samples representative of colors, patterns, textures, finishes and edge treatments. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for the work.  D. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS:  Submit following packaged separately from other submittals: 

1. Manufacturer's written installation instructions. 2. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures. Include in project closeout documents. 

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. FABRICATOR/INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: Company specializing in fabricating and installing solid surfacing fabrications similar in complexity to those required in this project, including specific requirements indicated.  B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: Obtain solid surfacing fabrications through one source.  C. FIRE‐TEST‐RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS:  Provide solid surfacing fabrications with the following surface‐burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL 723 or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 

1. Flame‐Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke‐Developed Index: 450 or less.  

D. MOCKUPS: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution set quality standard for fabrication and installation.  E. PRE‐INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00.  1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, handle, and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

 

  06 61 16 – 3 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

1. Provide protective coverings of suitable material. Take special precautions at corners.  1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: Do not deliver or install solid surfacing fabrications until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at design levels during the remainder of the construction period.  B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings.  1.9 SEQUENCING  A. Sequence work to permit installation of adjacent affected construction, plumbing rough‐in.  B. Coordinate sizes and locations of plumbing, cut‐outs, and other related work specified in other sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.  1.10 WARRANTY  A. WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer’s 10 year limited warranty covering replacement of the material except for non‐covered conditions as follows: 

1. Minor stains, scratches, water spots, and burns that may be corrected by techniques covered in the manufacturer’s Use and Care Guide. 2. Failure of solid surfacing joint material. 3. Failure due to structural failure of base cabinets or other solid surfacing substrate construction. 4. Use for purposes other than indoor finish material.  

See manufacturer’s warranty for complete details.  PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS  2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS  A. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER:        1. Formica Solid Surfacing       2.  Or Approved Equal  2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS  A. SOLID SURFACING MATERIALS: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

 

  06 61 16 – 4 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

with ISSFA‐2. 1. Colors and Patterns: Owner to select.  2. Edge Treatment:  Owner to select  

  C. ACCESSORIES: 

1. Adhesives: For seams and drop edges, Formica Solid Surfacing Seaming Cartridges, 9 ounce (260ml); color to blend with sheet material. 2. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that comply with the limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 

 2.3 FABRICATION  A. Assemble work at shop following manufacturer’s printed fabrication instructions and deliver to job ready for installation. Manufacture in largest practical pieces for handling and shipping without seams.  

1.  Grade: AWI, Economy. 2.  Fabricate work square and to required lines. 3.  Recess and conceal fasteners, connections, and reinforcing. 4. Design construction and installation details to allow for expansion and contraction of materials. Properly frames material with tight, hairline joints held rigidly in place. 5. Fabricate countertops and vanities with back splash and side splash pieces to profiles and sizes indicated. 6.  Fabricate items to profiles shown with connections and supports as indicated or as required for complete installation in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. 7. Provide cut‐outs for plumbing fixtures and trim, washroom accessories, appliances, and related items. Confirm layout with manufacturer’s cut‐out templates before beginning work. Round corners of cut‐outs and sand edges smooth. 8. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended unsupported overhang distances. 9. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and polish to low sheen. 10. Radius corners and edges.  

B. WINDOW SILLS:  1/2 inch (13mm) thick, Solid Surfacing, adhesively joined with no exposed seams, edge details as selected by Owner.  C. TOLERANCES: 

1. VARIATION IN COMPONENT SIZE: Plus/Minus 1/4 inch. 2. LOCATION OF OPENINGS: Plus/Minus 1/4 inch from indicated location. 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

 

  06 61 16 – 5 of 5 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION  3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution.  B. PREPARATION: Take field measurements.  3.2 INSTALLATION  A. GENERAL: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions and approved Submittals. Provide templates and rough‐in measurements. 

1. Set items plumb, level, rigid and solidly adhered to substrate. 2. Prefit items: Adjust supports to make fit. Align joints over support framing. 3. Apply dabs of silicone on supports; place items on supports and attach. 

 B. WINDOW SILLS: Install sills tight to window framing and adjacent wall surfaces. Anchor with concealed fastening system to securely prevent rocking, racking, or displacement. Seal joint between sill at adjacent wall and window surfaces with Sealant Designation as specified in by manufacturer.  D. TOLERANCES:   

1. Maximum Variation From True Dimension: 1/8 inch. 2. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1/8 inch. 

 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION  A. CLEANING: 

1. Clean and polish fabrications in accordance with  manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Promptly remove excessive mastic and seam adhesive. 3. Clean tops and splashes in accordance with  manufacturer's recommendations.  

B. PROTECTION: 1. Do not permit construction near unprotected surfaces.  

C. Refer to manufacturer’s warranty and exclusions.   

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 31 13 ‐ 1 of 4 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 07 31 13 – ROOFING SHINGLES  PART 1 – GENERAL    1.1 Related Sections      A. Rough Carpentry: per drawings.      B. Roof and Deck Insulation: per drawings.           Notes:       1. Underlayment and shingles installed directly over roof insulation or similar            type decks is not approved.       2. Roof deck must be dry, minimum 25/32” thick, maximum 6” wide boards, or            APA rated sheathing (exposure 1): minimum 3/8” plywood, minimum 7/16”            oriented strand board or waferboard. Consult shingle representative             for other approved constructions.       3. Ventilation under roof deck must meet FHA Minimum Property Standards.      C. Flashing and Sheet Metal: per drawings. For snow guards, metal flashing and drip          edges, including step‐type flashing installed with shingles.      D. Roof Accessories: per drawings.           Accessories.       1. UL® Listed Rafter Ventilation Products       2. Hip & Ridge Shingles       3. Ice and Water Shields    1.2 References – Standards and Building Codes      A. ASTM D 224 ‐Standard Specification for Smooth‐Surfaced Asphalt Roll Roofing.     B. ASTM D 226 – Standard Specification for Asphalt‐Saturated Organic Felt used in               Roofing and Waterproofing.     C. ASTM D 3018 – Standard Specification for Class A Shingles Surfaced with Mineral                Granules.     D. ASTM D 3161 – Standard Test Method for Wind‐Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan‐                Induced Method).     E. ASTM D 3462 – Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass felt and                Surfaced with Mineral Granules.     F. ASTM D 4586 – Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos –Free. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 31 13 ‐ 2 of 4 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    G. ASTM D 4869 – Standard Specification for Asphalt –Saturated Organic Felt Shingle                Underlayment Used in roofing.     H. ASTM D 6757 ‐ Standard Specification for Inorganic Underlayment for Use with               Steep Slope Roofing     I. ASTM E 108 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.    1.3 Quality Assurance      A. Shingles shall carry Underwriter’s Laboratories Labels:       1. UL® 790, Class A Fire Resistance       2. UL® 997, Wind Resistance       3. ASTM D3462      B. Install shingles to meet requirements of published manufacturer’s instructions.    1.4 Submittals      A. Manufacturer color sample showing full range of colors available for specified          products.     B. Product literature and recommended installation procedures.     C. Manufacturer’s 30‐year Limited Warranty.    1.5 Delivery, Storage, and Handling      A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer’s unopened bundles with labels intact and           legible.      B. Handle and store materials on site to prevent damage. Store in a covered ventilated           area at a maximum temperature of 110°F.      C. Do not stack product more than 2 pallets high. If stacking 2 pallets high, use             separator boards to protect the shingles below.      D. Roof Top Loading: Lay shingle bundles flat. Do not bend over the ridge.    1.6 Project Conditions      A. Proceed with installing shingles only when weather is appropriate for a quality           installation.      B. Do not install underlayment or shingles on wet surfaces. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 31 13 ‐ 3 of 4 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

   1.7 Warranty      A. Materials: Manufacturer’s 30‐year Limited Warranty* terms and conditions apply. PART 2 – PRODUCTS    2.1 Asphalt Shingles (Owens Corning or approved equal)      A. Fiber glass‐based asphalt shingles complying with ASTM specifications         E 108 Class A or UL 790 Class A, D 3462, D 3161 or UL 997, D 3018 Type 1,          ICBO ES ER 5443, ASTM D228.        1. Nominal Size: 13 1/4” x 38 3/4 “       2. Exposure: 5 5/8”       3. Shingles per Square: 66       4. Bundles per Square: 3 bundles of 22 shingles       5. Coverage per Square: 99.9 sq. ft.    2.2 Ventilation (Owens Corning or approved equal)        1. Rigid Strip Ridge Vent       2. Rafter Vent    2.3 Waterproofing Underlayment (Owens Corning or approved equal)      A. Waterproofing underlayment self‐adhesive waterproofing underlayment, fiber glass           reinforced with SBS modified asphalt, UL Listed.    2.4 Asphalt Felt Underlayment (Owens Corning or approved equal)      A. Non‐perforated, Type I, No. 15, asphalt saturated felt complying with ASTM D 226,          ASTM D 4869 or ASTM D 6757.    2.5 Hip & Ridge Shingles (Owens Corning or approved equal)      A. Same background color as field of roof.            1. Nominal Size: 12”x36” 16 1/2” x 8” 12”x12”       2. Exposure: 5” 7 3/4” 8”       3. Pieces per Carton: 81 48 32       4. Lineal Feet per Carton: 33.75 ft. Approx. 30 ft. 21.3 ft. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY  Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 31 13 ‐ 4 of 4 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

   2.6 Fasteners (Owens Corning or approved equal)      A. All fasteners must be driven flush with the shingle surface and penetrate at least          3/4” into the wood deck. Where the deck is less than 3/4” thick, the fastener should           be long enough to penetrate fully and extend at least 1/8” through the roof deck.      B. The use of nails as the preferred method of attaching shingles to wood decking or          other nailable substrates. If staples are used they must be, Corrosion resistant, zinc‐          coated, 16‐gauge minimum with minimum 15/16” crown width. Staples must be long         enough to penetrate at least 3/4” into solid decking, or extend a minimum of 1/8”           through the APA‐rated sheathing.  PART 3 – EXECUTION    3.1 Examination      A. Prior to starting work, examine all roof decks on which work is to be applied for          defects in materials and workmanship which may be detrimental to the proper           installation or long‐term performance of the shingles.    3.2 Installation      A. Installation shall be in accordance with the Guide to Installing Asphalt Roofing         Shingles published by manufacturer and your local building codes.      B. Product styles and colors change over time, for current selection of products and           colors in your area, please contact your manufacturer representative.  

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 1 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 07 46 46 – FIBER CEMENT SIDING, PANELS, AND TRIM  PART 1  GENERAL  1.1 SECTION INCLUDES  

A. Siding panels.  

B. Soffit panels.  

C. Accessories and trim.  1.2 RELATED SECTIONS  

A. Rough Carpentry ‐ Framing and Sheathing: per drawings.  

B. Joint Sealers: per drawings.  

C. Paints and Coatings ‐ Field painting: per drawings.  1.3 REFERENCES.  

A. ASTM C 920 ‐ Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 1998.  

B. ASTM C 1185 ‐ Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Non‐Asbestos Fiber‐Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing and Siding Shingles, and Clapboards; 1999. 

 C. ASTM C 1186 ‐ Standard Specification for Flat Non‐Asbestos Fiber Cement Sheets; 1999. 

 D. ASTM E 72 ‐ Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building 

Construction; 1998.  

E. ASTM E 84 ‐‐ Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 1999. 

 F. ASTM E 96 ‐ Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 1995. 

 G. ASTM E 136 ‐ Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 

750 Degrees C; 1999.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 2 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

H. ASTM E 228 ‐ Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials With a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer; 1995. 

 I. ASTM G 26 ‐ Standard Practice for Operating Light‐Exposure Apparatus (Xenon‐Arc Type) 

With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials; 1996.  1.4 SUBMITTALS  

A. Make submittals under provisions of Section 01 30 00.  

B. Product Data:  Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods, including nailing patterns. 4. Applicable model code authority evaluation report (ICC, CCMC, etc.)  

C.      Maintenance and periodic inspection recommendations.    D.      Siding manufacturer's requirements for vapor retarders, primer, paint, etc., to be installed      by others.  

E.       Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.  1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE  

A. Installer Qualifications:  Provide installer with not less than three years of experience with products similar to those specified. 

 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING  

A. Store products off the ground, on a flat surface, and under a roof or separate waterproof covering. 

 1.7 WARRANTY 

A. Provide Weather Boards 50 year limited siding warranty.  

B. Finish – provide 15 year limited paint warranty  

C. Register manufacturer's warranty, made out in Owner's name, with copy to Owner.   

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 3 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

PART 2  PRODUCTS  2.1 MANUFACTURER  

A. CertainTeed Corporation  

B. Or Approved Equal  2.2 PANELS  

A. Fiber Cement Board Panels ‐ General: Fiber Cement Board Panels consist of cement, fly ash and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure into boards with integral surface texture; complying with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II; machined edges; for nail attachment. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics:  Flame spread index of 0, smoke developed index of 

5, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 (Class I/A). 2. Flammability:  Noncombustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136. 3. Flexural Strength:  At least 1450 psi (10 MPa) when in equilibrium condition, and at 

least 1015 psi (7 MPa) when in wet condition, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. 

4. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion:  Less than 1 x 10^‐5/inch/inch/degree F (0.5 x 10^‐5/degree C), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 228. 

5. Freeze Thaw Resistance:  At least 80 percent flexural strength retained, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. 

6. UV Resistance:  No cracking, checking, or erosion, when tested for 2000 hours in accordance with ASTM G 26. 

7. Water Tightness:  No water droplets on underside, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. 

 B. Horizontal Siding: Lap Siding. 

1. Thickness:  5/16 inch (7.9 mm), plus or minus .04 inch (1 mm). 2. Length:  12 feet (3657 mm), plus 0,  minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. Style:  Cedar lap siding. 

a. Width:  7‐1/4 inches (185 mm) wide. 4. Sealant/Primer: Fiber cement manufacturer recommended Sealant/Primer. 5. Field Finish Paint: 100 percent acrylic latex as specified by manufacturer & drawings. 6. Factory Finish:  Factory applied Finishing System by Fiber cement manufacturer with 

100 percent acrylic solid color as follows: a. Owner to Select. 

 C. Soffit: Soffit, ventilated and non‐ventilated. 

1. Thickness:  1/4 inch (6.35 mm), plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 4 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Style:  Smooth texture, 24 inches (610 mm) wide. 3. Combination of Ventilated and Non‐ventilated as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Sealant/Primer: Fiber cement manufacturer recommended Sealant/Primer. 5. Field Finish Paint: 100 percent acrylic latex as specified by manufacturer & drawings. 6. Factory Finish:  Factory applied Finishing System by Fiber cement manufacturer with 

100 percent acrylic solid color as follows: a. Owner to Select 

 D. Soffit/Porch Panel: CertainTeed Fiber Cement Soffit/Porch Panel. 

1. Thickness:  1/4 inch (6 mm), (6.35 mm, plus or minus 0.8 mm). 2. Width: 48 inches (1220 mm). 3. Length:  8 feet (2440 mm), plus 0, minus 1/8 inch (3.17 mm). 4. Sealant/Primer: Fiber cement manufacturer recommended Sealant/Primer. 5. Field Finish Paint: 100 percent acrylic latex as specified by manufacturer & drawings. 6. Factory Finish:  Factory applied Finishing System by Fiber cement manufacturer with 

100 percent acrylic solid color as follows:  2.3 ACCESSORIES 

A. Trim:  CertainTeed Weather Boards Trim 1. Size:  

a. Thickness 7/16 inch (11 mm) plus or minus (1 mm). b. Width:  

1) 3‐1/2 inch (89 mm). 2) 5‐1/2 inch (140 mm). 3) 9‐1/4 inch (235 mm). 4) 11‐1/4 inch (286 mm).  

c. Length: 12 feet (3.657 m) plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.17 mm).  

2. Sealant/Primer: Fiber cement manufacturer recommended Sealant/Primer.  

B. Trim:  Western red cedar lumber, without knotholes, checks, or cracks; 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness. 

 C. Trim:  Pressure preservative treated southern pine, without knotholes, checks, or cracks, 

No.1 grade or better; 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness.  

D. Provide the following trim: 1. Starter strip for lap siding. 2. Outside corners, butted to siding. 3. Outside corners, overlapping siding. 4. Fascia board. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 5 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

5. Band / trim boards. 6. As noted on drawings/ 

 E. Sealant:  Paintable, 100 percent acrylic latex caulk complying with ASTM C 920. 

 F. Sheet Metal Flashing:  Minimum 26 gauge hot‐dipped galvanized steel sheet, or coated 

aluminum.  

G. Nails:  Length as required to penetrate minimum 1‐1/4 inch ( 32mm) into solid backing; hot‐dipped galvanized or stainless steel. 

 H. Building Paper:  Kraft or bituminous paper; not polyethylene or foil. 

 I. Field Finish Paint: 100 percent acrylic latex as specified by manufacturer & drawings. 

 J. Touch Up Kit: Fiber cement manufacturer provided touch‐up kit for each color specified by 

Owner.   PART 3  EXECUTION  3.1 EXAMINATION  

A. Prior to commencing installation, verify governing dimensions of building and condition of substrate. 

 A. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of 

unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.  3.2 PREPARATION  

A. Examine, clean, and repair as necessary any substrate conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation. 

 B. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 

 3.3 INSTALLATION  

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Drawing details. 1. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 6 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2. Install in accordance with conditions stated in model code evaluation report applicable to location of project. 

3. Use trim details indicated on drawings. 4. Touch up all field cut edges before installing. 5. Pre‐drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. 

 B. Over Wood Studs Without Sheathing:  Install building paper over studs prior to installing 

siding.  

C. Over Wood and Wood‐Composite Sheathing:  Fasten siding through sheathing into studs.  

D. Over Foam Sheathing:  Read and comply with sheathing manufacturer's recommendations. 1. For sheathing of 1 inch (25 mm) thickness or less, nail through sheathing into studs 

using correspondingly longer nails.  

E. Over Masonry Walls:  Install furring strips of adequate thickness to accept full length of nails and spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) on center. 

 F. Over Steel Studs: Minimum 20 gauge steel, 3 5/8” (92 mm) C‐studs. Use 1‐5/8” (41 mm) 

long, #8‐18 x 3/8” HD self‐tapping, corrosion‐resistant ribbed bugle head screws. Attach siding at each stud insuring that at least 3 screw threads penetrate the studs. 

 G. Diagonal Siding:  Follow manufacturer's instructions. 

 H. Allow space between both ends of siding panels that butt against trim for thermal 

movement; seal joint between panel and trim with exterior grade sealant.  

I. Joints in Horizontal Siding:  Avoid joints in lap siding except at corners; where joints are inevitable stagger joints between successive courses. 

 J. Joints in Vertical Siding:  Install Z‐flashing in horizontal joints between successive courses of 

vertical siding.  

K. Furred Installation:  Leave space at top and bottom open; top may be behind soffit; at bottom install insect screen over opening by wrapping a strip of screen over bottom ends of vertical furring strips. 

 L. Install sheet metal flashing above door and window casings and horizontal trim in field of 

siding.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 46 46 ‐ 7 of 7 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

M. Do not install siding less than 6 inches (150 mm) from surface of ground nor closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to roofs, patios, porches, and other surfaces where water may collect. 

 N. After installation, seal all joints except lap joints of lap siding.  Seal around all penetrations. 

 Paint all exposed cut edges. O. Finish Painting:  100 percent acrylic latex as specified by manufacturer & drawings.. 

 P. Finish Painting:  Within 24 months after installation, paint siding and trim with one coat 

finish paint.  

Q. Finish Painting:  Within 24 months after installation, paint siding and trim with one coat primer and two coats finish paint. 

 3.4 CLEANING  

A. At completion of work, remove debris caused by siding installation from project site.  

B. Touch‐up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.     END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 1 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 07 92 00 ‐ JOINT SEALANTS 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. Drawings, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 ‐ General Requirements apply to this section. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. Completely  close  with  sealant  all  joints  as  required  to maintain  the  building  in  a weathertight  and  watertight  condition  and  as  required  to  close  joints  between adjoining  materials.    Include  joints  around  frames  of  doors,  windows,  or  other openings  in exterior walls,  flooring  joints,  joints at penetrations of walls, decks, and floors by piping and other services and equipment, joints between items of equipment and other construction. 

B. This Section  includes sealants for the following applications,  including those specified by reference to this Section: 

1. Exterior  joints  in  the  following  vertical  surfaces  and  nontraffic  horizontal surfaces: 

a. Control and expansion joints in cast‐in‐place concrete. 

b. Joints between metal panels. 

c. Joints between different materials. 

d. Perimeter  joints between materials  listed above and  frames of doors and windows. 

e. Control and expansion joints in soffits, ceiling and overhead surfaces. 

f. Other joints as indicated on drawings. 

2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 

a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast‐in‐place concrete slabs. 

3. Interior  joints  in  the  following  vertical  surfaces  and  horizontal  nontraffic surfaces: 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 2 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 

b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. 

c. Tile control and expansion joints. 

d. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior walls and partitions. 

e. Perimeter  joints  between  interior  wall  surfaces  and  frames  of  interior doors, and windows. 

f. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. 

g. Other joints as indicated. 

h. Joints between different materials. 

C. Related Sections include the following: 

1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and gaskets. 

2. Division 9  Section  "Gypsum  Board  Assemblies"  for  sealing  perimeter  joints  of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. 

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

A. Provide elastomeric  joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 

B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water‐resistant  continuous  joint  seals  without  staining  or  deteriorating  joint substrates. 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

A. Product Data:  For each joint‐sealant product indicated. 

B. Samples for Initial Selection:  Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

A. Installer Qualifications:  An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 3 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

sealants similar  in material, design, and extent to those  indicated for this Project and whose work has  resulted  in  joint‐sealant  installations with a  record of  successful  in‐service performance. 

B. Source Limitations:  Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 

A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer,  product  name  and  designation,  color,  expiration  date,  pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. 

B. Store and handle materials  in compliance with manufacturer's written  instructions to prevent  their  deterioration  or  damage  due  to moisture,  high  or  low  temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 

A. Environmental  Limitations:   Do not proceed with  installation of  joint  sealants under the following conditions: 

1. When  ambient  and  substrate  temperature  conditions  are  outside  limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 

2. When  ambient  and  substrate  temperature  conditions  are  outside  limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 

3. When joint substrates are wet. 

B. Joint‐Width Conditions:  Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths  are  less  than  those  allowed  by  joint  sealant manufacturer  for  applications indicated. 

C. Joint‐Substrate  Conditions:    Do  not  proceed with  installation  of  joint  sealants  until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 

1.8 WARRANTY 

A. General Warranty:  Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other  rights Owner may have under other provisions of  the Contract Documents and  shall  be  in  addition  to,  and  run  concurrent  with,  other  warranties  made  by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 4 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B. Special Installer's Warranty:  Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace  elastomeric  joint  sealants  that  do  not  comply with  performance  and  other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 

1. Warranty Period:  Two years from date of Substantial Completion. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS 

A. Products:  Products named in the Sealant Schedule establish quality standard.  Subject to  compliance  with  requirements,  products,  and  applicability  of  the  following manufacturers are acceptable: 

1. Basis of Design: Tremco 

2. Pecora 

3. Sika 

4. Sonneborn 

5. Dow Corning 

2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL 

A. Compatibility:   Provide  joint  sealants, backings, and other  related materials  that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application,  as  demonstrated  by  sealant  manufacturer  based  on  testing  and  field experience. 

B. Colors  of  Exposed  Joint  Sealants:    As  selected  by Owner  and/or  Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's full range for this characteristic. 

2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 

A. Elastomeric  Sealant  Standard:    Comply  with  ASTM C 920  and  other  requirements indicated  for  each  liquid‐applied  chemically  curing  sealant  in  the  Elastomeric  Joint‐Sealant  Schedule  at  the  end  of  Part 3,  including  those  referencing  ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. 

B. Additional Movement Capability:   Where additional movement capability  is specified in the Elastomeric Joint‐Sealant Schedule, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 5 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at the time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. 

 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS 

A. Latex Sealant Standard:  Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint‐Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3. 

2.5 JOINT‐SEALANT BACKING 

A. General:    Provide  sealant  backings  of material  and  type  that  are  nonstaining;  are compatible with  joint  substrates,  sealants,  primers,  and  other  joint  fillers;  and  are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 

B. Cylindrical  Sealant Backings:   ASTM C 1330, of  type  indicated below  and of  size  and density  to  control  sealant  depth  and  otherwise  contribute  to  producing  optimum sealant performance: 

1. Type C:  Closed‐cell material with a surface skin. 

C. Elastomeric  Tubing  Sealant  Backings:    Neoprene,  butyl,  EPDM,  or  silicone  tubing complying  with  ASTM D 1056,  nonabsorbent  to  water  and  gas,  and  capable  of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C).  Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. 

D. Bond‐Breaker Tape:  Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer  for  preventing  sealant  from  adhering  to  rigid,  inflexible  joint‐filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure.  Provide self‐adhesive tape where applicable. 

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 

A. Primer:   Material  recommended  by  joint  sealant manufacturer where  required  for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint‐sealant‐substrate tests and field tests. 

B. Cleaners  for Nonporous Surfaces:   Chemical cleaners acceptable  to manufacturers of sealants  and  sealant  backing  materials,  free  of  oily  residues  or  other  substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 6 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

C. Masking Tape:  Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 EXAMINATION 

A. Examine  joints  indicated  to  receive  joint  sealants,  with  Installer  present,  for compliance  with  requirements  for  joint  configuration,  installation  tolerances,  and other conditions affecting joint‐sealant performance. 

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 

3.2 PREPARATION 

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints:  Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to  comply with  joint  sealant manufacturer's written  instructions  and  the  following requirements: 

1. Remove  all  foreign  material  from  joint  substrates  that  could  interfere  with adhesion of  joint  sealant,  including dust, paints, old  joint  sealants, oil,  grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 

2. Clean  porous  joint  substrate  surfaces  by  brushing,  grinding,  blast  cleaning, mechanical  abrading,  or  a  combination  of  these methods  to  produce  a  clean, sound  substrate  capable  of  developing  optimum  bond  with  joint  sealants.  Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil‐free compressed air.  

3. Remove laitance and form‐release agents from concrete. 

4. Clean  nonporous  surfaces with  chemical  cleaners  or  other means  that  do  not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.

B. Joint Priming:   Prime  joint substrates where recommended  in writing by  joint sealant manufacturer,  based  on  preconstruction  joint‐sealant‐substrate  tests  or  prior experience.    Apply  primer  to  comply  with  joint  sealant  manufacturer's  written instructions.   Confine primers to areas of  joint‐sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 

C. Masking Tape:   Use masking  tape where required  to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 7 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

contact  or  by  cleaning methods  required  to  remove  sealant  smears.    Remove  tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS 

A. General:  Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. 

B. Sealant Installation Standard:  Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 

C. Acoustical  Sealant  Application  Standard:    Comply  with  recommendations  of ASTM C 919  for  use  of  joint  sealants  in  acoustical  applications  as  applicable  to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 

D. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position  required  to produce  cross‐sectional  shapes and depths of  installed  sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 

2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 

3. Remove  absorbent  sealant  backings  that  have  become  wet  before  sealant application and replace them with dry materials. 

E. Install  bond‐breaker  tape  behind  sealants  where  sealant  backings  are  not  used between sealants and back of joints. 

F. Install  sealants by proven  techniques  to  comply with  the  following and at  the  same time backings are installed: 

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 

2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 

3. Produce uniform, cross‐sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 

G. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants:  Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or  curing  begins,  tool  sealants  according  to  requirements  specified  below  to  form smooth,  uniform  beads  of  configuration  indicated;  to  eliminate  air  pockets;  and  to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 8 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 

3. Provide  concave  joint  configuration  per  Figure 5A  in  ASTM C 1193,  unless otherwise indicated. 

3.4 CLEANING 

A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 

3.5 PROTECTION 

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and  from damage resulting  from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion.  If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or  deteriorated  joint  sealants  immediately  so  installations  with  repaired  areas  are indistinguishable from the original work. 

3.6 SEALANT SCHEDULE 

Schedule based on generic and/or manufacturers listing. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 9 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 

 

 SEALANT TYPE 

 PRODUCT/MANUFACTURER  USE 

 One‐Part Polysulfide (nonsag) 

   

 Joints in concrete, masonry, met‐als, glass, and other materials as recommended by the manufac‐turer.  Do not use in joints subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic. 

 One‐Part Urethane (nonsag) 

 "Permapol RC‐1" Products Research and Chemical Corporation  "Sikaflex‐15LM" Sika Corporation  

 Joints in concrete, masonry, met‐als, glass and other materials as recommended by manufacturer.  May be used in joints subject to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 

 Acrylic Emulsion Sealant 

 "AC‐20" Pecora Corporation  "Sonolac" Sonneborn  "Tremco Acrylic Latex  834" Tremco Inc. 

 Interior joints in field painted verti‐cal and overhead surfaces includ‐ing, but not limited to, metal doors frames, concrete, masonry, and other joints not indicated other‐wise. 

              

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  07 92 00 ‐ 10 of 10 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    

SEALANT TYPE PRODUCT/MANUFACTURER USE Epoxidized Polyure‐thane Compound 

 A multi‐component epoxidized seal‐ant,  Class A, Type II with a minimum life expectancy of 20 years under normal conditions. 

 Use for all exterior work, to pre‐vent penetration of water, seal joints completely around louvers, exterior door frames, windows, control joints and other exterior openings not provided for other‐wise and all wall control joints, both exterior and interior. 

 One‐Part Mildew Resistant Silicone 

 "Dow Corning 786 Dow Corning Corporation  "GE Silicone 1700 Sanitary  Sonneborn Omniplus" 

 Use silicone sealant at floor and wall perimeter of all plumbing fix‐tures.  Around fittings and accesso‐ries, caulk behind flanges and fit‐tings in a fashion that the wall openings are sealed, but no sealant is exposed.  Use silicone sealant at surfaces similar to glass, glazed tile, plastics, and joint subject to moisture and humidity. 

 Concrete Paving 

 Resilient, non‐extruding, non‐bituminous wood fiber units com‐plying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH‐F‐341E, Type 1 and AASHTO M213.  

 Interior horizontal  concrete joints with sealant Where concrete slabs meet walls and similar isolation points.  At joints receiving sealant provide board with detachable 1/2" deep cap.   

 

                    END OF SECTION  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 1 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 08 54 13 – COMPOSITE SLIDING WINDOWS  PART 1   GENERAL  1.1  SECTION INCLUDES  A.  Composite sliding windows. 

 1.2  RELATED SECTIONS  A.  Not used.  

1.3  REFERENCES  A.  American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 

1.  AAMA 502 ‐ Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Doors. 2.  AAMA 613 ‐ Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Organic 

Coatings on Plastic Profiles.  B.  American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 

1.  ASTM C 1036 ‐ Flat Glass. 2.  ASTM C 1048 ‐ Heat‐Treated Flat Glass‐‐Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 3.  ASTM D 3656 ‐ Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from Vinyl‐Coated Glass Yarns. 4.  ASTM E 283 ‐ Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors 

Under Specified Pressure Difference Across the Specimen. 5.  ASTM E 547 ‐ Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by Cyclic 

Static Air Pressure Differential.  C.  Screen Manufacturers Association (SMA): 

1.  SMA 1201 ‐ Specifications for Insect Screens for Windows, Sliding Doors and Swinging Doors. 

 D.  Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA): 

1.  ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 ‐ Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors. 

 1.4  PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS  A.  Windows shall meet Rating HS‐LC30‐50 specifications in accordance with ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 

101/I.S.2.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 2 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B.  Window Air Leakage, ASTM E 283:  Window air leakage when tested at 1.57 psf (25 mph) shall be 0.25 cfm/ft2 of frame or less. 

 C.  Window Water Penetration, ASTM E 547:  No water penetration through window when tested 

under static pressure of 4.5 psf (42 mph) after 4 cycles of 5 minutes each, with water being applied at a rate of 5 gallons per hour per square foot. 

 1.5  SUBMITTALS  A.  Submit in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 

 B.  Product Data:  Submit manufacturer's product data, including installation instructions. 

 C.  Shop Drawings:  Submit manufacturer's shop drawings, indicating dimensions, construction, 

component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, and installation details. 

 D.  Samples:  Submit full‐size or partial full‐size sample of window illustrating glazing system, 

quality of construction, and color of finish.  1.6  QUALITY ASSURANCE  A.  Mockup: 

1.  Provide sample installation for field testing window performance requirements and to determine acceptability of window installation methods. 

2.  Approved mockup shall represent minimum quality required for the Work. 3.  Approved mockup shall not remain in place within the Work. 

 1.7  DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING  A.  Delivery:  Deliver materials to site undamaged in manufacturer's or sales branch's original, 

unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying manufacturer and product name.  Include installation instructions. 

 B.  Storage: 

1.  Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.  Store materials off ground and under cover. 3.  Protect materials from weather, direct sunlight, and construction activities. 

 C.  Handling:  Protect materials and finish during handling and installation to prevent damage. 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 3 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 PART 2   PRODUCTS  2.1  MANUFACTURER  A.  Pella Corporation B.  Marvin Windows and Doors C.  Andersen Windows D.   Or Approved Equal 

 2.2  COMPOSITE SLIDING WINDOWS  A.  Sliding Windows:  

1.  Factory‐assembled window with sash installed in frame. 2.  Frame and Sash Material:  5‐layer, pultruded‐composite material, reinforced with 

interlocking mat.  B.  Frame: 

1.  Type:  Block frame. 2.  Overall Frame Depth:  +/‐ 3 1/4 inches. 3.  Nominal Wall Thickness of Fiberglass Members:  0.050 inch to 0.070 inch. 4.  Frame Corners: 

a.  Mitered. b.  Joined and bonded with thermoset polyurethane adhesive, nylon corner lock, and 

mechanically fastened. 5.  Sill:  Fitted with weep valve assemblies. 6.  Jambs:  Factory‐drilled, counter‐bored, installation screw holes. 

 C.  Sash: 

1.  Sash Corners: a.  Mitered. b.  Bonded and sealed with injected thermoset polyurethane adhesive. 

D.  Glazing: 1.  Float Glass:  ASTM C 1036, Quality 1.   a.  Tempered Glass:  ASTM C 1048. 

 2.  Type:  insulating glass, clear, tempered, multi‐layer Low‐E coated with argon. 

 E.  Weather Stripping: 

1.  Vent Sash:  Dual weather‐stripped around perimeter with fin‐type, dual‐pile, weather stripping. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 4 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

 2.3  OPTIONS  A.  Insect Screens: 

1.  Compliance:  ASTM D 3656 and SMA 1201. 2.  Screen Cloth:  fiberglass screen cloth set in aluminum frame fitted to outside of window. 3.  Complete with necessary hardware. 4.  Screen Frame Finish:  Baked enamel. 

a.  Color:  Owner to select.  2.4  HARDWARE  A.  Rollers: 

1.  Vents:  Equip with 2 nylon roller housings containing 2 acetal rollers each. 2.  Rollers:  Remove for cleaning and maintenance. 

 B.  Lock: 

1.  Type:  Self‐aligning. 2.  Windows 37 Inches High or Greater:  2 locks. 3.  Standard Finish:  Owner to select. 

 2.5  TOLERANCES  A.  Windows shall accommodate the following opening tolerances: 

1.  Horizontal Dimensions Between High and Low Points:  Plus 1/4‐inch, minus 0 inch. 2.  Width Dimensions:  Plus 1/4‐inch, minus 0 inch. 3.  Building Columns or Masonry Openings:  Plus or minus 1/4‐inch from plumb. 

 2.6  FINISH  A.  Exterior and Interior Finish:  Factory‐applied powder‐coat paint, comply with AAMA 613. 

  

1.  Color:  Owner to select.  2.7  INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES  A.  Flashing/Sealant Tape: 

1.  Aluminum‐foil‐backed butyl window and door flashing tape. 2.  Maximum Total Thickness:  0.013 inch. 3.  UV resistant. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 5 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

4.  Verify sealant compatibility with sealant manufacturer.  

B.  Exterior Perimeter Sealant: Geocel Proflex Tripolymer Sealant.  C.  Insulating‐Foam Sealant:     1.  Low‐pressure, polyurethane window and door insulating‐foam sealant.  D.  Block Frame Installation Accessories:  Installation screws for frame screw applications.  

2.8  SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL  A.  Factory Testing:  Factory test individual standard operable windows for air infiltration in 

accordance with ASTM E 283, to ensure compliance with this specification.   PART 3           EXECUTION  3.1  EXAMINATION  A.  Examine areas to receive windows.  Notify Owner Representative and Architect of conditions 

that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use.  Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 

 3.2  INSTALLATION  A.  Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 

 B.  Install windows to be weather‐tight and freely operating. 

 C.  Maintain alignment with adjacent work. 

 D.  Secure assembly to framed openings, plumb and square, without distortion.  E.  Integrate window system installation with exterior water‐resistant barrier using 

flashing/sealant tape.  Apply and integrate flashing/sealant tape with water‐resistant barrier using watershed principles in accordance with window manufacturer's instructions. 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  08 54 13 ‐ 6 of 6 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

F.  Place interior seal around window perimeter to maintain continuity of building thermal and air barrier using insulating foam sealant. 

 G.  Seal window to exterior wall cladding with sealant and related backing materials at perimeter 

of assembly.  H.  Leave windows closed and locked. 

 3.3  FIELD QUALITY CONTROL  A.  Field Testing:  Field‐test windows in accordance with AAMA 502, Test Method A. 

 3.4  CLEANING  A.  Clean window frames and glass in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 

 B.  Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that would damage finish or glass. 

 C.  Remove labels and visible markings. 

 3.5  PROTECTION  A.  Protect installed windows to ensure that, except for normal weathering, windows will be 

without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion.   

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  09 25 00 ‐ 1 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 09 25 00 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1  SUBMITTALS 

A. Product Data:  Provide date on gypsum board and glass mat faced gypsum board. 

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1  GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 

A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA‐216. 1. See PART 3 for finishing requirements. 

B.       Interior Partitions Indicated as Sound‐Rated:  Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics. 

     1.  Acoustic Attenuation:  STC of 45‐49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on      test conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. 

C.   Fire Rated Assemblies:  Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics:      1.  UL Assembly Numbers:  Provide construction equivalent to that listed for the particular      assembly in the current UL Fire Resistance Directory. 

2.2  BOARD MATERIALS 

A. Gypsum Wallboard:  Paper‐faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place ends square cut. 

  1.  Application:  Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.    2.  Mold Resistance:  Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.     a.  Mold‐resistant board is required whenever board is being installed before the  

    building is enclosed and conditioned.     b.  Mold‐resistant board is required for all wet‐wall and below grade assemblies.   3.  At Assemblies Indicated with Fire‐Rating:  Use type required by indicated tested 

  assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed.   4.  Thickness:     a.  Vertical Surfaces:  ½ inch.     b.  Multi‐Layer Assemblies:  Thicknesses as indicated on drawings, or required for  

    fire‐rated assembly. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  09 25 00 ‐ 2 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

B. Impact‐Rated Wallboard:  Tested to Level 3 soft‐body and hard‐body impact in accordance with ASTM C1629. 1. Application:  Where indicated. 2. Mold Resistance:  Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273, when 

installed in locations listed under 2.02 A3 above. 3. Type:  Fire‐resistance rated Type X, UL or WH listed, where required. 4. Thickness:  ½ inch, unless otherwise indicated or required. 5. Edges:  Tapered. 

C. Backing Board For Wet Areas:     1.  Application:  Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including tub and shower surrounds,  

  shower ceilings, and other wet‐walls.     2.  Mold Resistance:  Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.     3.  Glass‐Mat‐Faced Board:  Coated glass mat water‐resistance gypsum backing panel as      defined in ASTM C1178.  D.  Backing Board For Non‐Wet Areas:  Water‐resistance gypsum backing board as defined in   ASTM C1396/C1396M: sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square cut.   1.  Application:  Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas.   2.  Mold Resistance:  Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273, when      installed in locations listed under 2.02 A3 above.   3.  Type:  Type X and / or Type C, as required by assembly, in locations indicated to be fire‐     rated.   4.  Regular Board Thickness:  ½ inch, unless otherwise indicated or required.   5.  Edges:  Tapered.   

E.  Ceiling Board:  Special sag‐resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M;   sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut.   1.  Application:  Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated or required.   2.  Thickness:  ½ inch.   3.  Edges:  Tapered.  F.  Exterior Soffit Board:  Exterior gypsum soffit board as defined in ASTM C 1396/C1396M: sizes   to minimize joints in place: ends square cut.   1.  Application:  Ceilings and soffits in protected exterior areas, unless otherwise indicated.   2.  At Assemblies Indicated with Fire‐Rating:  Use type required by indicated tested        assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X.   3.  Regular Type Thickness:  5/8 inch.   4.  Edges:  Tapered.  

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  09 25 00 ‐ 3 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

2.3  ACCESSORIES 

A. Acoustic Insulation:  ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced.   1.  Fire‐Resistance‐Rated Assemblies:  Comply with requirements of assembly. 

B.  Acoustic Sealant:  Non‐hardening, non‐skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board. 

C.  Finishing Accessories:  ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless otherwise indicated.   1.  Types:  As detailed or required for finished appearance.   2.  Special Shapes:  In addition to conventional cornerbead and control joints, provide U‐     bead at exposed panel edges.  D.  Joint Materials:  ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project   conditions.   1.  Joint Compound:     a.  Prefilling:  Use setting‐type taping compound.     b.  Embedding and First Coat:  Use setting‐type taping compound.     c.  Fill/Second Coat:  Use setting‐type, sandable topping.     d.  Finish/Third Coat:  Use drying‐type, all‐purpose.   2.  Tape:  2 inch wide, coated glass fiver tape for joints and corners of glass‐mat‐faced      board.   3.  Tape:  2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise      indicated.  E.  Screws for Attachment to Steel Members Less Than 0.03 inch in Thickness, to Wood Members,   and to Gypsum Board:  ASTM C1002; self‐piercing tapping type: cadmium‐plated for exterior   locations.  F.  Laminating Adhesive:  Adhesive or compound recommended for adhering gypsum panels to   continuous substrate.   1.  Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to      40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).  G.  Adhesive for Attachment to Wood:  ASTM C557. 

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1  ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION 

A. Acoustic Insulation:  Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  09 25 00 ‐ 4 of 4 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.2  BOARD INSTALLATION 

A. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions.  Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations 

1. Isolate gypsum board assemblies from abutting structural and masonry work.  Provide edge trim and acoustical sealant. 

2. Single‐Layer Fastening:  Fasten gypsum panels to supports with screws. 3. Multi‐layer Fastening:  Fasten base layers and face layer separately to supports with 

screws. 4. Install control joints according to the referenced standard and in specific locations 

approved by Architect for visual effect. 

B. Fire‐Rated Construction:  Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing.  

C. Exterior Soffit Board:  Install perpendicular to framing, with staggered end joints over framing members or other solid backing. 

D. Installation on Wood Framing:  For rated assemblies, comply with requirements of listing authority.  For non‐rated assemblies, install as follows. 

1. Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. 2. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide‐dimension lumber.  Float 

gypsum panels, or provide control joints to compensate for wood shrinkage. 

3.3  JOINT TREATMENT 

A. Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Board and Exterior Glass Mat Faced Sheathing:  Use fiberglass joint tape, bedded and finished with chemical hardening type joint compound. 

B. Paper Faced Gypsum Board:  Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready‐mixed vinyl‐based joint compound and finished with ready‐mixed vinyl‐based joint compound. 

C. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 

1. Level 4:  Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 

2. Level 2:  In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive tile finish. 3. Level 1:  Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the 

completed construction. 

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovations of 5 Units 

  09 65 00 ‐ 1 of 1 

Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 09 65 00 – VINYL PLANK FLOORING 

  

END OF SECTION 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 1 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

SECTION 09 91 00 ‐ PAINTING 

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL 

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

A. The work of  this  Specification  shall be performed  in  accordance with  the Drawings, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. 

1.2 SUMMARY 

A. The scope of work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required for the complete execution of all prep work and painting work specified herein and described on project drawings.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1.3 SCOPE OF WORK 

A. The project scope of work shall include: 

1. The complete painting of all exterior trim, fascias, soffits, and ceilings (wood and/or fiber cement), except for materials to remain unfinished, such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper, vinyl or as directed by LMHA.

2. The complete painting of all exterior siding (wood and/or fiber cement).

3. The complete painting of all gutters, downpipes, and other miscellaneous metal items as indicated on drawings and directed by LMHA.

4. The complete painting of all exterior windows, doors, frames and trim as indicated on drawings and directed by LMHA.

5. The complete painting of the interior of each housing unit, including but not limited to walls, ceilings, columns, beams, closets including shelving, doors, and trim, windows and trim, wood baseboards, wood handrails and miscellaneous trim.

1.4 DEFINITIONS 

A. General:  Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat  refers  to  a  lusterless  or matte  finish with  a  gloss  range  below  15 when 

measured at an 85‐degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to  low‐sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when 

measured at a 60‐degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium‐sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 70 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 2 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

when measured at a 60‐degree meter. 4. Full  gloss  refers  to  a high‐sheen  finish with  a  gloss  range more  than 70 when 

measured at a 60‐degree meter. 

1.5 SUBMITTALS 

A. Product Data:  For each paint system indicated.  Include block fillers and primers. 

1. Material  List:    An  inclusive  list  of  required  coating materials.    Indicate  each material  and  cross‐reference  specific  coating,  finish  system,  and  application.  Identify  each  material  by  manufacturer’s  catalog  number  and  general classification. 

2. Manufacturer’s  Information:    Manufacturer’s  technical  information,  including label analysis and  instructions  for handling,  storing, and applying each  coating material. 

1.6 QUALTIY ASSURANCE 

A. Applicator  Qualifications:    A  firm  or  individual  experienced  in  applying  paints  and coatings  similar  in material,  design,  and  extent  to  those  indicated  for  this  Project, whose  work  has  resulted  in  applications  with  a  record  of  successful  in‐service performance.  

B. Source Limitations:  Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 

1.7 DELIVERY, STOAGE, AND HANDLING 

  A.  Deliver materials  to  Project  site  in manufacturer’s  original,  unopened  packages  and   containers bearing manufacturer’s name and label and the following information: 

    1.   Product name or title of material.     2.   Product description (generic classification or binder type).     3.   Manufacturer’s stock number and date of manufacture.     4.   Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.     5.   Thinning instructions.     6.   Application instructions.     7.   Color name and number.     8.   VOC content.    B.  Store materials not  in use  in  tightly covered containers  in a well‐ventilated area at a 

  minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg. C).  Maintain storage containers in   a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 

 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 3 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

    1.   Protect from freezing.  Keep storage area neat and orderly.  Remove oily rags        and waste daily. 

 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS  A. Apply  waterborne  paints  only  when  temperatures  of  surfaces  to  be  painted  and 

  surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).    B.   Apply  solvent‐thinned paints only when  temperatures of  surfaces  to be painted and 

  surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).  C.   Do not apply paint  in snow,  rain,  fog, or mist; or when  relative humidity exceeds 85 

  percent; pr at  temperatures  less  than 5 deg F  (3 deg C) above  the dew point; or  to   damp or wet surfaces. 

 1. Painting may  continue  during  inclement weather  if  surfaces  and  areas  to  be 

painted  are  enclosed  and  heated  within  temperature  limits  specified  by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS    A.  Furnish extra paint materials  from  the same production  run as  the materials applied 

  and  in  the quantities described below.   Package with protective covering  for storage   and identify with labels describing contents.  Deliver extra materials to Owner. 

     1.   Quantity:  Furnish Owner with an additional 1 gal (3.8 L), unopened of each    

      material and color applied.    

PART 2 ‐ PRODUCTS 

2.1 Paint 

Coating requirements shall be per manufacturer’s recommendations as to coverage and quality of application methods.

Interior Primer (wood, graffiti, stained…)

Sherwin Williams – White Pigmented Shellac Primer

Zinsser, Cover Stain, High-hide Oil Primer or PPG Sealgrip Int/Ext Oil Primer (17-941).

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 4 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

Interior Drywall Primer

Sherwin Williams – Multipurpose Latex Primer PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer (6-2).

Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel

Sherwin Williams – Harmony Interior Acrylic Latex PPG Speedhide (6-500) Bone White or Glidden Ultra Hide (1416) Bone White.

Interior Woodwork and Trim

Devoe’s Mirrolac Speed (DP7349) Water Reducible Alkyd Bone White.

Previously stained and finished surfaces shall receive a finish coat of Clear Hi-Grade Polyurethane Varnish as manufactured by Glidden Paint Co., PPG Industries, or an approved equal.

Interior Concrete Block & pored Concrete Walls (Unfinished)

Thoroseal #8532 Old Bone. (Finished) – Maxum – Blockluster (White), Premier Coatings, Elk Grove Village, ILL – 60007

Interior Concrete Floors, Stairs and Posts

PPG Floor & Porch Water Reducible Alkyd (3-6xx series)

Interior Caulking & Sealants

All areas (except bath areas) Acrylic Latex plus Silicone, color to match. Bath areas (tubs & vanity tops) Dow Corning #786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, color to match.

Exterior Door & Trim

Devoe’s Mirrolac Speed (DP7349) Water Reducible Alkyd, color by LHMA

Exterior Cauling Compound

Litehouse Products NCS40 or “Hornlastic”, federal spec. FTC 598, type I mastic caulking compound on0staining which will receive paint satisfactorily.

Exterior Sealant Compound

Aluminum, white or other color as selected by the Owner. Silicone Construction Sealant by G.E., joint shall be primed with SS-4005, 4119 for metal or 4124 for masonry. Joints to be cleaned and primed as recommended by Manufacturer.

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 5 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

Exterior Backing Filler

Exterior joints “Ethafoam Rod Stock” by Down Chemical Co., or equal.  

PART 3 ‐ EXECUTION 

3.1 EXAMINATION 

A. Examine  substrates,  areas,  and  conditions,  with  Applicator  present  for  compliance with requirements  for paint application.   All surfaces specified to be painted shall be dry and cleaned free of all dirt, grit, grease, mold, mildew, foreign substances and all loose, peeling, blistering, chalking or scaling paint. 

1. Proceed with  paint  application  only  after  unsatisfactory  conditions  have  been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 

2. Start  of  painting will  be  construed  as Applicator’s  acceptance  of  surfaces  and conditions within a particular area. 

3. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.

3.2  PREPARATION 

A.  General:    Remove  hardware  and  hardware  accessories,  plates, machined  surfaces, lighting  fixtures,  and  similar  items  already  installed  that  are  not  to  be  painted.    If removal  is  impractical or  impossible  because of  size  of weight  of  the  item,  provide surface‐applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 

  1.   After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items        removed using workers skilled in the trades involve. 

B.  Plaster Work 

  1.   Where plaster surfaces are involved, the work of this contract shall include the      complete patching of damaged or deteriorated plaster areas. 

  2.   Crack, holes, bulges or gouges in wall and ceiling surfaces shall be spackled and      sanded smooth.  Loose, peeling, blistering, chalking and scaling paint shall be       removed to the refusal point by scraping.  Resulting edges of all areas so scraped     shall be spackled to a feathered edge and sanded smooth when dry.  All          spackled, plastered and sanded areas shall be spot‐primed prior to painting. 3.   Holes  in  plastered  bathroom  areas must  be  finished with  hard  finish  Keene’s 

  cement of gauge one part dry hydrated  lime by weight to two parts of Keene’s   cement. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 6 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

C. Drywall Work 

   Where  drywall  surfaces  are  involved,  the  work  of  this  contract  shall  include  the complete patching of all damaged or deteriorated drywall areas. 

  1.   The preparation of all painted dry‐wall surfaces prior to repainting shall conform        to practices specified for repainting of plaster walls in Section B above. 

          2.  All  nicks  and  small  dents  shall  be  filled  in  and  leveled  off  with  spackling   compound,  sanded, and given a  coat of primer prior  to  the application of  the   finish oat paints. 

  3.  Loose  or  buckled  tape  on  all  seams  and  in  corners  shall  be  removed  to  the   refusal point, new  tape  imbedded  in  and  resurfaced with  the proper material   and the repaired area given a coat of primer prior to the application of the finish   coat or paint. 

  4.  Popping  nails  or  screws  shall  be  recessed  or  removed.    If  nails  or  screws  are   removed,  new  nails  or  screws  are  to  be  installed  in  close  proximity  to  their   original location and all holes and indentations filled. 

  5.  Small holes up to six (6)  inches  in diameter shall be repaired by backing up the   area with  gypsum  board  or  other  fire  proof material,  then  filling  the  hole  or   recessed area with plaster of paris so that  it  is  flush with the existing surfaces.    Repaired areas are to be sanded and prime prior to the application of the finish   coat of paint. 

D.  All surfaces of kitchens to be painted shall be washed with a solution of paint cleaner of sufficient strength to remove all grease and to dull the surface sheen.  Paint cleaner shall be rinsed off with clear water. 

E.  All  clear  coated  woodwork  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  of  wax  and  grease,  using mineral spirits, prior to receiving new clear coating. 

F.  All surfaces exhibiting water stains shall be sealed with a solvent based, alcohol soluble sealer. 

G.  All glossy surfaces to be painted shall be dulled by sanding with a fine abrasive of 00 grit or a liquid applied paint duller. 

H.  All exposed  rust  and  areas where  rust  is  indicated under  the old paint  film  shall be removed to the bare metal.   Bared metal shall be given a spot‐coat of a suitable rust inhibitor. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 7 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

I.  Exterior Wood 

  Where the painting or staining of exterior wood  is  involved, the work of this contract shall also include the two (2) preparation descriptions stated below.  The replacement of  all  split,  delaminated,  rotted  or  otherwise  deteriorated  wood  siding  and  trim, including soffits, fascias, battens and window and door trim shall be done as additional work  to  this  contract  in  accordance  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  housing company/authority and the price quoted in Exhibit “A”. 

1. All  loose or bulging siding and trim,  including soffits,  fascias, battens and window and door trim shall be refastened to provide a firm flat surface. 

2. Nails for fastening shall be aluminum, annular or spiral grooved, of manufacturer’s recommended  sizes  for each application.   Nails  for  refastening of plywood  siding shall  be  space  a  maximum  of  6  inches  o.c.  at  edges  and  8  inches  o.c.  at intermediate stud in intervals.   

3.3          GENERAL WORKMANSHIP 

A.  All work shall be done in a neat and clean manner by experienced, capable mechanics. 

B. Each  coat of paint  shall be  evenly worked out  and  allowed  to dry  according  to  the manufacturer’s recommendations before subsequent coats are applied.   Each coat of primer and paint shall be a different tint from that of the proceeding coat.  

C. Finish  coat  or  coats  of  paint  shall  be  of  the  exact  shade  or  shades,  texture  and consistency as approve by  LMHA.   The Contractor  shall not  change  the  color of any paint that has already been approved by LMHA, unless authorized to do so in writing.  

D. The  finished  work  shall  be  free  from  runs,  sags,  holidays,  defective  brushing  or stippling, and clogging of lines and angles of the trim. 

E. It shall be distinctly understood that the number of coats of material recommended by the manufacturer specifies a minimum.  Even with a material of specified quality, mere applications of the stated number of coats will not assure acceptance, unless a sample of the quality of the workmanship and the hiding qualities of the work is approved by LMHA. 

F.  The thinning of good material for additional coverage, the use of poor materials and the adulteration with inferior substitute materials is not to be permitted.  A full‐bodied finish of the paint surface  is required under this contract regardless of the number of coats necessary to accomplish the result. 

G. All surfaces shall be left clean at completion of the work. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 8 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

H. Drop cloths shall be kept clean at all times. 

I. Window shades blinds shall be carefully handled and kept free of paint and splatters 

 J. No  exterior  painting  shall  be  undertaken  if  air  or  surface  temperature  is  below  50 

degrees Fahrenheit or  immediately following rain or until frost, dew or condensation has evaporated. 

 3.4          CONDUCT OF OPERTIONS 

A. The Contractor shall conduct  the operation of  this contract  in a cooperative manner with  LMHA  and  shall  interfere  as  little  as  possible with  the  normal  operation  and function of the project. 

3.5  PROTECTION 

A.  The Contractor shall protect floors and other finished surfaces from damage during the   execution of the work. 

 B.  The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  any  damage  to  other work.    Any materials   which,  in  the opinion of  LMHA, have become damaged  to  such an extent  that  they   cannot  be  restored  to  their  original  condition  shall  be  replaced  at  the  Contractor’s   expense.  

   

C.  Extreme  care  shall  be  exercised  to  protect  finished work while  applying  finishes  on   ceiling surfaces.   

D. Work not to be finished under this contract shall be protected against spatter, stain, or soiling,  and  each  type  of  finished  surface  shall  be  protected  against  defacement  by other subsequent finishes.  Such protected items are to include all permanent labels on doors and windows,  receptacle and switch plates vinyl and  rubber base moldings, as well as smoke detectors and carbon monoxide detectors. 

3.6  TOUCHING UP 

A.  At  the  completion  of  the work  specified,  all  painted work  shall  be  touched  up  and   restored where  damaged,  defaced  or  defective,  and  the  entire work  left  free  from   blemishes.    Punch  lists  issued  by  LMHA  for  correction  of  defective  work must  be   completed within three working days from date of issue. 

LUCAS METROPOLITAN HOUSING AUTHORITY Northern Heights – Renovation of 5 Units 

  09 91 00 ‐ 9 of 9 Issued: Bidding 4.4.2012 

3.7   CLEANING 

A.  The Contractor shall clean all paint spots, oil and stains from floors, woodwork, glass,   hardware, tile, metal work, and all similar items and leave the floors broom clean upon   completion. 

   

END OF SECTION